Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Packaging & Containers / WestRock Company

WestRock Company

wrk · NYSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker wrk
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Packaging & Containers
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · WestRock Company
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2018 Annual Report

westrock.com

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

COLLEEN F. ARNOLD
Former Senior Vice President
IBM
Audit Committee, Finance Committee

TIMOTHY J. BERNLOHR
Managing Member
TJB Management Consulting, LLC
Compensation Committee, Executive Committee, 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 J. POWELL BROWN
President and Chief Executive Officer
Brown & Brown, Inc.
Audit Committee, Finance Committee

MICHAEL E. CAMPBELL
Former Chairman, President
and Chief Executive Officer
Arch Chemicals, Inc.
Compensation Committee,  
Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee

TIMOTHY H. POWERS
Former Chairman, President and  
Chief Executive Officer
Hubbell, Inc.
Audit Committee, Compensation Committee

STEVEN C. VOORHEES
Chief Executive Officer
WestRock Company
Executive Committee

BETTINA  M. WHYTE
President and Owner
Bettina Whyte Consultants, LLC
Compensation Committee, Executive Committee,  
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 ALAN D. WILSON
Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
McCormick & Company, Inc.
Finance Committee, Nominating and  
Corporate Governance Committee

 TERRELL K. CREWS
Former Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer
Monsanto Corporation
Audit Committee, Finance Committee

RUSSELL M. CURREY
President
Boxwood Capital, LLC
Audit Committee, Finance Committee

 JOHN A. LUKE JR.
(Non-Executive Chairman)
Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
MeadWestvaco Corporation
Executive Committee

GRACIA C. MARTORE
Former President and Chief Executive Officer
TEGNA, Inc.
Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, 
Executive Committee

JAMES E. NEVELS
(Lead Independent Director)  
Chairman 
The Swarthmore Group
Finance Committee, Nominating and  
Corporate Governance Committee 

LEADERSHIP

STEVEN C. VOORHEES
Chief Executive Officer

NINA E. BUTLER
Chief Sustainability Officer 

DONNA OWENS COX
Chief Communications Officer

AMIR A. KAZMI
Chief Information Officer 

VICKI L. LOSTETTER
Chief Human Resources Officer

ROBERT B. MCINTOSH
Executive Vice President
General Counsel and
Secretary

JEFFREY W. CHALOVICH
President
Corrugated Packaging

THOMAS M. STIGERS
Executive Vice President
Containerboard Mills

PETER C. DURETTE
President  
Enterprise Solutions  
and Strategy 

RICHARD PARRIS
Senior Vice President  
Merchandising Displays 

JAMES B. PORTER III
President
Business Development
and Latin America

JAIRO A. LORENZATTO
President
Brazil

ROBERT A. FEESER
President
Consumer Packaging

ANTHONY P. MOLLICA
Executive Vice President
Consumer Mills 

JOHN L. O’NEAL
Executive Vice President
Folding Carton 

MARC P. SHORE 
President 
Multi Packaging Solutions

DENNIS M. KALTMAN 
Executive Vice President
Multi Packaging Solutions

WARD H. DICKSON
Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer

CHRISTINA M. ABLE
Senior Vice President 
Tax

KELLY C. JANZEN
Senior Vice President  
and Chief Accounting Officer

DANIEL P. MCNALLY
Chief Procurement Officer

WILLIAM A. MERRIGAN
Senior Vice President
Enterprise Logistics 

TIMOTHY W. MURPHY
Senior Vice President  
Finance

JOHN D. STAKEL
Senior Vice President
and Treasurer  

Dear Fellow Stockholders: 

I am pleased to present WestRock’s annual report for fiscal year 2018. The past
year has been characterized by record operating and financial performance
by the WestRock team accompanied by investor concerns about the impact of 
announced new capacity additions that have challenged our and others’ stock
price performance. 

This situation requires both context and perspective. My perspective is that,
on a global basis, the paper and packaging industry’s use of renewable and
recyclable resources to provide sustainable solutions provides an attractive 
value proposition that has and will support industry growth over the long term.

Further, WestRock is well-positioned to succeed over the near and long 
term. WestRock’s vision is to be the premier partner and unrivaled provider
of winning solutions to our customers. We are achieving this vision through
our differentiated solutions, breadth of capabilities in both corrugated and
consumer packaging, geographic footprint and scale, and financial strength,
each of which we increased in 2018. Our focus on the customer, building our
capabilities and culture, excellent execution and disciplined capital allocation
have served and will serve us well over the short and long term.

Fiscal 2018 Highlights 

Steve Voorhees
Chief Executive Officer

WestRock achieved record-setting results in 2018. During the fiscal year, we generated record sales, Adjusted Segment
EBITDA and Adjusted Operating Cash Flow. Through a combination of acquisitions and organic growth, we increased
our Net Sales by 10% to $16.3 billion – the highest sales level in our history. Through improved operating performance,
we increased our Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities by 27% and our Segment EBITDA by 28%. Our strategy
leverages the broadest portfolio of differentiated paper and packaging solutions in the industry to grow our sales with 
customers that value our unique solutions and optimize our business across our system. Our 2018 financial performance 
demonstrates that we are successfully executing this strategy. I am very proud of our WestRock team members for 
delivering these impressive results. 

When we completed the merger of RockTenn and MeadWestvaco in 2015, we set the ambitious goal to realize $1 billion in
synergy and performance improvements by the end of fiscal 2018. We achieved this goal one quarter earlier than initially
expected. This accomplishment demonstrates that our culture of continuous improvement, innovation, accountability and
excellent execution is driving improved financial results and delivering long-term value for our stockholders.

One of the most impressive financial results for the year was the 22.6% Adjusted EBITDA Margin that we achieved in 
our North American corrugated packaging business, nearly 1,000 basis points over our 12.7% margin in 2012. This
reflects the extraordinary progress made by our management team to focus on customers, “no-fail basics,” investing for
competitive advantage and a relentless urgency to perform at the highest level.

In 2018, we used our financial strength to invest in our business to promote long-term value creation for our stockholders. 
We deployed $348 million to strategic acquisitions and investments, primarily including the acquisitions of Plymouth 
Packaging and its Box on Demand® system, which has helped us to better serve the growing e-commerce market, and 
Schlüter Print Pharma Packaging, which has increased our exposure to the pharmaceutical market and expanded the
geographic scope of our Consumer Packaging segment in Europe.

We invested $1 billion in capital expenditures, including $179 million toward strategic capital projects, including projects
to install a new paper machine at our mill in Florence, South Carolina, build a new box plant in Brazil, and install a new 
curtain coater at our Mahrt mill in Cottonton, Alabama. These multi-year investments will enable us to more efficiently
operate our business and better serve our customers.

In addition, after investing in our business, we returned $636 million to our stockholders, including $441 million in
dividends and $195 million in share repurchases. We recently increased our annualized dividend for the third successive 
year since forming WestRock. The increase to $1.82 per share represents a 5.8% increase over our prior dividend.

KapStone Acquisition

In November, we completed the approximately $4.8 billion acquisition of KapStone Paper and Packaging Corporation. 
KapStone is a great fit with WestRock. Its complementary corrugated packaging and distribution operations enhance 
our ability to serve customers across our system, particularly in the western United States, and the addition of KapStone’s 
specialty kraft paper products enhances our differentiated portfolio of paper and packaging solutions. I am thrilled about 
the addition of KapStone and confident that the acquisition has already made WestRock an even better company.

Fiscal 2019 Outlook

We entered fiscal 2019 with sustained momentum to implement our strategy. In 2019, we expect our Net Sales to 
exceed $19 billion, Adjusted Segment EBITDA to be approximately $3.6 billion, and Adjusted Operating Cash Flow to be 
approximately $2.55 billion. Importantly, we will invest approximately $1.5 billion to maintain and improve our business, 
including making strategic investments in our Mahrt, Covington and Florence mills in the United States and in our
Três Barras mill and new box plant in Porto Feliz, Brazil. We have a track record of strong execution and effective capital
allocation, and we are focused on continuing to improve our margins and grow our cash flow. 

Creating Our Future  

Over the past three-and-a-half years, we have created a unique company focused on paper and packaging. Our multi-
national platform, the breadth of our differentiated solutions, our commercial and operating capabilities and financial
strength provide an exceptional platform for success.

Culture makes our platform work and, to that end, we are fostering a culture that encourages integrity, respect,
accountability and excellence, where our employees are curious, inclusive, empowered and team-oriented -- working
collaboratively to deliver exceptional results. We remain focused on the safety of all of our team members, every day.

We are challenging ourselves to be even more customer centric, to be more diverse and inclusive, to develop and 
broaden our capabilities, to grow and scale across our footprint and to operate with excellence across the entire WestRock
organization. As we respond to these challenges, we are becoming even more innovative, building digital strength to 
gather insights for ourselves and our customers and, importantly, providing opportunities for WestRock to attract and 
develop talent for the next generation.

As we develop our people and our culture, we will build our customer relationships and invest in our business to improve
our margins, build scale and grow our portfolio of differentiated paper and packaging solutions. With that focus, we will 
sustain excellence and create a bright future for WestRock that creates significant value for customers and stockholders.

On behalf of our board of directors and the 50,000 WestRock team members around the world who are committed to
delivering outstanding results, thank you for your investment in us. 

Sincerely,

Steve Voorhees
Chief Executive Officer

The non-GAAP financial measures Adjusted Segment EBITDA, Adjusted Operating Cash Flow and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are referenced in this
letter. See Appendix A for a discussion of our use of forward-looking statements and non-GAAP financial measures, including reconciliations of those
measures to GAAP financial measures.

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
(cid:3)(cid:3) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018

OR

(cid:4)(cid:4) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from

to

Commission file number 333-223964

WESTROCK COMPANY

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
1000 Abernathy Road NE, Atlanta, Georgia
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

37-1880617
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
30328
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (770) 448-2193

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

Name of Exchange on Which Registered
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:3) No (cid:4)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes (cid:4) No (cid:3)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:3) No (cid:4)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to
Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was
required to submit such files). Yes (cid:3) No (cid:4)

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 232.405 of this chapter) is not contained
herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:3)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting
company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and
“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer (cid:3)
Non-accelerated filer (cid:4)
Emerging growth company (cid:4)

Accelerated filer (cid:4)
Smaller reporting company (cid:4)

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for

complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. (cid:4)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes (cid:4) No (cid:3)

The aggregate market value of the common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of March 31, 2018 (based on the closing price

per share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on such date), was approximately $16,230 million.

As of November 1, 2018, the registrant had 253,551,938 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding.

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on February 1, 2019 are incorporated by

reference in Part III.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

EXPLANATORY NOTE

On November 2, 2018, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), dated as of
January 28, 2018, among WRKCo Inc. (formerly known as WestRock Company) (“WRKCo”), KapStone Paper and
Packaging Corporation (“KapStone”), WestRock Company (formerly known as Whiskey Holdco,
Inc.) (the
“Company” or “WestRock”), Whiskey Merger Sub, Inc. and Kola Merger Sub, Inc., the Company acquired all of
the outstanding shares of KapStone through a transaction in which: (i) Whiskey Merger Sub, Inc. merged with and
into WRKCo, with WRKCo surviving such merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “WestRock
Merger”) and (ii) Kola Merger Sub, Inc. merged with and into KapStone, with KapStone surviving such merger as a
wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “KapStone Merger” and, together with the WestRock Merger, the
“Mergers”). As a result of the Mergers, among other things, the Company became the ultimate parent of WRKCo,
KapStone and their respective subsidiaries. Effective as of the effective time of the Mergers (the “Effective Time”),
the Company changed its name to “WestRock Company” and WRKCo changed its name to “WRKCo Inc.”. See
—
Part I, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Overview”ww and “Note 23. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for more information.

’

The shares of both WRKCo common stock and KapStone common stock were suspended from trading on the
New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) prior to the open of trading on November 5, 2018. Shares of Company
common stock continued regular-way trading on the NYSE using WRKCo’s trading history under the ticker symbol
“WRK” immediately following the suspension of trading of WRKCo common stock.

The Company is the successor issuer to both WRKCo and KapStone pursuant to Rule 12g-3(c) under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). As a result of the Mergers and subsequent
Form 15 filings, WRKCo and KapStone are no longer subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.
However, in order to provide continuity of information to investors and to meet the Company’s obligations pursuant
to Rule 12b-3(g) under the Exchange Act, this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Form 10-K”) filed by the
Company under the Company’s new CIK code is also a complete Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company’s
predecessor registrant WRKCo with respect to WRKCo’s last full fiscal year (the fiscal year ended September 30,
2018) prior to the Mergers and contains all of the information that would have been required had WRKCO itself
filed an Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2018 prior to filing the Form 15 suspending
its reporting obligations. Since the Mergers closed after the end of the September 30, 2018 fiscal year end covered
by the Form 10-K, the Form 10-K reflects the results of WRKCo for periods prior to the Mergers. Accordingly, the
historical financial results presented herein are those of WRKCo only and do not reflect the Mergers or include any
results of KapStone. WRKCo was the accounting acquirer in the transaction; therefore, the historical consolidated
financial statements of WRKCo for periods prior to the Mergers (including the fiscal year ended September 30,
2018) are also considered to be the historical financial statements of the Company.

Whiskey Holdco, Inc. (“Whiskey Holdco”) was formed on January 25, 2018 for the purpose of effecting the
Mergers. At the time of its formation and until the consummation of the Mergers, Whiskey Holdco was a wholly-
owned subsidiary of WRKCo (then WestRock Company). Prior to the Mergers, Whiskey Holdco did not conduct
any activities other than those incidental to its formation and the matters contemplated by the Merger Agreement,
including being party to the Delayed Draw Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined). As a wholly-owned
subsidiary of WRKCo, Whiskey Holdco’s limited activities are reflected in WRKCo’s consolidated financial
statements for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. As a result, we have not presented any separate
financial information for Whiskey Holdco, including a consolidated balance sheet at September 30, 2018, or a
consolidated statement of operations, consolidated statement of comprehensive income or consolidated statement
of cash flows for the year ending September 30, 2018 as that information would not be meaningful.

2

WESTROCK COMPANY

INDEX TO FORM 10-K

Page
Reference

Item 1.

Business

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Item 2.

p
Properties

Item 3.

g
Legal Proceedings

g

Item 4.

y
Mine Safety Disclosures

PART I

PART II

Item 5.

q y,
Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer

g
q y
Purchases of Equity Securities

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

g

p

y

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item 8.

Item 9.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

pp

y

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

g

g

g

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Item 9B. Other Information

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

p

,

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

p

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related

p

g

y

Stockholder Matters

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

p

p

,

Item 14.

g
Principal Accounting Fees and Services

p

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summaryy

3

4

17

27

27

29

29

30

30

33

55

58

138

138

139

140

141

141

141

141

142

142

Item 1.

BUSINESS

PART I

Unless the context otherwise requires, “we““

” refer to the
business of WestRock Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and its partially-owned consolidated subsidiaries
for periods on or after November 2, 2018 and to WRKCo (formerly known as WestRock Company) for periods prior
to November 2, 2018.

”, “WestRock” and “the Company

“
”, “our

”, “us“

“

General

WestRock is a multinational provider of paper and packaging solutions for consumer and corrugated
packaging markets. We partner with our customers to provide differentiated paper and packaging solutions that
help them win in the marketplace. Our team members support customers around the world from our operating and
business locations in North America, South America, Europe, Asia and Australia. We also sell real estate primarily
in the Charleston, SC region.

WestRock was formed on March 6, 2015 for the purpose of effecting the Combination (as defined below).
Pursuant to the second amended and restated business combination agreement, dated April 17, 2015 and
amended as of May 5, 2015 by and among WestRock, WestRock RKT Company (formerly known as Rock-Tenn
Company, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of WestRock) (“RockTenn”), WestRock MWV, LLC (formerly known as
MeadWestvaco Corporation, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of WestRock) (“MWV”), Rome Merger Sub, Inc. and
Milan Merger Sub, LLC (the “Business Combination Agreement”), on July 1, 2015, (i) Rome Merger Sub, Inc.
merged with and into RockTenn, with RockTenn surviving the merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of WestRock,
and (ii) Milan Merger Sub, LLC merged with and into MWV, with MWV surviving the merger as a wholly owned
subsidiary of WestRock (the “Combination”). Prior to the Combination, WestRock did not conduct any activities
other than those incidental
to its formation and the matters contemplated by the Business Combination
Agreement. On July 1, 2015, pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, RockTenn and MWV completed a
their respective businesses and RockTenn and MWV each became wholly-owned
strategic combination of
subsidiaries of WestRock. RockTenn was the accounting acquirer in the Combination. See “Note 2. Mergers,
Acquisitions and Investment”tt of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

On May 15, 2016, WestRock completed the distribution of the outstanding common stock, par value $0.01 per
share, of Ingevity Corporation, formerly the Specialty Chemicals business of WestRock (“Ingevity”) to WestRock’s
stockholders (the “Separation”). As a result of the Separation, we disposed of our former Specialty Chemicals
segment in its entirety and ceased to consolidate its assets, liabilities and results of operations in our consolidated
financial statements. Accordingly, we have presented the financial position and results of operations of our former
Specialty Chemicals segment as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements
for all periods presented. See “Note 7. Discontinued Operations” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements for additional information.

On April 6, 2017, we completed the sale (the “HH&B Sale”) of our Home, Health and Beauty business, a
former division of our Consumer Packaging segment (“HH&B”). We used the proceeds from the HH&B Sale in
connection with the MPS Acquisition (as defined below). We recorded a pre-tax gain on sale of HH&B of $192.8
million in fiscal 2017. See “Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
— Description of Business” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

On June 6, 2017, we completed the acquisition (the “MPS Acquisition”) of Multi Packaging Solutions
International Limited, a Bermuda (“MPS”) exempted company. MPS is reported in our Consumer Packaging
segment. See “Note 2. Mergers, Acquisitions and Investment”tt of
the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements for additional information.

We report our financial results of operations in the following three reportable segments: Corrugated Packaging,
which consists of our containerboard mills and corrugated packaging operations, as well as our recycling
operations; Consumer Packaging, which consists of consumer mills, folding carton, beverage, merchandising
displays and partition operations; and Land and Development, which sells real estate primarily in the Charleston,
SC region. Following the Combination and until the completion of the Separation, our financial results of operations
had a fourth reportable segment, Specialty Chemicals. Prior to the HH&B Sale, our Consumer Packaging segment
included HH&B.

4

Products

Corrugated Packaging Segment

We are one of the largest integrated producers of linerboard and corrugating medium (“containerboard”) in
North America measured by tons produced, and one of
the largest producers of high-graphics preprinted
linerboard measured by net sales in North America. We have integrated corrugated operations in North America,
Brazil and India. We believe we are one of the largest paper recyclers in North America and our recycling
operations provide substantially all of the recycled fiber to our mills, as well as to third parties. Our Brazil operations
own and operate forestlands that provide virgin fiber to our Brazilian mill.

We operate an integrated corrugated packaging system that manufactures primarily containerboard,
corrugated sheets, corrugated packaging and preprinted linerboard for sale to consumer and industrial products
manufacturers and corrugated box manufacturers. We produce a full range of high-quality corrugated containers
designed to protect, ship, store, promote and display products made to our customers’ merchandising and
distribution specifications. We convert corrugated sheets into corrugated products ranging from one-color
protective cartons to graphically brilliant point-of-purchase packaging. Our corrugated container plants serve local
customers and regional and large national accounts. Corrugated packaging is used to provide protective
packaging for shipment and distribution of food, paper, health and beauty, and other household, consumer,
commercial and industrial products. Corrugated packaging may also be graphically enhanced for retail sale,
particularly in club store locations. We provide customers with innovative packaging solutions to promote and sell
their products. We provide structural and graphic design, engineering services and custom, proprietary and
standard automated packaging machines, offering customers turn-key installation, automation, line integration and
packaging solutions. To make corrugated sheet stock, we feed linerboard and corrugating medium into a
corrugator that flutes the medium to specified sizes, glues the linerboard and fluted medium together, and slits and
cuts the resulting corrugated paperboard into sheets to customer specifications. Our containerboard mills and
corrugated container operations are integrated with the majority of our containerboard production used internally
by our corrugated container operations. The balance is either used in trade swaps with other manufacturers or sold
domestically and internationally.

Our recycling operations primarily procure recovered paper (also known as recycled fiber) from our converting
facilities and from third parties, such as factories, warehouses, commercial printers, office complexes, grocery and
retail stores, document storage facilities, paper converters and other wastepaper collectors. We handle a wide
variety of grades of recovered paper, including old corrugated containers, office paper, box clippings, newspaper
and print shop scraps. We operate recycling facilities that collect, sort, grade and bale recovered paper and, after
sorting and baling, we transfer it to our mills for processing or sell it principally to manufacturers of paperboard or
containerboard in the United States (“U.S.”), as well as manufacturers of tissue, newsprint, roofing products and
insulation, and to export markets. We operate a nationwide fiber marketing and brokerage system that serves large
regional and national accounts, as well as our recycled containerboard and paperboard mills, and sells scrap
materials from our converting businesses and mills. Brokerage contracts provide bulk purchasing, often resulting in
lower prices and cleaner recovered paper. Many of our recycling facilities are located close to our recycled
containerboard and paperboard mills, which helps promote the availability of supply with reduced shipping costs.
In fiscal 2019, we plan to operate our recycling operations primarily as a procurement function, shifting its focus to
the procurement of low cost, high quality fiber for our mill system. As a result, we will no longer record recycling
sales. Sales of corrugated packaging products to external customers accounted for 54.9%, 55.5% and 54.6% of
our net sales in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. See “Note 6. Segment Information” of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements, as well as Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations”, for additional information.

’

Consumer Packaging Segment

We operate integrated virgin and recycled fiber paperboard mills, consumer packaging converting operations,
which convert items such as folding and beverage cartons, displays, interior partitions, inserts and labels. Our
integrated system of virgin and recycled mills produces paperboard for our converting operations and third parties.
We internally consume or sell to manufacturers of folding cartons and other paperboard products our coated
natural kraft, bleached paperboard and coated recycled paperboard, and internally consume or sell
to
manufacturers of solid fiber interior packaging, tubes and cores, book covers and other paperboard products our
specialty recycled paperboard. The mill owned by our Seven Hills Paperboard LLC (“Seven Hills”) joint venture in
Lynchburg, VA manufactures gypsum paperboard liner for sale to our joint venture partner.

5

We are one of the largest manufacturers of folding and beverage cartons in North America. We believe we are
one of the largest manufacturers of temporary promotional point-of-purchase displays in North America measured
by net sales and the largest manufacturer of solid fiber partitions in North America measured by net sales. Our
folding and beverage cartons are used to package items such as food, paper, beverages, dairy products, tobacco,
confectionery, health and beauty and other household consumer, commercial and industrial products primarily for
retail sale. Our folding and beverage cartons are also used by our customers to attract consumer attention at the
point-of-sale. We manufacture express mail packages for the overnight courier industry, provide inserts and labels
as well as rigid packaging and other printed packaging products, such as transaction cards (e.g., credit, debit, etc.),
brochures, product literature, marketing materials (such as booklets, folders, inserts, cover sheets and slipcases)
and grower tags and plant stakes for the horticultural market. For the global healthcare market, we manufacture
secondary packages designed to enhance patient adherence for prescription drugs, as well as paperboard
packaging for over-the-counter and prescription drugs. Our customers generally use our inserts and labels to
provide customer product information either inside a secondary package (e.g., a folding carton) or affixed to the
outside of a primary package (e.g., a bottle). Folding cartons typically protect customers’ products during shipment
and distribution, and employ graphics to promote them at retail. We manufacture folding and beverage cartons
from recycled and virgin paperboard, laminated paperboard and various substrates with specialty characteristics,
such as grease masking and microwaveability. We print, coat, die-cut and glue the cartons to customer
specifications and ship finished cartons to customers for assembling, filling and sealing. We employ a broad range
of offset, flexographic, gravure, backside printing, coating and finishing technologies, as well as iridescent,
holographic, textured and dimensional effects to provide differentiated packaging products, and support our
customers with new package development, innovation and design services and package testing services. We
manufacture and sell our solid fiber and corrugated partitions and die-cut paperboard components principally to
glass container manufacturers and producers of beer, food, wine, spirits, cosmetics and pharmaceuticals, and to
the automotive industry.

We design, manufacture and, in certain cases, pack temporary displays for sale to consumer products
companies and retailers. These displays are used as marketing tools to support new product introductions and
specific product promotions in mass merchandising stores, supermarkets, convenience stores, home improvement
locations. We also design, manufacture and, in some cases, pre-assemble permanent
stores and other retail
displays for these customers. We make temporary displays primarily from corrugated paperboard. Unlike
temporary displays, permanent displays are restocked with our customers’ product; therefore, they are constructed
primarily from metal, plastic, wood and other durable materials. We provide contract packing services, such as
multi-product promotional packing and product manipulation, such as multipacks and onpacks. We manufacture
and distribute point of sale material utilizing litho, screen and digital printing technologies. We manufacture
lithographic laminated packaging for sale to our customers that require packaging with high quality graphics and
strength characteristics.

Sales of consumer packaging products to external customers accounted for 44.2%, 42.8% and 44.6% of our
net sales in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. See “Note 6. Segment Information” of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements, as well as Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations”, for additional information.

’

Land and Development Segment

We are responsible for maximizing the value of the various real estate holdings we own that are concentrated
in the Charleston, SC region, some of which are held through partnerships. We are in the process of accelerating
the monetization of these holdings and expect to complete the monetization during fiscal 2019. After we complete
the monetization, the segment will cease to exist. Sales in our Land and Development segment to external
customers accounted for 0.9%, 1.7% and 0.8% of our net sales in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. See
“Note 6. Segment Information” and “Note 9. Assets Held For Sale” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements, as well as Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations”, for additional information.

’

Raw Materials

The primary raw materials used by our mill operations are recycled fiber at our recycled containerboard and
paperboard mills and virgin fibers from hardwoods and softwoods at our virgin containerboard and paperboard
mills. Certain of our virgin containerboard is manufactured with some recycled fiber content. Recycled fiber prices
and virgin fiber prices can fluctuate significantly. While virgin fiber prices have generally been more stable than
recycled fiber prices, they also fluctuate, particularly during significant changes in weather, such as during
prolonged periods of heavy rain or drought, or during housing construction slowdowns or accelerations.

6

Containerboard and paperboard are the primary raw materials used by our converting operations. Our
converting operations use many different grades of containerboard and paperboard. We supply substantially all of
our converting operations' needs for containerboard and paperboard from our own mills and through the use of
trade swaps with other manufacturers. These arrangements allow us to optimize our mill system and reduce freight
costs. Because there are other suppliers that produce the necessary grades of containerboard and paperboard
used in our converting operations, we believe we would be able to source significant replacement quantities from
other suppliers in the event we incur production disruptions for recycled or virgin containerboard and paperboard.
See Item 1A. “Risk Factors
— We May Face Increased Costs or Inadequate Availability of Raw Materials,
“
Energy and Transportation”.

Energy

Energy is one of the most significant costs of our mill operations. The cost of natural gas, coal, oil, electricity
and wood by-products (biomass) at times has fluctuated significantly. In our recycled paperboard mills, we use
primarily natural gas and electricity, supplemented with coal and fuel oil to generate steam used in the paper
making process and, at a few mills, to generate electricity used on site. In our virgin fiber mills, we use natural gas,
biomass and coal to generate steam used in the pulping and paper making processes and to generate some or all
of the electricity used on site. We primarily use electricity and natural gas to operate our converting facilities. We
generally purchase these products from suppliers at market or
—
Governmental Regulation — Environmental and Other Matters
” for additional information. See also Item 1A.
ii
— We May Face Increased Costs or Inadequate Availability of Raw Materials, Energy and
“
“Risk Factors
Transportation”.

rates. See Item 1.

“
“Business

tariff

Transportation

Inbound and outbound freight is a significant expenditure for us. Factors that influence our freight expense are
distance between our shipping and delivery locations, distance from our facilities to our customers and suppliers,
mode of transportation (rail, truck, intermodal and ocean) and freight rates, which are influenced by supply and
demand and fuel costs. We experienced significantly higher freight costs in fiscal 2018, as transportation
companies raised prices to address a shortage of drivers and strong demand. The principal markets for our
products are in North America, South America, Europe, Asia and Australia. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors
— We
May Face Increased Costs or Inadequate Availability of Raw Materials, Energy and Transportation”.

“

Sales and Marketing

None of our top ten external customers individually accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated net sales
in fiscal 2018. We generally manufacture our products pursuant to customers’ orders. We believe that we have
good relationships with our customers. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors
— We Depend on Certain Large
Customers”.

“

As a result of our vertical integration, our mills’ sales volumes may be directly impacted by changes in demand
for our packaging products. During fiscal 2018, approximately two-thirds of our coated natural kraft tons shipped,
approximately three-fifths of our coated recycled paperboard tons shipped and approximately one-fifth of our
bleached paperboard tons shipped were delivered to our converting operations, primarily to manufacture folding
and beverage cartons, and approximately three-fourths of our containerboard tons shipped, including trade swaps
and buy/sell transactions, were delivered to our converting operations to manufacture corrugated products. Under
the terms of our Seven Hills joint venture arrangement, our joint venture partner is required to purchase all of the
qualifying gypsum paperboard liner produced by Seven Hills. Excluding the production from Seven Hills and from
our Aurora, IL facility, which is converted into book covers and other products, approximately two-fifths of our
specialty recycled paperboard tons shipped in fiscal 2018 were delivered to our converting operations, primarily to
manufacture interior partitions. We have the ability to move our internal sourcing among certain of our mills to
optimize the efficiency of our operations.

We aim to execute consistent commercial excellence processes across the Company and believe that our
ability to leverage our full portfolio of differentiated solutions and capabilities enables us to differentiate ourselves
from our competitors.

We market our products primarily through our own sales force. We also market a number of our products
through independent sales representatives,
independent distributors or both. We generally pay our sales
personnel a combination of base salary, commissions and annual bonus. We pay our independent sales
representatives on a commission basis. We discuss foreign net sales to unaffiliated customers and other non-U.S.

7

operations financial and other segment
Consolidated Financial Statements.

information in “Note 6. Segment

“

Information

” of

the Notes to

Competition

We operate in a competitive global marketplace and compete with many large, well established and highly
competitive manufacturers and service providers. Our business is affected by a range of macroeconomic
conditions, including industry capacity changes, global competition, economic conditions in the U.S. and abroad,
as well as fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

The industries we operate in are highly competitive, and no single company dominates any of those industries.
Our containerboard and paperboard operations compete with integrated and non-integrated national and regional
companies operating primarily in North America, and to a limited extent, manufacturers outside of North America.
Our competitors include large and small, vertically integrated companies and numerous smaller non-integrated
companies. In the corrugated packaging and folding and beverage carton markets, we compete with a significant
number of national, regional and local packaging suppliers in North America and abroad. In the solid fiber interior
packaging, promotional point-of-purchase display and converted paperboard products markets, we primarily
compete with a smaller number of national, regional and local companies offering highly specialized products. Our
recycled fiber brokerage and collection operations compete with various other companies for the procurement and
supply of recovered paper, including brokers and companies that export recovered paper to international markets.
The Land and Development segment competes in the real estate sales and development market, primarily in the
Charleston, SC region.

Because all of our businesses operate in highly competitive industry segments, we regularly discuss sales
opportunities for new business or for renewal of existing business with customers. Our packaging products
compete with packaging made from other materials, including plastics. The primary competitive factors we face
include price, design, product innovation, quality and service, with varying emphasis on these factors depending on
the product line and customer preferences. We believe that we compete effectively with respect to each of these
factors and we obtain feedback on our performance with customer surveys, among other means.

The businesses we operate in have undergone consolidation. Within the packaging products industry, larger
customers, with an expanded geographic presence, have tended to seek suppliers that can, because of their broad
geographic presence, efficiently and economically supply all or a range of their packaging needs. In addition, our
customers continue to demand higher quality products meeting stricter quality control requirements.

“
See Item 1A. “Risk Factors

— We May Be Adversely
Affected by Factors That Are Beyond Our Control, Such as U.S. and Worldwide Economic and Financial
Market Conditions, and Social and Political Change”.

— We Face Intense Competition” and “Risk Factors

“

Governmental Regulation

Health and Safety Regulations

Our operations are subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to workplace safety
and worker health, including the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (“OSHA”) and similar laws and
regulations. OSHA, among other things, establishes asbestos standards for the workplace. Although we do not use
asbestos in manufacturing our products, asbestos containing material (“ACM”) is present in some of our facilities.
For those facilities where ACM is present, we have established procedures for properly managing the material,
including, but not limited to, employee training and work practices to maintain the ACM in good condition and
minimize exposure. We do not believe that future compliance with health and safety laws and regulations will have
a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

8

Environmental and Other Matters

Environmental compliance requirements are a significant

factor affecting our business. We employ
manufacturing processes that result in various discharges, emissions and wastes. These processes are subject to
numerous federal, state, local and international environmental laws and regulations, as well as the requirements of
environmental permits and similar authorizations issued by various governmental authorities.

On January 31, 2013, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) published a set of four interrelated
final rules establishing national air emissions standards for hazardous air pollutants from industrial, commercial
and institutional boilers and process heaters, commonly known as “Boiler MACT.” Boiler MACT required
compliance by January 31, 2016 or by January 31, 2017 for those mills for which we obtained a prior compliance
extension. All work required for our boilers to comply with the rule has been completed. On July 29, 2016, the U.S.
Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit issued a ruling on the consolidated cases challenging Boiler
MACT. The court vacated key portions of the rule, including emission limits for certain subcategories of solid fuel
boilers, and remanded other issues to the EPA for further rulemaking. At this time, we cannot predict with certainty
how this decision will impact our existing Boiler MACT strategies or whether we will incur additional costs to comply
with any revised Boiler MACT standards.

In addition to Boiler MACT, we are subject to a number of other federal, state, local and international
environmental rules that may impact our business, including the National Ambient Air Quality Standards for
nitrogen oxide, sulfur dioxide, fine particulate matter and ozone for facilities in the U.S.

We are involved in various administrative proceedings relating to environmental matters that arise in the
normal course of business, and we may become involved in similar matters in the future. Although the ultimate
outcome of these proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty and we cannot at this time estimate any
reasonably possible losses based on available information, we do not believe that the currently expected outcome
of any environmental proceedings and claims that are pending or threatened against us will have a material
adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

“
See Item 1A. “Risk Factors

— We are Subject to a Wide Variety of Laws, Regulations and Other

Requirements That are Subject to Change and May Impose Substantial Compliance Costs”.

CERCLA and Other Remediation Costs

We face potential liability under federal, state, local and international laws as a result of releases, or threatened
releases, of hazardous substances into the environment from various sites owned and operated by third parties at
which Company-generated wastes have allegedly been deposited. Generators of hazardous substances sent to
off-site disposal locations at which environmental problems exist, as well as the owners of those sites and certain
other classes of persons, are liable for response costs for the investigation and remediation of such sites under the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (“CERCLA”) and analogous
laws. While joint and several liability is authorized under CERCLA, liability is typically shared with other potentially
responsible parties (“PRPs”) and costs are commonly allocated according to relative amounts of waste deposited
and other factors.

In addition, certain of our current or former locations are being investigated or remediated under various
environmental laws, including CERCLA. Based on information known to us and assumptions, we do not believe
that the costs of these projects will have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition
or cash flows. However, the discovery of contamination or the imposition of additional obligations, including natural
resources damaged at these or other sites in the future could result in additional costs.

On January 26, 2009, Smurfit-Stone Container Corporation (“Smurfit-Stone”) and certain of its subsidiaries
filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Smurfit-Stone’s Canadian
subsidiaries also filed to reorganize in Canada. We believe that matters relating to previously identified third party
PRP sites and certain facilities formerly owned or operated by Smurfit-Stone have been satisfied by claims in the
Smurfit-Stone bankruptcy proceedings. However, we may face additional liability for cleanup activity at sites that
are not subject to the bankruptcy discharge, but are not currently identified. The final bankruptcy distributions were
made in fiscal 2018.

We believe that we can assert claims for indemnification pursuant to existing rights we have under purchase
and other agreements in connection with certain remediation sites. In addition, we believe that we have insurance

9

coverage, subject to applicable deductibles/retentions, policy limits and other conditions, for certain environmental
matters. However, there can be no assurance that we will be successful with respect to any claim regarding these
insurance or indemnification rights or that, if we are successful, any amounts paid pursuant to the insurance or
indemnification rights will be sufficient to cover all our costs and expenses. We also cannot predict with certainty
whether we will be required to perform remediation projects at other locations, and it is possible that our
remediation requirements and costs could increase materially in the future and exceed current reserves. In
addition, we cannot currently assess with certainty the impact that future changes in cleanup standards or federal,
state or other environmental laws, regulations or enforcement practices will have on our results of operations,
financial condition or cash flows.

We estimate that we will

invest approximately $22 million for capital expenditures during fiscal 2019 in
connection with matters relating to environmental compliance, excluding KapStone. It is possible that our capital
expenditure assumptions and the project completion dates may change, and our projections are subject to change
due to items such as the finalization of ongoing engineering projects and the outcomes of pending legal challenges
to the Boiler MACT rules.

Climate Change

Certain jurisdictions in which we have manufacturing facilities or other investments have taken actions to
address climate change. The EPA has issued the Clean Air Act permitting regulations applicable to certain facilities
that emit greenhouse gases (“GHG”). The EPA also has promulgated a rule requiring certain industrial facilities
that emit 25,000 metric tons or more of carbon dioxide equivalent per year to file an annual report of their
emissions. While we have facilities subject to existing GHG permitting and reporting requirements, the impact of
these requirements has not been material to date.

Additionally, the EPA has been working on a set of interrelated rulemakings aimed at cutting carbon emissions
from power plants. On August 3, 2015, the EPA issued a final rule establishing GHG emission guidelines for
existing electric utility generating units (known as the “Clean Power Plan”). On the same day, the EPA issued a
second rule-setting standards of performance for new, modified and reconstructed electric utility generating units.
On February 9, 2016, the U.S. Supreme Court issued a stay halting implementation of the Clean Power Plan until
the pending legal challenges to the rule are resolved. As directed by Executive Order by the President of the
United States (“Executive Order”), on April 4, 2017, the EPA issued a proposed rule announcing its intention to
review the Clean Power Plan, and, if appropriate, initiate proceedings to suspend, revise or rescind it. A number of
states subject to the Clean Power Plan have stopped working on their implementation strategies in response to the
litigation and Executive Order; however, certain states where we operate manufacturing facilities have indicated
their intention to continue their carbon reduction efforts. On August 21, 2018, the EPA proposed the Affordable
Clean Energy (“ACE”) rule, which would establish emission guidelines for states to develop plans to address
greenhouse gas emissions from existing coal-fired power plants. The ACE rule would replace the 2015 Clean
Power Plan, which EPA has proposed to repeal. The Clean Power Plan was stayed by the U.S. Supreme Court
and has never gone into effect. Although the Clean Power Plan and ACE rule do not apply directly to the power
generation facilities at our mills, if either rule becomes effective, it would have the potential to increase the cost of
purchased electricity for our manufacturing operations and change the treatment of certain types of biomass that
are currently considered carbon neutral. Due to ongoing litigation and other uncertainties regarding the Clean
Power Plan and ACE rule, their potential impacts on us cannot be quantified with certainty at this time.

In addition to national efforts to regulate climate change, some U.S. states in which we have manufacturing
operations are also taking measures to reduce GHG emissions, such as requiring GHG emissions reporting or
developing regional cap-and-trade programs. California has enacted a cap-and-trade program that took effect in
2012, and includes enforceable compliance obligations that began on January 1, 2013. In July 2017, California
extended the cap-and-trade program to 2030. We do not have any manufacturing facilities that are subject to the
cap-and-trade requirements in California; however, we are continuing to monitor the implementation of this
program as well as proposed mandatory GHG reduction efforts in other states. Also, the Washington Department
of Ecology issued a final rule, known as the Clean Air Rule, which applies to facilities that have average annual
carbon dioxide equivalent emissions equal to or exceeding 100,000 metric tons/year. Energy intensive and trade
exposed facilities, including our Tacoma, WA and Longview, WA (which we acquired through the KapStone
Acquisition (as hereinafter defined)) mills, and transportation fuel importers are subject to regulation under this
program. In September 2016, various groups filed lawsuits against the Washington Department of Ecology
challenging the Clean Air Rule. In April 2018, the Thurston County Superior Court invalidated the Clean Air Rule,
and the Washington Department of Ecology subsequently filed an appeal with the State Supreme Court. The Court

10

has not yet decided whether to grant the appeal. Implementation of the Clean Air Rule has been stayed in the
meantime.

The agreement signed in April 2016 among the U.S. and over 170 other countries, which arose out of
negotiations at the United Nation’s Conference of Parties (COP21) climate summit in December 2015 (the “Paris
Agreement”), established a framework for reducing global GHG emissions. By signing the Paris Agreement, the
U.S. made a non-binding commitment to reduce economy-wide GHG emissions by 26% to 28% below 2005 levels
by 2025. Other countries in which we conduct business, including China, European Union member states and
India, have set GHG reduction targets. The Paris Agreement became effective on November 4, 2016. Although a
party to the agreement may not provide the required one-year notice of withdrawal until three years after the
effective date, in June 2017, President Trump announced that the U.S. intended to withdraw from the Paris
Agreement. The governors of New York, California and Washington subsequently announced their intent to form a
“climate alliance” to coordinate a state response to climate change. At this time, it is not possible to determine how
the Paris Agreement, or any potential U.S. commitments in lieu of those under the agreement, may impact U.S.
industrial facilities, including our domestic operations.

Several of our international facilities are located in countries that have already adopted GHG emissions trading
schemes. For example, Quebec has become a member of the Western Climate Initiative, which is a collaboration
among California and certain Canadian provinces that have joined together to create a cap-and-trade program to
reduce GHG emissions. In 2009, Quebec adopted a target of reducing GHG emissions by 20% below 1990 levels
by 2020 and 37.5% from 1990 levels by 2030. In 2011, Quebec issued a final regulation establishing a regional
cap-and-trade program that required reductions in GHG emissions from covered emitters as of January 1, 2013.
The Province formally linked its carbon trading system with California’s system in January 2014 and with Ontario’s
system in January 2018. Our mill in Quebec is subject to these cap-and-trade requirements, although the direct
impact of this regulation has not been material to date. Compliance with this program and other similar programs
may require future expenditures to meet required GHG emission reduction requirements in future years.

The regulation of climate change continues to develop in the areas of the world where we conduct business.
We have systems in place for tracking the GHG emissions from our energy-intensive facilities, and we carefully
monitor developments in climate change laws, regulations and policies to assess the potential impact of such
developments on our results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and disclosure obligations.

Sustainability

Sustainability is an integral part of our business strategy and one of our four stated key value drivers for our
customers. Paper-based packaging has several attributes that, we believe, makes it well-suited to helping our
customers provide sustainable solutions for their customers. For example, it is lightweight, durable, versatile,
renewable and recyclable. Given the size and geographic breadth of our manufacturing operations and our history
of developing innovative products and solutions, we believe that we are uniquely positioned to help our customers
improve their sustainability. Also, we are helping to drive the development of the circular economy by recovering
used paper-based packaging through our extensive network of recycling facilities and turning the recovered fiber
into new packaging or selling it to others to use to make new products. Examples of our commitment to
sustainability include having one of the industry’s largest certified virgin fiber procurement systems and heading an
industry-leading foodservice recycling initiative. We have been recognized for our sustainability efforts through,
among other things, industry award programs and inclusion in the FTSE 4 Good index.

Patents and Other Intellectual Property

We hold a substantial number of foreign and domestic trademarks, trademark applications, trade names,
patents, patent applications and licenses relating to our business, our products and our production processes. Our
patent portfolio consists primarily of utility and design patents relating to our products and manufacturing
operations. It also includes exclusive rights to substantial proprietary packaging system technology in the U.S. or
other licenses obtained from a third party. Our brand name and logo, and certain of our products and services, are
protected by domestic and foreign trademark rights. Our patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights,
particularly those relating to our converting operations, are important to our operations as a whole. Our intellectual
property has various expiration dates. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors
— We Depend On Our Ability to Develop and
“
Successfully Introduce New Products and/or to Acquire and Retain Intellectual Property Rights”.

11

Employees

At September 30, 2018, we employed approximately 45,100 people, of which approximately 76% were located
in the U.S. and Canada and 24% were located in Europe, South America, Mexico and Asia/Pacific. Of the
approximately 45,100 employees, approximately 71% were hourly, and approximately 29% were salaried,
employees. Approximately 41% of our hourly employees in the U.S. and Canada are covered by collective
bargaining agreements (“CBA or CBAs”), which typically have four to six year terms. Approximately 3% of our
employees in the U.S. and Canada are working under expired contracts and approximately 2% of our U.S. and
Canada employees are covered under CBAs that expire within one year. Approximately 49% of our employees
outside the U.S. and Canada are covered by agreements similar to CBAs, which most frequently have four to six
year terms. Approximately 5% of our employees not based in the U.S. and Canada are working under expired
agreements and approximately 6% of them are covered under agreements that expire within one year.

While we have experienced isolated work stoppages in the past, we have been able to resolve them, and we
believe that working relationships with our employees are generally good. While the terms of our CBAs vary, we
believe the material terms of the agreements are customary for the industry, the type of facility, the classification of
the employees and the geographic location covered.

In October 2014, we entered into a master agreement with the United Steelworkers Union (“USW”) that applied
to substantially all of our legacy RockTenn facilities represented by the USW at that time. The agreement has a six
year term and covers a number of specific items, including wages, medical coverage and certain other benefit
programs, substance abuse testing and successorship. Individual facilities will continue to have local agreements
for subjects not covered by the master agreement and those agreements will continue to have staggered
terms. Wage increases specified in the master agreement have been negotiated and ratified. The master
agreement permits us to apply its terms to USW employees who work at facilities we acquire during the term of the
agreement. The master agreement covers approximately 60 of our U.S. facilities and approximately 6,800 of our
employees.

“
See Item 1A. “Risk Factors
Relations Matters”.

International Operations

— We May Be Adversely Impacted By Work Stoppages and Other Labor

Our operations outside the U.S. are conducted through subsidiaries located in Canada, Mexico, South
America, Europe, Asia and Australia. Sales attributable to non-U.S. operations were 19.9%, 17.6% and 17.1% of
our net sales in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, some of which were transacted in U.S. dollars. See “Note
6. Segment Information” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. See also
Item 1A. “Risk Factors

— We are Exposed to Risks Related to International Sales and Operations”.

“

“

Available Information

Our Internet address is www.westrock.com. Our Internet address is included herein as an inactive textual
reference only. The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference herein and should not be
considered part of this report. We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and we make available free of charge most of our SEC
filings through our Internet website as soon as reasonably practicable after filing with the SEC. You may access
these SEC filings via the hyperlink that we provide on our website to a third-party SEC filings website. We also
make available on our website our board committee charters, as well as the corporate governance guidelines
adopted by our board of directors, our Code of Conduct for employees, our Code of Conduct and Ethics for the
Board of Directors and our Code of Ethical Conduct for Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Senior Financial
Officers. Any amendments to, or waiver from, any provision of these codes that are required to be disclosed will be
posted on our website. We will also provide copies of these documents, without charge, at the written request of
any stockholder of record. Requests for copies should be mailed to: WestRock Company, 1000 Abernathy Road
NE, Atlanta, Georgia 30328, Attention: Corporate Secretary.

Forward-Looking Information

This report contains statements that relate to future, rather than past, events. These statements are forward-
looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The forward-looking

12

statements made in this report often address our expected future business and financial performance and financial
conditions, and often contain words such as “may”, “will”, “could”, “would”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “estimate”,
“project”, “plan”, “believe”, “expect”, “target” and “potential”, or refer to future time periods. Forward-looking
statements are based on currently available information and our current expectations, beliefs, plans or forecasts,
and include statements made in this report regarding, among other things:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our belief that we are one of the largest paper recyclers in North America;

our plan to operate our recycling operations primarily as a procurement function in fiscal 2019;

our belief that we are one of the largest manufacturers of temporary promotional point-of-purchase
displays in North America measured by net sales and the largest manufacturer of solid fiber partitions
in North America measured by net sales;

our expectation that we will complete the monetization of our Land and Development holdings during
fiscal 2019;

our belief that we would be able to source significant replacement quantities from other suppliers in the
event we incur production disruptions for recycled or virgin containerboard and paperboard;

our belief that we have good relationships with our customers;

our belief that our ability to leverage our full portfolio of differentiated solutions and capabilities enables
us to differentiate ourselves from our competitors;

our belief that we compete effectively on price, design, product innovation, quality and service;

our belief that future compliance with health and safety laws and regulations will not have a material
adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows;

our belief that the currently expected outcome of any environmental proceedings and claims that are
pending or threatened against us will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations,
financial condition or cash flows;

our belief that the costs associated with investigations or remediations under various environmental
laws, including CERCLA, and regulations will not have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations, financial condition or cash flows;

our belief that matters relating to previously identified third party PRP sites and certain facilities
formerly owned or operated by Smurfit-Stone have been satisfied by claims in the Smurfit-Stone
bankruptcy proceedings;

our belief that we can assert claims for indemnification pursuant to existing rights we have under
purchase and other agreements in connection with certain of our existing remediation sites and have
insurance coverage, subject to applicable deductibles/retentions, policy limits and other conditions, for
certain environmental matters;

our expectation that compliance with the Western Climate Initiative and other similar programs may
require future expenditures to meet required GHG emission reduction requirements in future years;

our belief that we are uniquely positioned to help our customers improve their sustainability;

our belief that working relationships with our employees are generally good and that the material terms
of our CBAs are customary for the industry, the type of facility, the classification of the employees and
the geographic location covered;

our belief that the trading price of our Common Stock was adversely affected in fiscal 2018 due, in
part, to concerns about announcements by certain of our competitors of planned additional capacity in
the North American containerboard market;

that we may be required to incur additional indebtedness to satisfy our payment obligations in respect
of our put and call options or other arrangements pursuant to which we increase our ownership in
Grupo Gondi;

that we may form additional joint ventures;

our expectation that benefits from potential, as well as completed, acquisitions and joint ventures will
include synergies, cost savings, growth opportunities or access to new markets (or a combination

13

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

thereof), and in the case of divestitures, the realization of proceeds from the sale of businesses and
assets to purchasers that place higher strategic value on these businesses and assets than we do;

our expectation that the KapStone Acquisition to generate synergies and performance improvements
of approximately $200 million by the end of fiscal 2021;

our expectation that we will continue to incur significant capital, operating and other expenditures
complying with applicable environmental laws and regulations, particularly those related to air and
water quality, waste disposal and the cleanup of contaminated soil and groundwater,
including
situations where we have been identified as a PRP;

our expectation that we will make future contributions primarily to certain of our non-U.S. pension
plans in the coming years;

our belief that certain multiemployer pension plans (“MEPP” or “MEPPs”) in which we participate or
have participated,
including Pace Industry Union-Management Pension Fund (“PIUMPF”), have
material unfunded vested benefits;

that we are considering withdrawing from, and may withdraw from, one or more MEPPs;

our belief that our existing production capacity is adequate to serve existing demand for our products
and that our plants and equipment are in good condition;

our expectation that the linerboard production system of Panama City, FL mill will return to full
production capacity by the end of November 2018 and that the market pulp production line will operate
at 50% of capacity by early December 2018 and should return to full operation in approximately six
months;

our belief that the resolution of lawsuits and claims will not have a material adverse effect on our
consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows;

our expectation with respect to the potential benefits (including the integration of tons) related to (i) the
acquisition (the “Schlüter Acquisition”) of Schlüter Print Pharma Packaging (“Schlüter”), (ii) the
acquisition (the “Plymouth Packaging Acquisition”) of substantially all of the assets of Plymouth
Packaging, Inc. (“Plymouth”), (iii) the July 17, 2017 acquisition (the “Island Container Acquisition”)
of certain assets and liabilities of Island Container Corp. and Combined Container Industries LLC
(“Island”), (iv) the acquisition of Hanna Group Pty Ltd (“Hanna Group”) in a stock purchase (the
“Hannapak Acquisition”), (v) the June 9, 2017 acquisition of U.S. Corrugated Holdings, Inc. (“U.S.
Corrugated Acquisition”), (vi)
the MPS Acquisition, (vii) the March 13, 2017 acquisition of certain
assets and liabilities of Star Pizza Box of Arizona, LLC, Star Pizza Box of Florida, Inc., Star Pizza Box
of Ohio, LLC, Star Pizza Box of Texas, LLC and Box Logistics LLC (the “Star Pizza Acquisition” and
“Star Pizza”); (viii) the January 19, 2016 acquisition of certain legal entities formerly owned by Cenveo
the acquisition (the “SP Fiber
Inc.
Acquisition”) of SP Fiber Holdings, Inc. (“SP Fiber”) and (x) the joint venture with Gondi, S.A. de C.V.
(“Grupo Gondi”);

in a stock purchase (the “Packaging Acquisition”);

(ix)

our belief that the Grupo Gondi
Mexican market;

joint venture is helping us to grow our presence in the attractive

that we expect higher cost inflation to continue through fiscal 2019;

our belief that our strong balance sheet and cash flow provide us the flexibility to continue to invest to
sustain and improve our operating performance;

our general expectation that the integration of a closed facility’s assets and production with other
facilities will enable the receiving facilities to better leverage their fixed costs while eliminating fixed
costs from the closed facility;

our expectation that funding for our domestic operations in the foreseeable future to come from
sources of liquidity within our domestic operations, including cash and cash equivalents, and available
borrowings under our credit facilities, and that our foreign cash and cash equivalents are not expected
to be a key source of liquidity to our domestic operations;

our expectation that capital expenditures in fiscal 2019 will be approximately $1.5 billion, including
KapStone and investments to restore operations our Panama City, FL mill
following Hurricane
Michael, our base capital expenditures in fiscal 2019 will be approximately $950 million to $1.0 billion,
with roughly half invested in maintenance and half invested in high return generating projects, and we
expect to invest approximately $0.5 billion in strategic projects;

14

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our expectation that we will utilize the remaining U.S. federal net operating losses and other U.S.
federal credits primarily over the next two years;

our expectation that, including the estimated impact of book and tax differences, subject to changes in
tax laws, our cash tax rate will move closer to our income tax rate in fiscal 2019, 2020 and 2021;

our estimation that we will invest approximately $22 million for capital expenditures during fiscal 2019
in connection with matters relating to environmental compliance, excluding KapStone;

our expectation that we will contribute approximately $22 million to our U.S. and non-U.S. pension
plans in fiscal 2019;

our estimation that minimum pension contributions to our U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans will be in
the range of approximately $25 million to $27 million annually in fiscal 2020 through 2023;

our expectation that we will continue to make contributions in the coming years to our pension plans in
order to ensure that our funding levels remain adequate in light of projected liabilities and to meet the
requirements of the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (“Pension Act”) and other regulations;

our beliefs with respect to material changes in future assumptions and estimates related to allowances
and impairment;

our belief that our estimates for restructuring costs are reasonable, considering our knowledge of the
industries we operate in, previous experience in exiting activities and valuations we may obtain from
independent third parties;

our belief that our assumptions are reasonable with respect to health insurance costs, workers’
compensation cost and pension and other postretirement benefit obligations;

our expectation of the impact of implementation of various accounting standards, including that certain
of these standards will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements;

our belief that we will make a payment in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 related to the Plymouth
Packaging Acquisition;

our belief that the MPS Acquisition will increase our annual paperboard consumption by approximately
100,000 tons to be supplied by us by the first half of fiscal 2019;

our belief that our restructuring actions have allowed us to more effectively manage our business;

our belief that by investing in a variety of asset classes and utilizing multiple investment management
firms, we can create a portfolio for our pension plans that yields adequate returns with reduced
volatility;

our belief that PIUMPF’s demand related to our withdrawal will include both a payment for withdrawal
liability and for our proportionate share of PIUMPF’s accumulated funding deficiency;

our expectation that our contributions to PIUMPF will not continue to exceed 5% of
contributions;

total plan

our belief that our tax positions are appropriate;

our expectation that MWV TN (as defined herein) will only repay the liability at maturity from the
Timber Note proceeds;

our belief that the liability for environmental matters was adequately reserved at September 30, 2018;

our expectation that the resolution of the Antitrust Litigation (as hereinafter defined) will not have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows;

our belief that we have valid defenses to asbestos-related personal
injury claims and intend to
continue to defend them vigorously, and that should the volume of asbestos-related personal injury
litigation grow substantially, it is possible that we could incur significant costs resolving these cases;

our expectation that the resolution of pending asbestos litigation and proceedings will not have a
material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition or liquidity and that in any given period
or periods, it is possible that asbestos-related proceedings or matters could have a material adverse
effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows;

our estimation that
approximately $50 million;

the exposure with respect

to certain guarantees we have made could be

15

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our belief that our exposure related to guarantees will not have a material impact on our results of
operations, financial condition or cash flows;

our expectation that we will not issue additional SARs;

our anticipation that we will be able to fund our capital expenditures, interest payments, dividends and
stock repurchases, pension payments, working capital needs, note repurchases,
restructuring
long-term debt and other corporate actions for the
activities, repayments of current portion of
foreseeable future from cash generated from operations, borrowings under our credit
facilities,
proceeds from our New A/R Sales Agreement (as hereinafter defined), proceeds from the issuance of
debt or equity securities or other additional
long-term debt financing, including new or amended
facilities;

that we may seek to refinance existing indebtedness, to extend maturities, reduce borrowing costs or
otherwise improve the terms and composition of our indebtedness;

that we may enter into various hedging transactions, including interest rate swap agreements and
foreign-exchange hedge contracts;

our belief that in the event of a distribution in the form of dividends or dispositions of our foreign
subsidiaries, we may be subject to incremental U.S. income taxes, subject to an adjustment for foreign
tax credits, and withholding taxes or income taxes payable to the foreign jurisdictions;

that it is reasonably possible that our unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by up to $5.5 million in
the next twelve months due to expiration of various statues of limitations and settlement of issues; and

the expected impact of market risks, such as interest rate risk, pension plan risk, foreign currency risk,
investments in derivative
commodity price risks, energy price risk, rates of return,
instruments, and the risk of counterparty nonperformance, and expected factors affecting those risks,
including our exposure to foreign currency rate fluctuations.

the risk of

Forward-looking statements are based on currently available information and our current assumptions,
expectations and projections about future events. You should not rely on our forward-looking statements. These
statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to future events, risks and uncertainties —
many of which are beyond our control, dependent on actions of third parties or currently unknown to us — as well
as potentially inaccurate assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations and
projections. Particular uncertainties that could cause our actual results to be materially different than those
expressed in our forward-looking statements include: our ability to achieve benefits from acquisitions (including the
KapStone Acquisition (as hereinafter defined)) and the timing thereof,
including synergies, performance
improvements and successful implementation of capital projects; the impact of the Tax Act (as hereinafter defined);
risks and uncertainties associated with, the KapStone Acquisition (as hereinafter defined); the level of demand for
our products; our ability to successfully identify and make performance improvements; anticipated returns on our
capital
investments; uncertainties related to planned and unplanned mill outages or production disruptions;
investment performance, discount rates, return on pension plan assets and expected compensation levels;
increases in energy, raw materials, shipping and capital equipment costs; fluctuations in selling prices and
volumes; intense competition; the impact of operational restructuring activities; potential liability for outstanding
guarantees and indemnities and the potential impact of such liabilities; changes in law, economic and financial
conditions, including interest and exchange rate volatility, commodity and equity prices; our ability to maintain our
current credit rating and the impact on our funding costs and competitive position if we do not do so; the amount
and timing of our cash flows and earnings and other conditions, which may affect our ability to pay our quarterly
dividend at the planned level or to repurchase shares at planned levels; our capital allocation plans, as such plans
may change including with respect to the timing and size of share repurchases, acquisitions, joint ventures,
dispositions and other strategic actions; the impact of announced price increases or decreases and the impact of
the gain and loss of customers; compliance with governmental laws and regulations, including those related to the
environment; the scope, and timing and outcome of any litigation, claims, or other proceedings or dispute
resolutions, including the Antitrust Litigation (as hereinafter defined) and the impact of any such litigation, claims or
other proceedings or dispute resolutions on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows; income tax
rates, future deferred tax expense and future cash tax payments; future debt repayment; the occurrence of severe
weather or a natural disasters, such as hurricanes or other unanticipated problems, such as labor difficulties,
equipment failure or unscheduled maintenance and repair, which could result in operational disruptions of varied
“
duration; and other factors that are discussed in Item 1A. “Risk Factors

”.

16

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we do not undertake to update
these statements other than as required by law. You are advised, however, to review any further disclosures we
make on related subjects in our periodic filings with the SEC.

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

We are subject to certain risks and events that, if one or more occur, could adversely affect our results of
operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our common stock, par value $0.01 per
share (“Common Stock”). In evaluating us, our business and a potential investment in our securities, you should
consider the following risk factors and the other information presented in this report, as well as the other reports
and registration statements we file from time to time with the SEC. The risks addressed below are not the only
ones we face. Additional risks not currently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could also
adversely impact our business in the future.

We May Experience Pricing Variability

Our businesses have experienced, and are likely to continue experiencing, cycles relating to industry capacity
and general economic conditions. The length and magnitude of these cycles have varied over time and by product.
Prices for our products are driven by many factors, including general economic conditions, demand for our
products and competitive conditions in the industries within which we compete, and we have little influence over
the timing and extent of price changes, which may be unpredictable and volatile. If supply exceeds demand, prices
for our products could decline, and our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading
price of our Common Stock could be adversely affected. For example, we believe the trading price of our Common
Stock was adversely affected in fiscal 2018 due, in part, to concerns about announcements by certain of our
competitors of planned additional capacity in the North American containerboard market.

Further, certain published indices contribute to the setting of selling prices for some of our products. Future
changes in how these indices are established or maintained could adversely impact the selling prices for these
products.

Our Earnings Are Highly Dependent on Volumes

Because our operations generally have high fixed operating cost components, our earnings are highly
dependent on volumes, which tend to fluctuate. These fluctuations make it difficult to predict our financial results
with any degree of certainty. Any failure to maintain volumes may adversely affect our results of operations, cash
flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.

We May Face Increased Costs or Inadequate Availability of Raw Materials, Energy and Transportation

We rely heavily on the use of certain raw materials, energy sources and third-party companies to transport our

goods.

The costs of recycled fiber and virgin fiber, the principal externally sourced raw materials for our mills, are
subject to pricing variability due to market and industry conditions. Increasing demand for products packaged in
packaging produced from paper manufactured from 100% recycled fiber, greater demand for U.S.-sourced
recycled fiber by Asian-based paper manufacturers and the shift by manufacturers of virgin paperboard, tissue,
newsprint and corrugated packaging to the production of products with some recycled fiber content have and may
continue to increase demand for recycled fiber, which may result in cost increases. Periods of higher recycled fiber
costs and unusual price volatility have occurred in the past, including during 2017 as demand for domestic recycled
fiber from Asian producers fluctuated significantly. The market price of virgin fiber varies based on availability,
source and the cost of fuels used in the harvesting and transportation of virgin fiber, and the availability of virgin
fiber may be impacted by, among other factors, the weather. In addition, costs for key chemicals used in our
manufacturing operations also fluctuate, which impacts our manufacturing costs. Certain published indices
contribute to price setting for some of our raw materials. Future changes in how these indices are established or
maintained could adversely impact the pricing of these raw materials.

The cost of natural gas, which we use in many of our manufacturing operations, including many of our mills,
and other energy costs (including energy generated by burning natural gas, fuel oil, biomass and coal) has at times

17

fluctuated significantly. High energy costs could increase our operating costs and make our products less
competitive compared to similar or alternative products offered by competitors.

We distribute our products primarily by truck and rail, although we also distribute some of our products by
cargo ship. The reduced availability of trucks, rail cars or cargo ships could negatively impact our ability to
distribute our products in a timely manner, and high transportation costs could make our products less competitive
compared to similar or alternative products offered by competitors. In fiscal 2018, the profitability of our operations
in the U.S. was negatively impacted by higher transportation costs as trucking companies raised prices to address
a shortage of drivers and strong demand, and the profitability of our operations in Brazil was negatively impacted
by a truckers’ strike.

Because our businesses operate in highly competitive industry segments, we may not be able to recoup past
or future increases in the cost of raw materials, energy or transportation through price increases for our products.
The failure to obtain raw materials, energy or transportation services at reasonable market prices (or the failure to
pass on price increases to our customers) or a reduction in the availability of raw materials, energy or
transportation services due to increased demand, significant changes in climate or weather conditions, or other
factors could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of
our Common Stock.

We Face Intense Competition

We compete in industries that are highly competitive, and no single company dominates an industry. Our
competitors include large and small, vertically integrated companies and numerous smaller non-integrated
companies. We generally compete with companies operating in North America, although we have operations
spanning North America, South America, Europe, Asia and Australia. Factors affecting our ability to compete
include the entry of new competitors into the markets we serve, increased competition from overseas producers,
our competitors’ pricing strategies, the introduction by our competitors of new technologies and equipment, our
ability to anticipate and respond to changing customer preferences and our ability to maintain the cost-efficiency of
our facilities. In addition, changes within these industries, including the consolidation of our competitors and our
customers, may adversely affect our competitiveness. If our competitors are more successful than we are with
respect to any key competitive factor, our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading
price of our Common Stock, could be adversely affected.

Our products also compete, to some extent, with various other packaging materials, including products made
of paper, plastics, wood and various types of metal. Customer shifts away from containerboard and paperboard
packaging to packaging made from other materials could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and
financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.

We May Be Unsuccessful
Completing Divestitures

in Making and Integrating Mergers, Acquisitions and Investments and

We have completed a number of mergers, acquisitions, investments and divestitures in recent years, including
the Combination, our investment in Grupo Gondi, the Separation, the HH&B Sale, the MPS Acquisition and the
acquisition (the “KapStone Acquisition”) of all of the outstanding shares of KapStone Paper and Packaging
Corporation (“KapStone”), and we may acquire, invest in or sell, or enter into joint ventures with additional
companies. We may not be able to identify suitable targets or purchasers or successfully complete suitable
transactions in the future, and completed transactions may not be successful. These transactions create risks,
including, but not limited to, risks associated with:

•

•

disrupting our ongoing business, including distracting management from our existing businesses;

integrating acquired businesses and personnel into our business, including integrating operations across
different cultures and languages, and the economic, political and regulatory risks associated with specific
countries;

• working with partners or other ownership structures with shared decision-making authority;

•

obtaining and verifying relevant information regarding a business prior to the consummation of the
transaction, including the identification and assessment of liabilities, claims or other circumstances that
could result in litigation or regulatory risk exposure;

18

•

•

•

•

•

•

obtaining required regulatory approvals and/or financing on favorable terms;

retaining key employees, contractual relationships or customers;

the potential impairment of tangible and intangible assets and goodwill;

the additional operating losses and expenses of businesses we acquire or in which we invest;

implementing controls, procedures and policies at companies we acquire; and

the dilution of interests of holders of our Common Stock through the issuance of equity securities.

In addition, mergers, acquisitions and investments may not be successful and may adversely affect our results
of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock. Among the benefits
we expect from potential, as well as completed, acquisitions and joint ventures are synergies, cost savings, growth
opportunities or access to new markets (or a combination thereof), and in the case of divestitures, the realization of
proceeds from the sale of businesses and assets to purchasers that place higher strategic value on these
businesses and assets than we do. For acquisitions, our success in realizing these benefits and the timing of
realizing them depend on the successful integration of the acquired businesses and operations with our business
and operations. Even if we are able to integrate these businesses and operations successfully, we may not realize
the full benefits we expected within the anticipated timeframe, or at all. Accordingly, the benefits from acquisitions
may be offset by unanticipated costs or delays in integrating the acquired companies.

On November 2, 2018, for example, we completed the KapStone Acquisition. We expect the KapStone
Acquisition to generate synergies and performance improvements of approximately $200 million by the end of
fiscal 2021. The success of the transaction will depend on, among other things, our ability to realize anticipated
growth opportunities, cost savings and other synergies. Our success in realizing these benefits, and the timing of
realizing these benefits, will depend on us successfully integrating the KapStone business with our Corrugated
Packaging business, which may be more difficult, complex, costly and time consuming than we expect. The
integration process and other disruptions resulting from the KapStone Acquisition may disrupt ongoing businesses
or cause inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect our relationships with
employees, suppliers, customers and others. If we are not able to successfully integrate the KapStone business
within the anticipated time frame, or at all, the expected cost savings and synergies and other benefits of the
KapStone Acquisition may not be realized fully, or at all, or may take longer or cost us more to realize than
expected, the combined businesses may not perform as expected, management’s time and energy may be
diverted, and our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common
Stock, could be adversely affected.

Our Acquisition of KapStone Subjects Us to Various Risks and Uncertainties

As a result of the KapStone Acquisition, we are subject to various risks and uncertainties, including the
following: we may fail to realize anticipated synergies, cost savings, operating efficiencies and other benefits; our
incurrence of substantial indebtedness in connection with financing the acquisition may have an adverse effect on
our liquidity, limit our flexibility in responding to other business opportunities and increase our vulnerability to
adverse economic and industry conditions; we may not be able to integrate KapStone into our operations without
encountering difficulties, including inconsistencies in standards, systems and controls, and without diverting
management’s focus and resources from ordinary business activities and opportunities; we may face challenges
retaining KapStone’s customers and suppliers; we may fail to retain KapStone’s key personnel; we may encounter
unforeseen internal control, regulatory or compliance issues; and we may face other additional risks. We may not
be able to achieve the anticipated benefits from the KapStone Acquisition, or it may take us longer or cost us more
than expected to achieve them. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows
and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.

We May Be Adversely Affected by Factors That Are Beyond Our Control, Such as U.S. and Worldwide

Economic and Financial Market Conditions, and Social and Political Change

Our businesses may be affected by a number of factors that are beyond our control, such as:

•

•

•

general economic and business conditions;

changes in tax laws or tax rates and conditions in the financial services markets, including counterparty
risk, insurance carrier risk, rising interest rates, inflation, deflation, fluctuations in the value of local
currency versus the U.S. dollar and the impact of a stronger U.S. dollar;

financial uncertainties in our major international markets, including uncertainties surrounding the United
Kingdom’s pending withdrawal from the European Union, commonly referred to as “Brexit”;

19

•

•

•

social and political change impacting matters such as environmental regulations and trade policies and
agreements;

sluggish or uneven recovery, government deficit reduction and other austerity measures in specific
countries or regions, or in the various industries in which we operate; or

other factors, each of which may adversely impact our ability to compete.

For example, we may experience lower demand for our products and the products of our customers that utilize
our products if economic conditions in the U.S. and globally (including locations such as Europe, Brazil and
Mexico) deteriorate and result in higher unemployment rates, lower family income, unfavorable currency exchange
rates, lower corporate earnings, lower business investment or lower consumer spending. In addition, changes in
trade policy, including renegotiating or potentially terminating, existing bilateral or multilateral agreements, as well
as the imposition of tariffs, could impact demand for our products and the costs associated with certain of our
capital investments. Macro-economic challenges may also lead to changes in tax laws or tax rates that may have a
material impact on our future cash taxes, effective tax rate or deferred tax assets and liabilities. We are not able to
predict with certainty economic and financial market conditions, and social and political change, and our results of
operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock, could be adversely
affected by adverse market conditions and social and political change.

ff

We Cannot Operate Our Joint Ventures Solely For Our Benefit, Which Subjects Us to Risks

We have invested in joint ventures when circumstances warranted the use of these structures, and we may
form additional joint ventures in the future. Our participation in joint ventures is subject to risks, including, but not
limited to, risks associated with:

•

shared decision-making, which could require us to expend additional resources to resolve impasses or
potential disputes;

• maintaining good relationships with our partners, which could limit our future growth potential;

•

•

•

•

conflict of interest issues if our partners have competing interests;

investment or operational goals that conflict with our partners’ goals, including the timing, terms and
strategies for investments or future growth opportunities;

their
our partners’ ability to fund their share of required capital contributions or to otherwise fulfill
obligations as partners, which may require us to infuse our own capital into these ventures on behalf of the
related partner despite other competing uses for capital; and

obtaining consents from our partners for any sale or other disposition of our interest in a joint venture or
underlying assets of the joint venture.

We May Utilize Our Cash Flow or Incur Additional Indebtedness to Satisfy Certain Payment Obligations or

Otherwise Increase our Investment in Grupo Gondi

In connection with our investment in the joint venture with Grupo Gondi, we entered into an option agreement
pursuant to which we and certain shareholders of Grupo Gondi agreed to future put and call options with respect to
the equity interests in the joint venture held by each party. These arrangements, or other arrangements pursuant to
which we increase our ownership in Grupo Gondi, may require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow
to satisfy our payment or investment obligations, which may reduce the amount of funds available for our
operations, capital expenditures and corporate development activities. Similarly, we may be required to incur
additional indebtedness to satisfy our payment or investment obligations.

We are Exposed to Risks Related to International Sales and Operations

We derived 19.9% of our net sales in fiscal 2018 from outside the U.S. through international operations, some
of which were transacted in U.S. dollars. In addition, certain of our domestic operations have sales to foreign
customers. Our operating results and business prospects could be adversely affected by risks related to the
countries outside the U.S. in which we have manufacturing facilities or sell our products. Specifically, Brazil, China,
Mexico and India, where we maintain operations directly or through a joint venture, are countries that are exposed
to economic, political and social instability. We are exposed to risks of operating in those countries as well as many
others, including, but not limited to, risks associated with:

20

•

•

•

•

•

•

the difficulties with and costs of complying with a wide variety of complex laws, treaties and regulations;

unexpected changes in political or regulatory environments; earnings and cash flows that may be subject
to tax withholding requirements or the imposition of tariffs, exchange controls or other restrictions;

repatriating cash from foreign countries to the U.S.;

political, economic and social instability;

import and export restrictions and other trade barriers;

responding to disruptions in existing trade agreements or increased trade tensions between countries or
political and economic unions;

• maintaining overseas subsidiaries and managing international operations;

•

•

•

•

obtaining regulatory approval for significant transactions;

government limitations on foreign ownership, takeovers or nationalizations of business or mandated price
controls;

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and

transfer pricing.

Any one or more of

these risks could adversely affect our international operations and our results of

operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.

We Depend on Certain Large Customers

Our corrugated packaging segment and consumer packaging segment each have large customers, the loss of
which could adversely affect the segment’s sales and, depending on the significance of the loss, our results of
operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock. In particular, because
our businesses operate in highly competitive industry segments, we regularly bid for new business or for the
renewal of existing business. The loss of business from our larger customers, or the renewal of business on less
favorable terms, may adversely impact our financial results.

We May Fail to Anticipate Trends That Would Enable Us to Offer Products That Respond to Changing

Customer Preferences

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to offer differentiated solutions, and we must continually develop
and introduce new products and services in a timely manner to keep pace with technological and regulatory
developments and changing customer preferences. The services and products we offer customers may not meet
their needs as their business models evolve, or our customers may decide to decrease or use alternative materials
for their product packaging or forego the packaging of certain products entirely. Regulatory developments can also
significantly alter the market for our solutions. For example, a move to electronic distribution of disclaimers and
other paperless regimes could negatively impact our healthcare inserts and labels businesses. Consumer
preferences for products and packaging formats are constantly changing based on, among other factors, cost,
convenience, and health, environmental and social concerns and perceptions. For example, changing consumer
dietary habits and preferences have slowed sales growth for many of the food and beverage products we package.
Also, we believe that there is an increasing focus among consumers to ensure that products delivered through e-
commerce are packaged efficiently and we are working with our customers to address this concern. Our results of
operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock, could be adversely
affected if we fail to anticipate trends that would enable us to offer products that respond to changing customer
preferences.

We May Produce Faulty or Contaminated Products Due to Failures in Quality Control Measures and

Systems

Our failure to produce products that meet safety and quality standards could result in adverse effects on
consumer health, litigation exposure, loss of market share and adverse financial impacts, among other potential
consequences, and we may incur substantial costs in taking appropriate corrective action (up to and including
recalling products from end consumers) and to reimburse customers and/or end consumers for losses that they

21

suffer as a result of these failures. Placing an unsafe product on the market, failing to notify the regulatory
authorities of a safety issue, failing to take appropriate corrective action and failing to meet other regulatory
requirements relating to product safety could lead to regulatory investigation, enforcement action and/or
prosecution. Any product quality or safety issue may also result in adverse publicity, which may damage our
reputation. Any of these results could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition,
and the trading price of our Common Stock.

We provide guarantees in certain of our contracts that our products are produced in accordance with customer
specifications regarding the proper functioning of our products and the conformity of a product to the specific use
defined by the customer. In addition, if the product contained in packaging manufactured by us is faulty or
contaminated, the manufacturer of the product may allege that the packaging we provided caused the fault or
contamination, even if the packaging complies with contractual specifications. If certain of our packaging fails to
open properly or to preserve the integrity of its contents, we could face liability to our customers and to third parties
for bodily injury or other damages suffered as a result. These liabilities could adversely affect our results of
operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.

We May Incur Business Disruptions

The operations at our manufacturing facilities may be interrupted or impaired by various operating risks,

including, but not limited to, risks associated with:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

catastrophic events, such as fires, floods, earthquakes, explosions, natural disasters, severe weather,
including hurricanes, tornados and droughts, or other similar occurrences;

interruptions in the delivery of raw materials or other manufacturing inputs;

adverse government regulations;

equipment breakdowns or failures;

prolonged power failures;

unscheduled maintenance outages;

information system failures;

violations of our permit requirements or revocation of permits;

releases of pollutants and hazardous substances to air, soil, surface water or ground water;

disruptions in the transportation infrastructure, including roads, bridges, railroad tracks and tunnels;

shortages of equipment or spare parts; and

labor disputes and shortages.

For example, in 2018, operations at our mills located in Florence, South Carolina and Panama City, FL were
interrupted by hurricanes, resulting in lost mill production and the incurrence of damages, supply chain disruptions
and increased input costs. See “Note 23. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)” of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements for additional information regarding the Panama City, FL mill.

Business disruptions may impair our production capabilities and adversely affect our results of operations,

cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.

The Level of Our Indebtedness Could Adversely Affect Our Financial Condition and Impair Our Ability to

Operate Our Business

At September 30, 2018, we had $6.4 billion of debt outstanding. In connection with the closing of the KapStone
Acquisition, we incurred approximately $4.4 billion of additional debt. The level of our indebtedness could have
important consequences, including:

•

a portion of our cash flows from operations will be dedicated to payments on indebtedness and will not be
available for other purposes, including operations, capital expenditures and future business opportunities,
including acquisitions;

22

•

•

•

•

it may limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, future
business opportunities, acquisitions, general corporate and other purposes;

our indebtedness that is subject to variable rates of interest exposes us to increased debt service
obligations in the event of increased interest rates;

it may limit our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and place us at a competitive disadvantage
compared to competitors that have less debt; and

it may increase our vulnerability to a downturn in general economic conditions or in our business, and may
make us unable to carry out capital spending that is important to our growth and ability to maintain our
competitiveness.

In addition, we are subject to agreements that require us to meet and maintain certain financial ratios and
covenants and may restrict us from, among other
things, disposing of assets and incurring additional
indebtedness. These restrictions may limit our flexibility to respond to changing market conditions and competitive
pressures.

Downgrades in Our Credit Ratings Could Increase Our Borrowing Costs

Some of our outstanding indebtedness has received credit ratings from rating agencies. These ratings are
limited in scope and do not purport to address all risks relating to an investment in those debt securities. Our credit
ratings could change based on, among other things, our results of operations and financial condition. These ratings
are subject to ongoing evaluation by credit rating agencies, and they may be lowered, suspended or withdrawn
entirely by a rating agency or placed on a so-called “watch list” for a possible downgrade or assigned a “negative
in any rating agency’s judgment, circumstances so warrant. Actual or anticipated changes or
outlook” if,
downgrades in our credit ratings, including any announcement that our ratings are under review for a downgrade or
have been assigned a negative outlook, could increase our borrowing costs, which could in turn adversely affect
our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock. If a
downgrade or negative outlook were to occur, it could impact our ability to access the capital markets to raise debt
and/or increase the cost thereof. In addition, while our credit ratings are important to us, we may take actions and
otherwise operate our business in a manner that adversely affects our credit ratings.

We are Subject to a Wide Variety of Laws, Regulations and Other Requirements That are Subject to

Change and May Impose Substantial Compliance Costs

We are subject to a wide variety of federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations and other requirements,
including those relating to the environment, competition, corruption, health and safety, labor and employment, data
privacy, tax and health care. These laws, regulations and other requirements may change or be applied or
interpreted in ways that will require us to modify our operations, subject us to enforcement risk or impose on or
require us to incur additional costs, including substantial compliance costs, which may adversely affect our results
of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.

We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, significant capital, operating and other expenditures
complying with applicable environmental laws and regulations, particularly those related to air and water quality,
waste disposal and the cleanup of contaminated soil and groundwater, including situations where we have been
identified as a PRP. Because environmental regulations are constantly evolving, we will continue to incur costs to
maintain compliance with those laws and our compliance costs could increase materially. Future remediation
requirements and compliance with existing and new laws and requirements may disrupt our business operations
and require significant expenditures, and our existing reserves for specific matters may not be adequate to cover
future costs. In particular, our manufacturing operations consume significant amounts of energy, and we may in the
future incur additional or increased capital, operating and other expenditures from changes due to new or
increased climate-related and other environmental regulations. We could also incur substantial liabilities, including
fines or sanctions, enforcement actions, natural resource damages claims, cleanup and closure costs, and third-
party claims for property damage and personal injury under environmental and common laws.

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (“FCPA”) and local anti-bribery laws, including those in Brazil,
China, Mexico, India and the United Kingdom (where we maintain operations directly or through a joint venture),
prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to government officials for the
purpose of influencing official decisions. Our internal control policies and procedures, or those of our vendors, may
not adequately protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed or alleged to have been committed by our

23

employees, agents or vendors. Any such violations could lead to civil or criminal monetary and non-monetary
penalties and/or could damage our reputation.

We are subject to a number of labor and employment laws and regulations that could significantly increase our
operating costs and reduce our operational flexibility. Additionally, changing privacy laws in the United States,
Europe and elsewhere, including the adoption by the European Union of the General Data Protection Regulation,
which became effective in May 2018, have created new individual privacy rights, imposed increased obligations on
companies handling personal data and increased potential exposure to fines and penalties.

In December 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the
Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Tax Act"). The Tax Act contains significant changes to corporate taxation, including
reduction of the corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, additional limitations on the tax deductibility of interest,
substantial changes to the taxation of foreign earnings, immediate deductions for certain new investments instead
of deductions for depreciation expense over time, and modification or repeal of many business deductions and
credits. Notwithstanding the reduction in the corporate income tax rate, the overall impact of the Tax Act remains
uncertain.

Our Capital Expenditures May Not Achieve the Desired Outcomes or May Be Achieved at a Higher Cost

than Anticipated

We regularly make capital expenditures and many of our projects are complex, costly and/or implemented over
an extended period of time. For example, in fiscal 2018, we announced a significant planned investment in our
Florence, South Carolina kraft linerboard mill and we are currently in the process of building a new corrugated box
plant in the Brazilian state of Sao Paulo and upgrading our Tres Barras mill. Our capital expenditures for these, and
other, projects could be higher than we anticipated, we may experience unanticipated business disruptions and/or
we may not achieve the desired benefits from the projects, any of which could adversely affect our results of
operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock. In addition, disputes
between us and contractors who are involved with implementing projects could lead to time-consuming and costly
litigation.

We May Incur Additional Restructuring Costs and May Not Realize Expected Benefits from Restructuring

We have previously restructured portions of our operations, and we may engage in future restructuring
initiatives. Because we are not able to predict with certainty market conditions, including changes in the supply and
demand for our products,
the selling prices for our products or the cost of
manufacturing our products, we also may not be able to predict with certainty the appropriate time to undertake
restructurings. The cash and non-cash costs associated with these activities vary depending on the type of facility
impacted, with the non-cash cost of a mill closure generally being more significant than that of a converting facility
due to the higher level of investment. Restructuring activities may divert the attention of management, disrupt our
operations and fail to achieve the intended cost and operations benefits.

large customers,

the loss of

We Have a Significant Amount of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets and a Write-Down Would

Adversely Impact Our Operating Results and Shareholders’ Equity

At September 30, 2018, the carrying value of our goodwill and intangible assets was $8.7 billion. We review
the carrying value of our goodwill for impairment annually, or more frequently when impairment indicators exist.
The impairment test requires us to analyze a number of factors and make estimates that require judgment. During
the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, we identified our Consumer Packaging reporting unit as having a fair value that
exceeded its carrying value by less than 10%. Future changes in the cost of capital, expected cash flows, changes
in our business strategy and external market conditions, among other factors, could require us to record an
impairment charge for goodwill, which could lead to decreased assets and reduced net income. If a significant write
down were required, the charge could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and shareholders’
equity, and could impact the trading price of our Common Stock. See “Note 1. Description of Business and
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets” of
the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

We May Be Adversely Impacted By Work Stoppages and Other Labor Relations Matters

A significant number of our union employees are governed by CBAs. Expired contracts are in the process of
renegotiation, and others expire within one year. We may not be able to successfully negotiate new union contracts

24

without work stoppages or labor difficulties or renegotiate them on favorable terms. We have experienced work
stoppages in the past and may experience them in the future. If we are unable to successfully renegotiate the
terms of any of these agreements or an industry association is unable to successfully negotiate a national
agreement when it expires, or if we experience any extended interruption of operations at any of our facilities as a
result of strikes or other work stoppages, our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the
trading price of our Common Stock, could be adversely affected. In addition, our businesses rely on vendors,
suppliers and other third parties that have union employees. Strikes or work stoppages affecting these vendors,
suppliers and other third parties could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition,
and the trading price of our Common Stock.

Certain of Our Pension Plans Will Likely Require Additional Cash Contributions

kk

While the WestRock Company Consolidated Pension Plan (the “Plan”) is over-funded, we expect to make
future contributions primarily to certain of our non-U.S. pension plans in the coming years in order to ensure that
our funding levels remain adequate and meet regulatory requirements. The actual required amounts and timing of
future cash contributions will be highly sensitive to changes in the applicable discount rates and returns on plan
assets, and could also be impacted by future changes in the laws and regulations applicable to plan funding. Our
pension plan assets are primarily made up of fixed income, equity and alternative investments. Fluctuations in the
market performance of these assets and changes in interest rates may result in increased or decreased pension
plan costs in future periods. Changes in assumptions regarding expected long-term rate of return on plan assets,
our discount rate, expected compensation levels or mortality could also increase or decrease pension costs. These
changes, along with future turmoil in financial and capital markets, may adversely affect our results of operations,
cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.

We May Incur Withdrawal Liability and/or Increased Funding Requirements in Connection with the MEPPs

in Which We Participate

We participate in several MEPPs that provide retirement benefits to certain union employees in accordance
with various CBAs. Our contributions to a particular MEPP are established by the applicable CBAs; however, our
required contributions may increase based on the declining funded status of an MEPP and legal requirements,
such as those of the Pension Act, which require substantially underfunded MEPPs to implement a funding
improvement plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation plan (“RP”) to improve their funded status. Factors that could impact
the funded status of a MEPP include, without limitation a shrinking contribution base as a result of the insolvency or
withdrawal of other companies that currently contribute to these plans, the inability or failure of companies
withdrawing from the plan to pay their withdrawal liability, low interest rates, changes in actuarial assumptions
and/or lower than expected returns on pension fund assets.

We believe that certain of the MEPPs in which we participate or have participated, including PIUMPF, have
material unfunded vested benefits. In the normal course of business, we evaluate our potential exposure to
MEPPs, including with respect to potential withdrawal liabilities. In fiscal 2018, we submitted formal notification to
withdraw from PIUMPF and the Central Sates, Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund (“Central States”)
and recorded aggregate withdrawal
liabilities of $184.2 million, which includes an estimate of our portion of
PIUMPF’s accumulated funding deficiency. Our withdrawal liability for any particular MEPP would depend on the
nature and timing of any triggering event and the extent of that MEPP’s funding of vested benefits. In addition, we
may be obligated to pay a share of a particular MEPP’s accumulated funding deficiency as determined under the
Pension Act. Due to the absence of specific information regarding the applicable funded status and other relevant
information for each MEPP, we are unable to determine with certainty the exact amount of any withdrawal liability
and our estimate for withdrawing from PIUMPF is subject to revision. We may withdraw from other MEPPs in the
future.

The impact of increased contributions, future funding obligations or future withdrawal liabilities may adversely
affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock. See
“Note 4. Retirement Plans — Multiemployer Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for
additional information.

25

We are Subject to Cyber-Security Risks, Including Related to Customer, Employee, Vendor or Other

Company Data

We use information technologies to securely manage operations and various business functions. We rely on
various technologies, some of which are managed by third parties, to process, transmit and store electronic
information, and to manage or support a variety of business processes and activities, including reporting on our
business and interacting with customers, vendors and employees. In addition, we collect and store certain data,
including proprietary business information, and may have access to confidential or personal information in certain
of our businesses that is subject to privacy and security laws, regulations and customer-imposed controls. Our
systems are subject to repeated attempts by third parties to access information or to disrupt our systems. Despite
our security design and controls, and those of our third-party providers, we may become subject to system
damage, disruptions or shutdowns due to any number of causes, including cyber-attacks, breaches, employee
error or malfeasance, power outages, computer viruses, telecommunication or utility failures, systems failures,
service providers, natural disasters or other catastrophic events. It is possible for such vulnerabilities to remain
time. We may face other challenges and risks as we upgrade and
undetected for an extended period of
standardize our information technology systems as part of our integration of acquired businesses and operations.
We maintain contingency plans to prevent or mitigate the impact of these events, however, these events could
result in operational disruptions or the misappropriation of sensitive data, and depending on their nature and
scope, could lead to the compromise of confidential
information, improper use of our systems and networks,
manipulation and destruction of data, defective products, production downtimes, operational disruptions and
exposure to liability. Such disruptions or misappropriations and the resulting repercussions, including reputational
damage and legal claims or proceedings, may adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial
condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.

We Depend On Our Ability to Develop and Successfully Introduce New Products and/or to Acquire and

Retain Intellectual Property Rights

Our ability to develop and successfully market new products and to develop, acquire and/or retain necessary
intellectual property rights is important to our continued success and competitive position. If we are unable to
develop and successfully introduce new products, protect our existing intellectual property rights or develop new
intellectual property rights, or if others develop similar or improved technologies, our results of operations, cash
flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock, could be adversely affected.

We are Subject to Risks Associated with Monetizing our Land and Development Asset Portfolio

In fiscal 2016, we commenced an accelerated monetization strategy of various real estate holdings that are
concentrated in the Charleston, SC region and we expect to complete this process during fiscal 2019. Our ability to
execute our plans may be affected by general economic conditions, including credit markets and interest rates,
local real estate market conditions, including competition from sellers of land and real estate developers, and the
impact of federal, state and local laws and regulations affecting land use, land use entitlements, land protection
and zoning, among other factors. Any failure to execute our plans could adversely affect our results of operations,
cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.

We May Fail to Attract, Motivate, Train and Retain Qualified Personnel, Including Key Personnel

Our ability to maintain and expand our business depends on our ability to attract, motivate, train and retain
employees with the skills necessary to understand and adapt to the continuously developing needs of our
customers. The increasing demand for qualified personnel makes it more difficult for us to attract and retain
employees with requisite skill sets, particularly employees with specialized technical and trade experience.
Changing demographics and labor work force trends also may result in a loss of knowledge and skills as
experienced workers retire. If we fail to attract, motivate, train and retain qualified personnel, or if we experience
excessive turnover, we may experience declining sales, manufacturing delays or other inefficiencies, increased
recruiting, training and relocation costs and other difficulties, and our results of operations, cash flows and financial
condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock may be adversely impacted.

26

In addition, we rely on key executive and management personnel to manage our business efficiently and
effectively. As our business has grown in size and geographic scope, we have relied on these individuals to
manage increasingly complex projects, teams and operations, and to allocate resources to match the size and
geographic scope of our business. The loss of any of our key personnel could adversely affect our results of
operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock may be adversely
impacted. Effective succession planning is also important
to our long-term success. Our failure to identify
candidates with the leadership skills to manage our increasingly complex organization, and our failure to ensure
effective transfers of knowledge and smooth transitions involving key executives, could hinder our strategic
planning and execution.

The Separation Could Result in Substantial Tax Liability to Us and to Those of Our Stockholders Who

Received Ingevity Stock at the Time of the Separation

We have received an opinion from outside tax counsel to the effect that the Separation qualifies as a
transaction that is described in Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
and the rules and regulations thereunder
(“Code”). The opinion relies on certain facts, assumptions,
representations and undertakings from Ingevity and us regarding the past and future conduct of each of the two
companies’ respective businesses and other matters. If any of these facts, assumptions, representations or
undertakings prove to be incorrect or not satisfied, or if the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) otherwise
determines on audit that the Separation is taxable, our stockholders who received Ingevity stock at the time of the
Separation and/or we may not be able to rely on the opinion of tax counsel and could be subject to significant tax
liabilities. If the Separation is determined to be taxable to those of our stockholders who received Ingevity stock at
the time of the Separation, each of those stockholders would generally be treated as having received a taxable
distribution of property in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Ingevity shares received.

Even if the Separation otherwise qualifies as a tax-free transaction to those of our stockholders who received
Ingevity stock at the time of the Separation, the distribution could be taxable to us in certain circumstances if future
significant acquisitions of our stock or the stock of Ingevity are determined to be part of a plan or series of related
transactions that included the Separation. In this event, the resulting tax liability would be substantial. In connection
with the Separation, we entered into a tax matters agreement with Ingevity, pursuant to which Ingevity agreed (a)
to not engage in certain transactions that could cause the Separation to be taxable to us and (b) to indemnify us for
any tax liabilities resulting from such transactions. The indemnity from Ingevity may not be sufficient to protect us
against the full amount of such liabilities. Any tax liabilities resulting from the Separation or related transactions
could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our
Common Stock.

We May Be Exposed to Claims and Liabilities as a Result of the Separation

We entered into a separation and distribution agreement and various other agreements with Ingevity to govern
the Separation and the relationship of the two companies going forward. These agreements provide for specific
indemnity and liability obligations and could lead to disputes between us and Ingevity. The indemnity rights we
have against Ingevity under the agreements may not be sufficient to protect us. In addition, our indemnity
obligations to Ingevity may be significant and these risks could adversely affect our results of operations, cash
flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.

Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

There are no unresolved SEC staff comments.

Item 2.

PROPERTIES

We operate locations in North America, including the majority of U.S. states, South America, Europe, Asia and
Australia. We lease our principal offices in Atlanta, GA. We believe that our existing production capacity is
adequate to serve existing demand for our products and consider our plants and equipment to be in good
condition.

27

Our corporate and operating facilities as of September 30, 2018 are summarized below:

Segment
g
Corrugated Packaging
Consumer Packaging
Corporate and significant regional offices
Total

Number of Facilities
Leased

Owned

Total

97
84
—
181

50
57
10
117

147
141
10
298

The tables that follow show our annual production capacity by mill at September 30, 2018 in thousands of tons.
Our mill system production levels and operating rates may vary from year to year due to changes in market and
other factors, including the impact of hurricanes and other weather-related events. Our simple average mill system
operating rates for the last three years averaged 96%. We own all of our mills.

Corrugated Packaging Mills - annual production capacity in thousands of tons

g g

p

g

p

y

Location of Mill
Fernandina Beach, FL
West Point, VA
Stevenson, AL
Solvay, NY
Hodge, LA
Florence, SC
Panama City, FL (1)
Dublin, GA
Seminole, FL
Hopewell, VA
Tres Barras, Brazil
Tacoma, WA
La Tuque, QC
St. Paul, MN
Morai, India
Total Corrugated Packaging

Mill Capacity

Linerboard Medium

White Top
Linerboard

Kraft
Paper/Bag

Market
Pulp

Bleached
Paperboard

930

548
800
683
353
137
402
527
345
90

155

185
885
272

137
198

175

200
25

735

292

341

275
345

60

60

131

Total
Capacity
930
920
885
820
800
683
645
615
600
527
520
485
476
200
180

4,970

2,077

1,355

401

352

131

9,286

(1) Our Panama City, FL mill sustained extensive damage from Hurricane Michael in October 2018. In early
November, the mill started producing linerboard and we expect to ramp up to full production by the end of
November 2018. Our market pulp production line is expected to operate at 50% of capacity by early
December 2018 and should return to full operation in approximately six months.

Our fiber sourcing for our Corrugated Packaging mills is approximately 60% virgin and 40% recycled. After the
KapStone Acquisition, which adds approximately 3.0 million tons of capacity, our mix is approximately 65% virgin
and 35% recycled.

28

Consumer Packaging Mills - annual production capacity in thousands of tons

g g

p

p

y

Location of Mill
Mahrt, AL
Covington, VA
Evadale, TX
Demopolis, AL
St. Paul, MN
Battle Creek, MI
Chattanooga, TN
Dallas, TX
Sheldon Springs, VT (Missisquoi Mill)
Lynchburg, VA
Stroudsburg, PA
Eaton, IN
AAurora, IL
Total Consumer Packaging

Mill Capacity

Bleached
Paperboard

Coated
Natural
Kraft
1,066

Coated
Recycled
Paperboard

Specialty
Recycled
Paperboard

Market
Pulp

950
660
360

40
110

170
160

127
111

80

140

103

64
32

Total
Capacity
1,066
950
700
470
170
160
140
127
111
103
80
64
32

1,970

1,066

648

339

150

4,173

The production at our Lynchburg, VA mill is gypsum paperboard liner and the paper machine at this mill is
owned by our Seven Hills joint venture. Our fiber sourcing for our Consumer Packaging mills is approximately 75%
virgin and 25% recycled. Our fiber sourcing for mills is approximately 65% virgin and 35% recycled. After the
KapStone Acquisition, our mix is approximately 67% virgin and 33% recycled.

At September 30, 2018, we owned approximately 135,000 acres of forestlands in Brazil.

Item 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are a defendant in a number of lawsuits and claims arising out of the conduct of our business. While the
ultimate results of such suits or other proceedings against us cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe the
resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.

See “Note 17. Commitments and Contingencies

“

” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for

additional information.

Item 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

29

PART II: FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 5.

MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Common Stock

Our Common Stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “WRK”. As of
October 26, 2018, there were approximately 6,843 stockholders of record of our Common Stock. The number of
stockholders of record includes one single stockholder, Cede & Co., for all of the shares of our Common Stock
held by our stockholders in individual brokerage accounts maintained at banks, brokers and institutions.

Dividends

In October 2018, our board of directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.455 per share, representing a 5.8%
increase from the prior $0.43 per share quarterly dividend and an annual dividend of $1.82 per share. During fiscal
2018, we paid an annual dividend of $1.72 per share. During fiscal 2017, we paid an annual dividend of $1.60 per
share. During fiscal 2016, we paid an annual dividend of $1.50 per share.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

See Part III, Item 12 of this Form 10-K and “Note 19. Stockholders

“

’ Equity” of the Notes to Consolidated

Financial Statements for additional information.

Stock Repurchase Plan

The following table presents information with respect to purchases of our Common Stock that we made during

the three months ended September 30, 2018:

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Total Number of
Shares
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs

—
368,513

1,343,930
1,712,443

Maximum
Number of
Shares that
May Yet Be
Purchased
Under the
Plans or
Programs

22,975,289
22,606,776

21,262,846

Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased

Average
Price
Paid Per
Share

— $

368,513

1,343,930
1,712,443

—
54.92

55.10

Period

July 1, 2018 through July 31, 2018
AAugust 1, 2018 through August 31, 2018
September 1, 2018 through September 30,

2018

Total

See “Note 19. Stockholders’ Equity” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional

information.

Item 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial
’
’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
statements and notes thereto and Item 7. “Management
Results of Operations”. RockTenn was the accounting acquirer in the Combination; therefore, the historical
consolidated financial statements of RockTenn for periods prior to the Combination are considered to be the
historical financial statements of WestRock and thus WestRock’s consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2015
reflect RockTenn’s consolidated financial statements for periods from October 1, 2014 through June 30, 2015, and
WestRock’s thereafter. We derived the consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of cash

“

30

flows data for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of
September 30, 2018 and 2017 from the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein. We derived the
consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of cash flows data for the year ended
September 30, 2015 and 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2016 and 2015 from
audited WestRock Company consolidated financial statements not
included in this report. We derived the
consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2014, from audited Rock-Tenn Company consolidated
financial statements not included in this report.

The Combination was the primary reason for the changes in the selected financial data in fiscal 2016 and 2015
as compared to prior years due to the size and timing of the transaction. The selected financial data has been
updated to reflect the Separation. Our results of operations shown below may not be indicative of future results.

(In millions, except per share amounts)

2018

Year Ended September 30,
2016

2015

2017

2014

Net sales
Multiemployer pension withdrawals (1)
Pension risk transfer expense (2)
Pension lump sum settlement and retiree medical

curtailment, net (3)

Land and Development impairments (4)
Restructuring and other costs (5)
Gain on sale of HH&B (6)
Income from continuing operations (7)
(Loss) income from discontinued operations

(net of tax) (8)

Net income (loss) attributable to

common stockholders

Diluted earnings per share from

continuing operations

Diluted (loss) earnings per share from

discontinued operations

Diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable

to common stockholders

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
Dividends paid per common share
Book value per common share
Total assets
Current portion of debt
Long-term debt due after one year
Total debt
Total stockholders’ equity
Net cash provided by operating activities
Capital expenditures
Cash paid (received) for purchase of
businesses, net of cash acquired

Cash received in merger
Purchases of common stock
Purchases of commons stock - merger related
Cash dividends paid to stockholders

$16,285.1 $14,859.7 $14,171.8 $11,124.8 $ 9,895.1
—
$
—
$

— $
370.7 $

184.2 $
— $

— $
— $

— $
— $

— $
$
$
31.9 $
$
105.4 $
— $
$
$ 1,909.3 $

32.6 $
46.7 $
196.7 $
192.8 $
698.6 $

— $
— $
366.4 $
— $
154.8 $

11.5 $
— $
140.8 $
— $
501.2 $

47.9
—
55.6
—
483.8

$

— $

— $

(544.7) $

10.6 $

—

$ 1,906.1 $

708.2 $

(396.3) $

507.1 $

479.7

$

$

7.34 $

2.77 $

0.59 $

2.87 $

3.29

— $

— $

(2.13) $

0.06 $

—

$

173.3

259.8

255.7

2.77 $

2.93 $

7.34 $

1.60 $
40.64 $

1.72 $
45.24 $

1.50 $
38.75 $

(1.54) $
257.9

3.29
146.0
0.70
$
$
30.76
$25,360.5 $25,089.0 $23,038.2 $25,372.4 $ 11,039.7
132.6
$
$ 5,674.5 $ 5,946.1 $ 5,496.3 $ 5,558.2 $ 2,852.1
$ 6,415.2 $ 6,554.8 $ 5,789.2 $ 5,621.9 $ 2,984.7
$11,469.4 $10,342.5 $ 9,728.8 $11,651.8 $ 4,306.8
$ 2,420.9 $ 1,900.5 $ 1,688.4 $ 1,203.6 $ 1,151.8
534.2
$

1.20 $
45.34 $

292.9 $

796.7 $

585.5 $

999.9 $

740.7 $

778.6 $

608.7 $

63.7 $

$
$
$
$
$

239.9 $ 1,588.5 $
— $
93.0 $
— $
403.2 $

— $
195.1 $
— $
440.9 $

376.4 $
— $
335.3 $
— $
380.7 $

(3.7) $
265.7 $
336.7 $
667.8 $
214.5 $

474.4
—
236.3
—
101.1

(1)

(2)

In fiscal 2018, we recorded an estimated withdrawal liability of $180.0 million to withdraw from PIUMPF and $4.2 million to
withdraw from Central States. See “Note 4. Retirement Plans — Multiemployer Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements for additional information.

In fiscal 2016, we used plan assets to settle $2.5 billion of pension obligations of the Plan by purchasing group annuity
contracts from the Prudential Insurance Company of America, a subsidiary of Prudential Financial, Inc. (“Prudential”). This

31

(3)

(4)

transaction transferred payment responsibility to Prudential for retirement benefits owed to approximately 35,000 U.S.
retirees and their beneficiaries. As a result, we recorded a non-cash charge of $370.7 million pre-tax. See “Note 4.
Retirement Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

In fiscal 2017, lump sum payments to certain beneficiaries of the Plan, together with several one-time severance benefit
payments out of the Plan, triggered pension settlement accounting and a remeasurement of the Plan. As a result of
settlement accounting, we recognized as a current period expense a pro-rata portion of the unamortized net actuarial loss,
after remeasurement, and recorded a $32.6 million non-cash charge to our earnings. In fiscal 2015, payments were made
to former employees to partially settle obligations of one of our qualified defined benefit pension plans and we recorded a
non-cash pre-tax charge of $20.0 million. In addition, changes in retiree medical coverage for certain employees covered
by the USW master agreement resulted in the recognition of an $8.5 million pre-tax curtailment gain. These two items
netted to an $11.5 million pre-tax charge. In fiscal 2014, we completed the first phase of our previously announced lump
sum pension settlement to certain eligible former employees and recorded a pre-tax charge of $47.9 million. See “Note 4.
Retirement Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

In fiscal 2018, we recorded a $31.9 million pre-tax non-cash impairment of certain mineral rights and real estate. The $23.6
million impairment of mineral rights was driven by the non-renewal of a lease, and the other $8.3 million was recorded to
write-down the carrying value on real estate projects. Similarly, in fiscal 2017, we recorded a pre-tax non-cash real estate
impairment of $46.7 million, or $39.7 million net of $7.0 million of noncontrolling interest. Due to the accelerated
monetization strategy in our Land and Development segment, the real estate impairments in both years were recorded to
write-down the carrying value on projects where the projected sales proceeds were less than the carrying value.

(5) Costs recorded in each period are not comparable since the timing and scope of the individual actions vary. The
restructuring and other costs exclude the Specialty Chemicals costs, which are included in discontinued operations in fiscal
2016. See “Note 3. Restructuring and Other Costs” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional
information regarding the type of costs incurred.

(6) On April 6, 2017, we completed the HH&B Sale. In fiscal 2017, we recorded a pre-tax gain on sale of HH&B of $192.8
million. See “Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Description of
Business” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

ii

(7)

(8)

Income from continuing operations was impacted by the HH&B Sale, restructuring and other costs, the Land and
Development impairment, multiemployer pension withdrawals, the pension lump sum settlements and pension risk transfer
as identified in the table above for the respective years. In addition, income from continuing operations in fiscal 2018
included an income tax benefit of $1,128.8 million related to the Tax Act. See “Note 5. Income Taxes — Impacts of the
Tax Act”tt of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. Income from continuing operations
in fiscal 2017 was reduced by $26.5 million pre-tax for the expensing of inventory stepped-up in purchase accounting,
primarily related to the MPS Acquisition, and income from continuing operations in fiscal 2015 was reduced by $64.7
million pre-tax for the expensing of inventory stepped-up in purchase accounting, primarily related to the Combination.
Income from continuing operations in fiscal 2015 and 2014 was increased as a result of a reduction of cost of goods sold of
$6.7 million and $32.3 million pre-tax, respectively, due to the recording of additional value of spare parts at our
containerboard mills acquired in the May 27, 2011 acquisition of Smurfit-Stone, in a stock purchase (the “Smurfit-Stone
Acquisition”).

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax in fiscal 2016 included a $478.3 million pre-tax goodwill impairment charge
and $101.1 million pre-tax customer list impairment charge associated with our former Specialty Chemicals operations.
See “Note 7. Discontinued Operations” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax in fiscal 2015 was reduced by $8.2 million pre-tax for the expensing of
inventory stepped-up in purchase accounting, net of related last-in first-out inventory valuation method (“LIFO”) impact.

32

Item 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS

Overview

We are a multinational provider of paper and packaging solutions for consumer and corrugated packaging
markets. We partner with our customers to provide differentiated paper and packaging solutions that help them win
in the marketplace. Our team members support customers around the world from our operating and business
locations in North America, South America, Europe, Asia and Australia. We also sell real estate primarily in the
Charleston, SC region.

Organization

WestRock was formed on March 6, 2015 for the purpose of effecting the Combination and, prior to the
Combination, did not conduct any activities other than those incidental
to its formation and the matters
contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement. On July 1, 2015, pursuant to the Business Combination
Agreement, RockTenn and MWV completed a strategic combination of their respective businesses and RockTenn
and MWV each became wholly-owned subsidiaries of WestRock. RockTenn was the accounting acquirer in the
Combination.

On May 15, 2016, WestRock completed the Separation, pursuant to which we disposed of our former Specialty
Chemicals segment in its entirety and ceased to consolidate its assets, liabilities and results of operations in our
consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, we have presented the financial position and results of operations
of our former Specialty Chemicals segment as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated financial
statements for all periods presented. See “Note 7. Discontinued Operations” of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements for additional information.

On April 6, 2017, we completed the HH&B Sale. We used the proceeds from the HH&B Sale in connection with
the of MPS Acquisition. We recorded a pre-tax gain on sale of HH&B of $192.8 million in fiscal 2017. See “Note 1.
Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Description of Business” of
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

On June 6, 2017, we completed the MPS Acquisition. MPS is reported in our Consumer Packaging segment.
See “Note 2. Mergers, Acquisitions and Investment”tt of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for
additional information.

On November 2, 2018, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Company acquired all of the outstanding
shares of KapStone through the Mergers. As a result of the Mergers, among other things, the Company became
the ultimate parent of WRKCo, KapStone and their respective subsidiaries. Effective as of the the Effective Time,
the Company changed its name to “WestRock Company” and WRKCo changed its name to “WRKCo Inc.”. See
“Note 23. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional
information.

Presentation

We report our financial results of operations in the following three reportable segments: Corrugated Packaging,
which consists of our containerboard mill and corrugated packaging operations, as well as our recycling
operations; Consumer Packaging, which consists of consumer mills, folding carton, beverage, merchandising
displays and partition operations; and Land and Development, which sells real estate, primarily in the Charleston,
SC region. Following the Combination and until the completion of the Separation, our financial results of operations
had a fourth reportable segment, Specialty Chemicals. Prior to the HH&B Sale, our Consumer Packaging segment
included HH&B.

In fiscal 2019, we plan to operate our recycling operations primarily as a procurement function, shifting its
focus to the procurement of low cost, high quality fiber for our mill system. As a result, we will no longer record
recycling sales.

33

Acquisitions and Investments

We completed a number of acquisitions in the last three years that expanded our product and geographic
scope or allowed us to increase our integration levels, and we expect to continue to evaluate similar potential
acquisitions in the future. Below we summarize certain of these acquisitions and investments.

On September 4, 2018, we completed the Schlüter Acquisition. Schlüter is a leading provider of differentiated
paper and packaging solutions and a German-based supplier of a full range of leaflets and booklets. The Schlüter
Acquisition allows us to further enhance our pharmaceutical and automotive platform and expand our geographical
footprint in Europe to better serve our customers. We have included the financial results of the acquired operations
in our Consumer Packaging segment since the date of the acquisition.

On January 5, 2018, we completed the Plymouth Packaging Acquisition. The assets we acquired included
Plymouth’s “Box on Demand” systems, which are manufactured by Panotec, an Italian manufacturer of packaging
machines. The Box on Demand systems enhance our platform and drive differentiation and innovation. These
systems, which are located on customers’ sites under multi-year exclusive agreements, use fanfold corrugated to
produce custom, on-demand corrugated packaging that is accurately sized for any product type according to the
customer’s specifications. Fanfold corrugated is continuous corrugated board, folded periodically to form an
accordion-like stack of corrugated material. As part of the transaction, WestRock acquired Plymouth’s equity
interest
in the
U.S. and Canada. We have fully integrated the approximately 60,000 tons of containerboard used by Plymouth
annually. We have included the financial results of Plymouth in our Corrugated Packaging segment since the date
of the acquisition.

from Panotec to distribute Panotec’s equipment

in Panotec and Plymouth’s exclusive right

On August 1, 2017, we completed the Hannapak Acquisition. Hanna Group is one of Australia’s leading
providers of folding cartons to a variety of markets, including beverage, food, confectionery and healthcare. We
expect this acquisition will build on our established and growing packaging business in the region. We have
included the financial results of the acquired operations in our Consumer Packaging segment since the date of the
acquisition.

On July 17, 2017, we completed the Island Container Acquisition. The assets we acquired included a
corrugator and corrugated converting operations. We have substantially completed the integration of the 80,000
tons of containerboard used by Island annually into our Corrugated Packaging segment. We have included the
financial results of the acquired operations in our Corrugated Packaging segment since the date of the acquisition.

On June 9, 2017, we completed the U.S. Corrugated Acquisition. The acquired business provides a
comprehensive suite of products and services to customers in a variety of end markets, including food & beverage,
pharmaceuticals and consumer electronics. At the time of the transaction, we expected the acquisition to provide
us the opportunity to increase the vertical integration of our Corrugated Packaging segment by approximately
105,000 tons of containerboard annually through the acquired facilities and another 50,000 tons under a long-term
supply contract with another company owned by the seller, and we have since completed the integration of these
tons. We have included the financial results of U.S. Corrugated in our Corrugated Packaging segment since the
date of the acquisition.

On June 6, 2017, we completed the MPS Acquisition. MPS is a global provider of print-based specialty
packaging solutions and its differentiated product offering includes premium folding cartons, inserts, labels and
rigid packaging. At the time of the transaction, we expected the acquisition to increase our annual paperboard
consumption by approximately 225,000 tons. We are well underway, and we currently expect approximately
100,000 tons to be supplied by us by the first half of fiscal 2019. We have included the financial results of MPS in
our Consumer Packaging segment since the date of the acquisition.

On March 13, 2017, we completed the Star Pizza Acquisition. The transaction provided us with a leadership
position in the fast growing small-run pizza box market and increased our vertical
integration. We have fully
integrated the approximately 22,000 tons of containerboard used by Star Pizza annually. We have included the
financial results of the acquired operations in our Corrugated Packaging segment since the date of the acquisition.

On April 1, 2016, we completed the formation of a joint venture with Grupo Gondi to combine our respective
operations in Mexico. We contributed cash and the stock of an entity that owns three corrugated packaging
facilities in Mexico in return for a 25.0% ownership interest in the joint venture together with future put and call
rights. In April 2017, the joint venture entity had a stock redemption from a minority partner which increased our
to
ownership interest
approximately 32.3% through a $108 million capital contribution. The joint venture operates paper machines,
corrugated packaging and high graphic folding carton facilities across various production sites. The majority equity

to approximately 27.0%. On October 20, 2017, we increased our ownership interest

34

holders of Grupo Gondi manage the joint venture and we provide technical and commercial resources. We believe
the joint venture is helping us to grow our presence in the attractive Mexican market. We have included the
financial results of the joint venture in our Corrugated Packaging segment since the date of formation. We are
accounting for the investment on the equity method.

On January 19, 2016, we completed the Packaging Acquisition. The entities acquired provide value-added
folding carton and litho-laminated display packaging solutions. We believe the transaction has provided us with
attractive and complementary customers, markets and facilities. We have included the financial results of the
acquired entities in our Consumer Packaging segment since the date of the acquisition.

On October 1, 2015, we completed the SP Fiber Acquisition. The transaction included the acquisition of mills
located in Dublin, GA and Newberg, OR, which produce lightweight recycled containerboard and kraft and bag
paper. The Newberg mill also produced newsprint. As part of the transaction, we also acquired SP Fiber's 48%
interest in Green Power Solutions of Georgia, LLC (“GPS”), which we consolidate. GPS is a joint venture providing
steam to the Dublin mill and electricity to Georgia Power. Subsequent to the transaction, we announced the
permanent closure of the Newberg mill due to the decline in market conditions of the newsprint business and our
need to balance supply and demand in our containerboard system. We have included the financial results of the
acquired entities in our Corrugated Packaging segment since the date of the acquisition.

See “Note 2. Mergers, Acquisitions and Investment”tt of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for
— We May Be Unsuccessful in Making and Integrating

additional information. See also Item 1A. “Risk Factors
Mergers, Acquisitions and Investments and Completing Divestitures”.

“

Business

(In millions)

Net sales
Segment income

Year Ended September 30,
2017

2016

2018

$
$

16,285.1
1,685.0

$
$

14,859.7
1,193.5

$
$

14,171.8
1,226.2

In fiscal 2018, we continued to pursue our strategy of offering differentiated paper and packaging solutions that
help our customers win. We successfully executed this strategy in fiscal 2018 in a rapidly changing cost and price
environment. Net sales of $16,285.1 million for fiscal 2018 increased $1,425.4 million, or 9.6%, compared to fiscal
2017. The increase was primarily a result of an increase in Corrugated Packaging segment sales, driven by higher
selling price/mix and the contributions from acquisitions, and increased Consumer Packaging segment sales,
primarily due to the contribution from acquisitions (primarily the MPS Acquisition). These increases were partially
offset by the absence of net sales from HH&B in fiscal 2018 due to the sale of HH&B in April 2017 and lower Land
and Development segment sales compared to the prior year period due to the timing of real estate sales as we
monetize the portfolio and lower merchandising display sales in the Consumer Packaging segment. Segment
income increased $491.5 million in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017, primarily due to increased Corrugated
Packaging segment income. With respect to segment income, we experienced higher levels of cost inflation during
fiscal 2018 as compared to fiscal 2017, which was partially offset by recycled fiber deflation. The primary
inflationary items were freight costs, chemical costs, virgin fiber costs and wage and other costs. Productivity
improvements in fiscal 2018 more than offset the net impact of cost inflation. While it is difficult to predict specific
inflationary items, we expect higher cost inflation to continue through fiscal 2019.

Our Corrugated Packaging segment increased its net sales by $695.1 million in fiscal 2018 to $9,103.4 million
from $8,408.3 million in fiscal 2017. The increase in net sales was primarily due to higher corrugated selling
price/mix and higher corrugated volumes (including acquisitions), which were partially offset by lower net sales
from recycling operations due to lower recycled fiber costs, lower sales related to the deconsolidation of a foreign
joint venture in fiscal 2017 and the impact of foreign currency. North American box shipments increased 4.1% on a
per day basis in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. Segment income attributable to the Corrugated Packaging
segment in fiscal 2018 increased $454.0 million to $1,207.9 million compared to $753.9 million in fiscal 2017. The
increase was primarily due to higher selling price/mix, lower recycled fiber costs and productivity improvements
which were partially offset by higher levels of cost inflation and other items, including increased depreciation and
amortization.

Our Consumer Packaging segment increased its net sales by $838.9 million in fiscal 2018 to $7,291.4 million
from $6,452.5 million in fiscal 2017. The increase in net sales was primarily due to an increase in net sales from
acquisitions (primarily the MPS Acquisition) and higher selling price/mix partially offset by the absence of net sales
from HH&B in fiscal 2018 due to the HH&B Sale in April 2017 and lower volumes. Segment income attributable to

35

the Consumer Packaging segment in fiscal 2018 increased $28.8 million to $454.6 million compared to $425.8
million in fiscal 2017, primarily as a result of productivity improvements, lower depreciation and amortization
(excluding the MPS Acquisition), higher selling price/mix and income from acquisitions, which were partially offset
by cost inflation and other items, the absence of income from HH&B in fiscal 2018 due to the HH&B Sale in April
2017 and lower volumes. Consumer Packaging’s segment
income in fiscal 2017 included a $25.1 million
acquisition inventory step-up charge related primarily to the MPS Acquisition.

Our Land and Development segment sales were $142.4 million in fiscal 2018 compared to $243.8 million in
fiscal 2017, primarily due to the timing of land sales associated with our accelerated monetization. We expect to
complete the monetization of our portfolio during fiscal 2019. After we complete the monetization, the segment will
cease to exist. Segment income attributable to the Land and Development segment was $22.5 million in fiscal
2018 compared to $13.8 million in fiscal 2017.

We generated $2,420.9 million of net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2018, compared to
$1,900.5 million in fiscal 2017. We remained committed to our disciplined capital allocation strategy during fiscal
2018 by investing $999.9 million in capital expenditures, deployed $347.9 million to strategic acquisitions and
investments while returning $440.9 million in dividends and $195.1 million to our stockholders in share
repurchases. We believe our strong balance sheet and cash flow provide us the flexibility to continue to invest to
sustain and improve our operating performance. In fiscal 2019, we expect capital expenditures to be approximately
$1.5 billion, including KapStone. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” for more information.

A detailed review of our

fiscal 2018 performance appears below under

“Results of Operations

(Consolidated)” and “Results of Operations — Segment Data”.

Results of Operations (Consolidated)

The following table summarizes our consolidated results for the three years ended September 30, 2018:

(In millions)

Net sales
Cost of goods sold
Selling, general and administrative, excluding intangible

amortization

Selling, general and administrative intangible amortization
Multiemployer pension withdrawals
Pension risk transfer expense
Pension lump sum settlement
Land and Development impairments
Restructuring and other costs
Operating profit
Interest expense, net
Gain on extinguishment of debt
Other income, net
Equity in income of unconsolidated entities
Gain on sale of HH&B
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
Income tax benefit (expense)
Income from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations (net of income

tax benefit of $0, $0 and $32.3)

Consolidated net income (loss)
Less: Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

$

36

Year Ended September 30,
2017

2016

2018

$

16,285.1
12,891.2

$

14,859.7
12,119.5

$

14,171.8
11,413.2

1,493.3
296.6
184.2
—
—
31.9
105.4
1,282.5
(293.8)
(0.1)
12.7
33.5
—
1,034.8
874.5
1,909.3

—
1,909.3
(3.2)
1,906.1

1,399.6
229.6
—
—
32.6
46.7
196.7
835.0
(222.5)
1.8
11.5
39.0
192.8
857.6
(159.0)
698.6

—
698.6
9.6
708.2

$

$

1,379.4
211.8
—
370.7
—
—
366.4
430.3
(212.5)
2.7
14.4
9.7
—
244.6
(89.8)
154.8

(544.7)
(389.9)
(6.4)
(396.3)

Non-GAAP Measures

We report our financial results in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S.
(“GAAP”). However, we have included financial measures that were not prepared in accordance with GAAP. Non-
GAAP financial measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative for, our GAAP results. The
non-GAAP financial measures we present may differ from similarly captioned measures of other companies.

We use the non-GAAP financial measures “Adjusted Income from Continuing Operations” and “Adjusted
Earnings from Continuing Operations Per Diluted Share”. Management believes these non-GAAP financial
measures provide our board of directors, investors, potential investors, securities analysts and others with useful
information to evaluate our performance because the measures exclude restructuring and other costs, and other
specific items that management believes are not indicative of ongoing operating results. We and our board of
directors use this information to evaluate our performance relative to other periods. We believe that the most
directly comparable GAAP measures to Adjusted Income from Continuing Operations and Adjusted Earnings from
Continuing Operations Per Diluted Share are Income from continuing operations and Earnings from continuing
operations per diluted share, respectively. The GAAP results in the tables that follow for Pre-Tax, Tax and Net of
Tax are equivalent to the line items “Income from continuing operations before income taxes”, “Income tax benefit
(expense)” and “Income from continuing operations”, respectively, as reported on the Consolidated Statements of
Operations.

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations were $7.34 in fiscal 2018 compared to $2.77 in fiscal
2017 and $0.59 in fiscal 2016. Adjusted Earnings from Continuing Operations Per Diluted Share were $4.09, $2.62
and $2.52 in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Set forth below is a reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measure Adjusted Earnings from Continuing
the most directly

Operations Per Diluted Share to Earnings from continuing operations per diluted share,
comparable GAAP measure (in dollars per share) for the periods indicated.

Years Ended September 30,
2017

2016

2018

$

Earnings from continuing operations per diluted share
Impact of Tax Act, net of related tax planning
Multiemployer pension withdrawals
Restructuring and other items
AAccelerated depreciation on major capital projects
Consumer Packaging segment acquisition reserve adjustments
AAcquisition bridge and other financing fees
Gain on sale of waste services
Land and Development operating results including impairments
Losses at closed plants and transition costs
Gain on sale of HH&B
HH&B - impact of held for sale accounting
Pension lump sum settlement
Inventory stepped-up in purchase accounting, net of LIFO
Gain on sale or deconsolidation of subsidiaries
Federal, state and foreign tax items
Gain on extinguishment of debt
Non-cash pension risk transfer expense
Gain on investment in Grupo Gondi
Other
AAdjusted Earnings from Continuing Operations Per Diluted

$

7.34
(4.22)
0.52
0.30
0.08
(0.06)
0.03
(0.03)
0.02
0.06
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.05

$

2.77
—
—
0.52
—
—
—
—
0.06
0.05
(0.76)
(0.03)
0.08
0.08
(0.01)
(0.16)
—
—
—
0.02

0.59
—
—
0.97
—
—
—
—
(0.01)
0.07
—
—
—
0.02
—
—
(0.01)
0.89
(0.01)
0.01

Share

$

4.09

$

2.62

$

2.52

37

The GAAP results in the tables below for Pre-Tax, Tax and Net of Tax are equivalent to the line items “Income
from continuing operations before income taxes”, “Income tax benefit (expense)” and “Income from continuing
operations”, respectively, as reported on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Set
forth below are
reconciliations of Adjusted Income from Continuing Operations to the most directly comparable GAAP measure,
Income from continuing operations, for the periods indicated (in millions):

Year ended September 30, 2018
Tax

Pre-Tax

Net of Tax

GAAP Results, from continuing operations
Impact of Tax Act, net of related tax planning
Multiemployer pension withdrawals
Restructuring and other items
Inventory stepped-up in purchase accounting, net of LIFO
Land and Development operating results including impairments
Losses at closed plants and transition costs
AAccelerated depreciation on major capital projects
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Consumer Packaging segment acquisition reserve adjustments
AAcquisition bridge and other financing fees
Gain on sale of waste services
Other
AAdjusted Income from Continuing Operations
Noncontrolling interest from continuing operations
AAdjusted net income attributable to common stockholders

GAAP Results, from continuing operations
Gain on sale of HH&B (1)
HH&B - impact of held for sale accounting
Restructuring and other items
Pension lump sum settlement
Inventory stepped-up in purchase accounting, net of LIFO
Land and Development operating results including impairments
Losses at closed plants and transition costs
Gain on sale or deconsolidation of subsidiaries
Federal, state and foreign tax items
Gain on extinguishment of debt
Other
AAdjusted Income from Continuing Operations
Noncontrolling interest from continuing operations
AAdjusted net income attributable to common stockholders

$

$

$

$

1,034.8
—
183.3
105.4
1.0
6.9
19.4
27.0
0.1
(20.1)
12.0
(12.3)
13.7
1,371.2

$

$

$

874.5
(1,096.9)
(47.7)
(26.3)
(0.3)
(1.6)
(5.0)
(7.4)
—
5.2
(3.1)
4.4
(1.9)
(306.1) $

$

1,909.3
(1,096.9)
135.6
79.1
0.7
5.3
14.4
19.6
0.1
(14.9)
8.9
(7.9)
11.8
1,065.1
(3.2)
1,061.9

Year ended September 30, 2017
Tax

Pre-Tax

Net of Tax

857.6
(192.8)
(10.1)
196.7
32.6
26.5
26.7
18.2
(5.0)
—
(1.8)
8.1
956.7

$

$

(159.0) $
—
2.3
(62.8)
(12.6)
(7.0)
(10.6)
(5.8)
2.4
(40.5)
0.6
(2.7)
(295.7) $

$

698.6
(192.8)
(7.8)
133.9
20.0
19.5
16.1
12.4
(2.6)
(40.5)
(1.2)
5.4
661.0
9.6
670.6

(1) Essentially no tax was incurred due to a high tax basis and fees associated with the transaction

38

Year ended September 30, 2016
Tax

Pre-Tax

Net of Tax

GAAP Results, from continuing operations
Restructuring and other items
Inventory stepped-up in purchase accounting, net of LIFO
Land and Development operating results including impairment
Losses at closed plants and transition costs
Gain on extinguishment of debt
Non-cash pension risk transfer expense
Gain on investment in Grupo Gondi (1)
Other
AAdjusted Income from Continuing Operations
Noncontrolling interest from continuing operations
AAdjusted net income attributable to common stockholders

$

$

244.6
366.4
8.1
(5.6)
23.3
(2.7)
370.7
(12.1)
1.8
994.5

$

$

(89.8) $

(116.0)
(2.5)
2.2
(6.6)
0.8
(140.9)
10.6
(0.6)
(342.8) $

$

154.8
250.4
5.6
(3.4)
16.7
(1.9)
229.8
(1.5)
1.2
651.7
(2.1)
649.6

(1)

Impacted by non-deductible goodwill

We discuss certain of these charges in more detail in “Note 3. Restructuring and Other Costs” and “Note 4.
Retirement Plans”, “Note 5. Income Taxes” and See “Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies — Description of Business”.

)
Net Sales (Unaffiliated Customers)

(

Net sales in fiscal 2018 increased $1,425.4 million, or 9.6%, compared to fiscal 2017. The increase was
primarily attributable to increased Corrugated Packaging segment sales, driven by higher selling price/mix and
contributions from acquisitions and increased Consumer Packaging segment sales, primarily due to the
contribution from acquisitions (primarily the MPS Acquisition). These increases in segment sales were partially
offset by the absence of net sales from HH&B in fiscal 2018 due to the sale of HH&B in April 2017. In addition,
Land and Development segment sales were lower compared to the prior year period due to the timing of real
estate sales as we monetize the portfolio and lower merchandising display sales in the Consumer Packaging
segment.

Net sales for fiscal 2017 increased $687.9 million to $14,859.7 million compared to $14,171.8 million in fiscal
2016. The increase was primarily a result of an increase in Corrugated Packaging segment sales, including the
partial period impact of the U.S. Corrugated Acquisition and the Island Container Acquisition, an increase in Land
and Development segment sales due to the accelerated monetization and a net increase in Consumer Packaging
segment sales associated with the MPS Acquisition and the Hannapak Acquisition, partially offset by factors that
included the absence of full year net sales from HH&B in fiscal 2017 due to the sale of HH&B.

The change in net sales by segment is outlined in the “Results of Operations — Segment Data” section

below.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold increased to $12,891.2 million in fiscal 2018 compared to $12,119.5 million in fiscal 2017.
Cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales was 79.2% in fiscal 2018 compared to 81.6% in fiscal 2017. The
increase in cost of goods sold in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017 was primarily due to increased net sales
associated with the impact of acquisitions (primarily the MPS Acquisition) and higher levels of cost inflation. The
primary inflationary items were freight costs, chemical costs, virgin fiber costs and wage and other costs. These
factors were partially offset by the absence of costs associated with HH&B in fiscal 2018 due to the HH&B Sale,
lower recycled fiber costs and decreased land sales. Cost of goods sold as a
productivity improvements,
percentage of net sales also decreased as a result of higher selling prices, primarily in our Corrugated Packaging
segment. Fiscal 2018 and 2017 included $1.0 million and $26.5 million, respectively, for the expensing of inventory
stepped-up in purchase accounting, net of related LIFO impact.

39

Cost of goods sold increased to $12,119.5 million in fiscal 2017 compared to $11,413.2 million in fiscal 2016.
Cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales was 81.6% in fiscal 2017 compared to 80.5% in fiscal 2016
primarily due to cost inflation, primarily recycled fiber, as well as increased land sales due to the accelerated
monetization and the net impact of acquisitions offset by the impact of the HH&B Sale and other items. In addition,
fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 was negatively impacted by the several hurricanes. These factors were
partially offset by synergy and productivity improvements. Fiscal 2017 and 2016 included $26.5 million and $8.1
million for the expensing of inventory stepped-up in purchase accounting, net of related LIFO impact, respectively.

We discuss these items in greater detail below in “Results of Operations

“

— Segment Data”.

Selling, General and Administrative Excluding Intangible Amortization

g,

g

g

Selling, general, and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) excluding intangible amortization increased $93.7
million to $1,493.3 million in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. This increase was primarily due to acquisitions
completed in fiscal 2017 and 2018 that were partially offset by the impact of the HH&B Sale. SG&A as a
percentage of sales declined in fiscal 2018 to 9.2% from 9.4% in fiscal 2017, in part, due to higher selling prices.

SG&A excluding intangible amortization increased $20.2 million to $1,399.6 million in fiscal 2017 compared to
$1,379.4 million in fiscal 2016, due primarily to acquisitions. SG&A excluding intangible amortization as a
percentage of sales decreased to 9.4% in fiscal 2017 compared to 9.7% in fiscal 2016.

Selling, General and Administrative Intangible Amortization

g,

g

SG&A intangible amortization was $296.6 million, $229.6 million and $211.8 million in fiscal 2018, 2017 and
2016, respectively. The increase in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017 was due to acquisitions completed in fiscal
2018 and 2017, notably the MPS Acquisition. The increase in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 was due to
acquisitions completed in fiscal 2017, as well as the full year impact of the Packaging Acquisition compared to nine
months of impact in fiscal 2016, which were partially offset by the impact of the HH&B Sale.

Multiemployer Pension Withdrawals

p y

In fiscal 2018, we submitted formal notification to withdraw from PIUMPF and Central States and recorded
aggregate estimated withdrawal liabilities of $184.2 million, which includes an estimate of our portion of PIUMPF’s
accumulated funding deficiency. Since these withdrawal liabilities assume payment over 20 years, the liabilities
were discounted at a credit adjusted risk-free rate and therefore we will accrete the liability over time with a charge
to interest expense. See “Note 4. Retirement Plans — Multiemployer Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements for additional information. See also Item 1A. “Risk Factors — We May Incur Withdrawal
Liability and/or Increased Funding Requirements in Connection with the MEPPs in Which We Participate”.

Pension Risk Transfer Expense

p

In fiscal 2016, we used plan assets to settle $2.5 billion of pension obligations of the Plan by purchasing group
annuity contracts from Prudential. This transaction transferred payment responsibility to Prudential for retirement
benefits owed to approximately 35,000 U.S. retirees and their beneficiaries. As a result, we recorded a non-cash
charge of $370.7 million pre-tax. The settlement reduced our overall U.S. pension obligations and assets by
approximately 40%. The monthly retirement benefit payment amounts currently received by retirees and their
beneficiaries did not change as a result of this transaction. Those plan participants not included in the transaction
remain in the Plan, and responsibility for payment of their retirement benefits remains with us. See “Note 4.
Retirement Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

“

Pension Lump Sum Settlement Expense

p

p

In fiscal 2017, lump sum payments to certain beneficiaries of the Plan, together with several one-time
severance benefit payments out of the Plan, triggered pension settlement accounting and resulted in a $32.6
million non-cash charge to our earnings. The lump sum payments were to certain eligible former employees who
were not currently receiving a monthly benefit. Eligible former employees whose present value of future pension
benefits exceeded a certain minimum threshold had the option to either voluntarily accept lump sum payments or
to not accept the offer and continue to be entitled to their monthly benefit upon retirement. See “Note 4.
Retirement Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

“

40

p
Land and Development Impairments

p

In fiscal 2018, we recorded $31.9 million of pre-tax non-cash impairments of certain mineral rights and real
estate. The $23.6 million impairment of mineral rights was driven by the non-renewal of a lease, and the other $8.3
million was recorded to write-down the carrying value on real estate projects. Similarly, in fiscal 2017, we recorded
a pre-tax non-cash real estate impairment of $46.7 million, or $39.7 million net of $7.0 million of noncontrolling
interest. Due to the accelerated monetization in our Land and Development segment, the real estate impairments
in both years were recorded to write-down the carrying value on projects where the projected sales proceeds were
less than the carrying value.

not reflected in segment income.

The charge is

Restructuring and Other Costs

g

tt

We recorded aggregate pre-tax restructuring and other costs of $105.4 million, $196.7 million and $366.4
million for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. We generally expect the integration of a closed facility’s assets
and production with other facilities to enable the receiving facilities to better leverage their fixed costs while
eliminating fixed costs from the closed facility. Costs recorded in each period are not comparable since the timing
and scope of the individual actions associated with each restructuring, acquisition, divestiture or integration vary.
The restructuring and other costs exclude the Specialty Chemicals costs, which are included in discontinued
operations in fiscal 2016. See “Note 3. Restructuring and Other Costs” and “Note 7. Discontinued Operations”
of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information, including a description of the type of
costs incurred. We have restructured portions of our operations from time to time and it is possible that we may
engage in additional restructuring opportunities in the future. See also Item 1A. “Risk Factors
— We May Incur
Additional Restructuring Costs and May Not Realize Expected Benefits from Restructuring”.

“

p
Interest Expense, net

,

Interest expense, net was $293.8 million, $222.5 million and $212.5 million for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016,
respectively. Interest expense, net in fiscal 2018 increased primarily due to debt incurred as a result of acquisitions
in fiscal 2017 and 2018, as well as an increase in market interest rates. The increase in fiscal 2017 as compared to
fiscal 2016 was primarily due to debt incurred as a result of acquisitions. Interest expense, net in fiscal 2018, 2017
and 2016 was reduced by $31.0 million, $34.5 million and $44.5 million, respectively, related to the amortization of
the fair value of debt stepped-up in purchase accounting. During fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 amortization of debt
issuance costs charged to interest expense, net were $6.3 million, $4.5 million and $4.6 million, respectively. See
Item 1A. “Risk Factors
— The Level of Our Indebtedness Could Adversely Affect Our Financial Condition
and Impair Our Ability to Operate Our Business”.

“

Other Income, net

,

Other income, net was $12.7 million, $11.5 million and $14.4 million in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016,
respectively. Other income, net in fiscal 2018 included a $12.3 million gain on the sale of our solid waste
management brokerage services business. Other income, net in fiscal 2017 primarily included income from the
sale of certain investments. Other income, net in fiscal 2016 included a $12.1 million gain on investment in Grupo
Gondi related to the three corrugated box plants we contributed to the joint venture.

Gain on Sale of HH&B

On April 6, 2017, we announced that we had completed the HH&B Sale. In fiscal 2017, we recorded a pre-tax
gain on sale of $192.8 million. We used the proceeds from the HH&B Sale in connection with the MPS Acquisition.

Provision for Income Taxes

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as
the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (H.R. 1) (the “Tax Act”). The Tax Act contains significant changes to corporate taxation,
including (i) the reduction of the corporate income tax rate to 21%, (ii) the acceleration of expensing for certain
business assets, (iii) the one-time transition tax related to the transition of U.S. international tax from a worldwide
tax system to a territorial tax system, (iv) the repeal of the domestic production deduction, (v) additional limitations
on the deductibility of interest expense and (vi) expanded limitations on executive compensation. The key impacts
of the Tax Act on our financial statements in fiscal 2018 were the remeasurement of deferred tax balances to the

41

new corporate tax rate and an accrual for the one-time transition tax liability. See “Note 5. Income Taxes —
Impacts of the Tax Act”tt of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

We recorded income tax benefit from continuing operations of $874.5 million, at an effective tax rate benefit of
84.5% in fiscal 2018, including the $1,128.8 million provisional benefit of the Tax Act, as compared to income tax
expense from continuing operations of $159.0 million, at an effective tax rate of 18.5% in fiscal 2017, and
compared to an income tax expense from continuing operations of $89.8 million, at an effective tax rate expense of
36.7% in fiscal 2016.

The effective tax rate benefit from continuing operations for fiscal 2018 was lower than the statutory federal
rate primarily due to (i) the provisional amounts related to the enactment of the Tax Act, (ii) favorable tax items,
such as the domestic production deduction, tax benefit of share-based compensation and cash tax planning that
resulted in reduced deferred tax liabilities (iii) true up of certain deferred taxes and foreign tax returns, and (iv) a
change in valuation allowance, partially offset by (v) the inclusion of state taxes and (vi) the exclusion of tax
benefits related to losses recorded by certain foreign operations.

The effective tax rate from continuing operations for fiscal 2017 was lower than the statutory rate primarily due
to (i) low rates of tax applicable to the HH&B Sale, (ii) a $28.7 million tax benefit related to the reduction of a state
deferred tax liability as a result of an internal U.S. legal entity restructuring that simplified future operating activities
within the U.S., (iii) favorable tax items, such as the domestic manufacturer’s deduction, (iv) lower tax rates applied
to foreign earnings, primarily in Canada, and (v) a change in valuation allowance due to realization of capital loss
carryforward, partially offset by (vi) the exclusion of tax benefits related to losses recorded by certain foreign
operations and (vii) the inclusion of state taxes.

The effective tax rate from continuing operations for fiscal 2016 was different than the statutory rate primarily
due to (i) the impact of state taxes, (ii) the ability to claim the domestic manufacturer’s deduction against U.S.
taxable earnings, (iii) the deconsolidation of a subsidiary related to the Grupo Gondi joint venture, including non-
deductible goodwill disposed of in connection with the transaction, and (iv) an increase in valuation allowances and
a tax rate differential with respect to foreign earnings primarily in Canada.

See “Note 5. Income Taxes” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Loss from Discontinued Operations

p

On May 15, 2016, we completed the Separation. Subsequent to the Separation, the operating results of our
former Specialty Chemicals segment are reported as discontinued operations. Loss from discontinued operations,
net of tax, was $544.7 million for fiscal 2016 as a result of goodwill and intangible impairments, and restructuring
ff
and other costs being partially offset by income from operations.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2016, in light of changing market conditions, expected revenue and earnings of the
reporting unit, lower comparative market valuations for companies in Specialty Chemicals’ peer group and the
results of our preliminary “Step 2” test, we concluded that an impairment of the Specialty Chemicals reporting unit
was probable and could be reasonably estimated. As a result, we recorded a pre-tax and after-tax non-cash
goodwill impairment charge of $478.3 million. In the third quarter of fiscal 2016, in conjunction with the Separation,
we performed an impairment assessment under the held for sale model and recorded a pre-tax non-cash
impairment charge of $101.1 million for a customer relationships intangible. See “Note 7. Discontinued
Operations” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Results of Operations — Segment Data

We report our financial results of operations in the following three reportable segments: Corrugated
Packaging, which consists of our containerboard mill and corrugated packaging operations, as well as our
recycling operations; Consumer Packaging, which consists of consumer mills,
folding carton, beverage,
merchandising displays and partition operations; and Land and Development, which sells real estate, primarily in
the Charleston, SC region. Following the Combination and until the completion of the Separation, our financial
results of operations had a fourth reportable segment, Specialty Chemicals. Prior to the HH&B Sale, our Consumer
Packaging segment included HH&B.

42

Corrugated Packaging Segment

North American Corrugated Packaging Shipments

Corrugated Packaging Shipments are expressed as a tons equivalent, which includes external and
intersegment tons shipped from our Corrugated Packaging mills plus Corrugated Packaging container shipments
converted from billion square feet (“BSF”) to tons. We have presented the Corrugated Packaging Shipments in two
groups: North American and Brazil / India because we believe investors, potential investors, securities analysts
and others find this breakout useful when evaluating our operating performance. The table below reflects
shipments in thousands of tons, BSF and millions of square feet (“MMSF”).

Fiscal 2016
North American Corrugated Packaging
Shipments - thousands of tons
North American Corrugated Containers

Shipments - BSF

North American Corrugated Containers

Per Shipping Day - MMSF

Fiscal 2017
North American Corrugated Packaging
Shipments - thousands of tons
North American Corrugated Containers

Shipments - BSF

North American Corrugated Containers Per

Shipping Day - MMSF

Fiscal 2018
North American Corrugated Packaging
Shipments - thousands of tons
North American Corrugated Containers

Shipments - BSF

North American Corrugated Containers Per

Shipping Day - MMSF

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

Fiscal
Year

2,046.7

2,040.3

2,114.1

2,153.2

8,354.3

18.7

18.2

18.6

18.9

74.4

306.3

288.6

291.4

294.5

295.1

2,031.9

2,116.1

2,112.7

2,079.7

8,340.4

18.8

18.7

19.4

19.6

76.5

312.9

291.9

308.0

316.6

307.2

2,045.6

2,112.1

2,096.4

2,163.8

8,417.9

19.8

19.7

20.5

20.3

80.3

325.4

311.7

320.5

321.9

319.8

43

Brazil / India Corrugated Packaging Shipments

g g

g

p

Fiscal 2016
Brazil / India Corrugated Packaging Shipments -

thousands of tons

180.2

173.5

166.8

164.8

685.3

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

Fiscal
Year

Brazil / India Corrugated Containers Shipments

- BSF

Brazil / India Corrugated Containers Per Shipping

Day - MMSF

Fiscal 2017
Brazil / India Corrugated Packaging Shipments -

1.5

19.2

1.3

18.1

1.4

18.7

1.6

19.8

5.8

19.0

thousands of tons

151.0

171.0

178.8

178.0

678.8

Brazil / India Corrugated Containers Shipments

- BSF

Brazil / India Corrugated Containers Per Shipping

Day - MMSF

Fiscal 2018
Brazil / India Corrugated Packaging Shipments

1.5

20.4

1.6

20.2

1.6

21.3

1.6

20.8

6.3

20.7

- thousands of tons

170.5

174.6

178.6

196.7

720.4

Brazil / India Corrugated Containers Shipments

- BSF

Brazil / India Corrugated Containers Per

Shipping Day - MMSF

1.6

21.7

1.5

20.6

1.6

20.2

1.6

21.0

6.3

20.9

Corrugated Packaging Segment

g g

g

g

(In millions, except percentages)

Net Sales (1)

Segment
Income

Return
on Sales

Fiscal 2016
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
Total

Fiscal 2017
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
Total

Fiscal 2018
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
Total

(1) Net Sales before intersegment eliminations

44

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,964.3
1,932.8
1,967.7
2,003.7
7,868.5

1,943.6
2,065.0
2,161.2
2,238.5
8,408.3

2,178.6
2,244.3
2,290.5
2,390.0
9,103.4

$

$

$

$

$

$

180.1
175.0
192.4
192.4
739.9

141.5
159.5
223.9
229.0
753.9

264.1
252.8
313.5
377.5
1,207.9

9.2%
9.1
9.8
9.6
9.4%

7.3%
7.7
10.4
10.2

9.0%

12.1%
11.3
13.7
15.8
13.3%

Net Sales (Aggregate) — Corrugated Packaging Segment

Net sales before intersegment elimination for the Corrugated Packaging segment increased $695.1 million in
the fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017, primarily due to $683.5 million of higher corrugated selling price/mix, and
$156.7 million of higher corrugated volumes (including acquisitions), which were partially offset by $84.5 million of
lower net sales from our recycling operations primarily due to lower recycled fiber prices, $36.2 million of
currency impacts and $24.4 million of other items, primarily due to the deconsolidation of a
unfavorable foreign
foreign joint venture in fiscal 2017.

ff

Net sales before intersegment eliminations for the Corrugated Packaging segment increased $539.8 million in
fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016, primarily due to $321.8 million of higher corrugated selling price/mix, $143.9
million of higher net sales of our recycling operations, primarily due to higher recycled fiber prices, $98.2 million of
higher corrugated volumes, including acquisitions, and $55.9 million of favorable foreign currency impacts. These
increases were partially offset by an estimated $45.0 million decrease due to the impact of several hurricanes in
fiscal 2017 and a net $42.2 million of lower corrugated net sales due to a shift in sales from converted boxes in the
prior year period to sales of containerboard in fiscal 2017 as a result of having contributed three box plants to the
Grupo Gondi joint venture in April 2016.

Segment Income — Corrugated Packaging Segment

Segment income attributable to the Corrugated Packaging segment in fiscal 2018 increased $454.0 million
compared to fiscal 2017, primarily due to an estimated $529.8 million of higher corrugated selling price/mix, an
estimated $110.7 million of productivity improvements and $25.2 million of higher corrugated volumes (including
acquisitions). These increases were partially offset by an estimated $78.9 million of increased depreciation and
amortization, $52.2 million for the net impact of cost inflation, and an estimated $80.6 million of other items
including $20.4 million of lower contributions from our recycling operations driven by lower recycled fiber costs, an
estimated $19.0 million impact of start-up issues following major maintenance outages partially offset by a $9.5
million lower asset retirement obligations adjustment than in the prior year. The net impact of cost inflation included
lower recycled fiber costs that were more than offset by higher freight costs, chemical costs, virgin fiber costs and
wage and other costs compared to the prior year. The increased depreciation and amortization was primarily a
function of acquisitions, capital investments and $17.1 million of increased SG&A intangible amortization due to
acquisitions, and included $27.0 million of accelerated depreciation associated with assets being replaced due to
projects to install a 330” state-of-the-art kraft linerboard machine at our Florence, South Carolina mill and to build a
new corrugated box plant in the Brazilian state of Sao Paulo.

Segment income attributable to the Corrugated Packaging segment in fiscal 2017 increased $14.0 million to
$753.9 million compared to $739.9 million in fiscal 2016. The increase was primarily due to an estimated $285.4
million of favorable selling price/mix, $154.4 million of synergy and productivity improvements and $21.0 million of
favorable corrugated volumes, including acquisitions. These factors were largely offset by an estimated $380.0
million of cost inflation, the impact of several hurricanes and legal charges that reduced segment income by an
estimated $40.4 million and higher depreciation and amortization of $18.3 million. The primary inflation resulted
from materials, energy, freight, and wage and other costs.

45

Consumer Packaging Segment

Consumer Packaging Shipments

g g

p

Consumer Packaging Shipments are expressed as a tons equivalent, which includes external and
intersegment tons shipped from our Consumer Packaging mills plus Consumer Packaging converting shipments
converted from BSF to tons. The shipment data table excludes dispensing sales (prior to the April 6, 2017 HH&B
Sale) and merchandising displays since there is not a common unit of measure, as well as gypsum paperboard
liner tons produced by Seven Hills since it is not consolidated.

Fiscal 2016
Consumer Packaging Shipments - thousands

of tons

Consumer Packaging Converting Shipments - BSF
Consumer Packaging Converting Per Shipping

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

Fiscal
Year

949.3
8.8

974.4
9.0

986.3
9.5

998.7
9.4

3,908.7
36.7

Day - MMSF

144.2

143.7

148.5

146.3

145.7

Fiscal 2017
Consumer Packaging Shipments - thousands

of tons

Consumer Packaging Converting Shipments - BSF
Consumer Packaging Converting Per Shipping

916.5
9.0

947.0
8.9

957.2
9.9

1,023.2
11.1

3,843.9
38.9

Day - MMSF

149.7

138.7

157.2

179.6

156.2

Fiscal 2018
Consumer Packaging Shipments - thousands

of tons

Consumer Packaging Converting Shipments

- BSF

Consumer Packaging Converting Per Shipping

982.8

992.4

1,025.3

1,031.7

4,032.2

10.8

10.7

11.2

11.2

43.9

Day - MMSF

176.9

170.1

174.9

178.1

175.0

46

Consumer Packaging Segment

g g

g

(In millions, except percentages)

Net Sales (1)

Segment
Income

Return
on Sales

Fiscal 2016
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
Total

Fiscal 2017
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
Total

Fiscal 2018
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
Total

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,542.2
1,588.4
1,635.8
1,621.7
6,388.1

1,510.9
1,554.6
1,520.7
1,866.3
6,452.5

1,763.3
1,804.4
1,844.5
1,879.2
7,291.4

$

$

$

$

$

$

91.2
99.7
151.7
139.1
481.7

87.6
118.8
94.8
124.6
425.8

92.4
99.3
130.3
132.6
454.6

5.9%
6.3
9.3
8.6
7.5%

5.8%
7.6
6.2
6.7
6.6%

5.2%
5.5
7.1
7.1
6.2%

(1) Net Sales before intersegment eliminations

Net Sales (Aggregate) — Consumer Packaging Segment

Net sales before intersegment eliminations for the Consumer Packaging segment increased $838.9 million in
fiscal 2018 compared to the prior year period primarily due to the $1,143.1 million increase in net sales from
acquisitions (primarily the MPS Acquisition) and $66.6 million of higher selling price/mix, partially offset by the
absence of net sales from HH&B (which totaled $297.6 million in the prior year period) due to the HH&B Sale and
$71.1 million of lower volumes. The volume decline primarily reflects lower sales of merchandising displays and
lower pulp shipments.

Net sales before intersegment eliminations for the Consumer Packaging segment increased $64.4 million in
fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 primarily as a result of $575.1 million of aggregate net sales from the MPS
Acquisition, the Packaging Acquisition and the Hannapak Acquisition, which were largely offset by $188.5 million of
lower volumes, a $276.8 million decrease in net sales related to the absence of net sales from HH&B since April
2017, $26.1 million of unfavorable selling price/mix and an estimated $20.0 million decrease due to the impact of
several hurricanes in fiscal 2017.

Segment Income — Consumer Packaging Segment

Segment income attributable to the Consumer Packaging segment in fiscal 2018 increased $28.8 million
compared to the prior year period, primarily due to an estimated $140.6 million of productivity improvements, an
increase of $60.5 million of segment income related to the MPS Acquisition, $30.5 million of lower depreciation and
amortization (excluding the MPS Acquisition), an estimated $31.6 million of higher selling price/mix and a $20.1
million favorable acquisition reserve adjustments, all of which were largely offset by an estimated $178.1 million of
cost inflation, $38.8 million related to the absence of income from HH&B, $16.7 million for the impact of lower
volumes compared to the prior year period and other items. The net impact of cost inflation included lower recycled
fiber that was more than offset by higher freight costs, chemical costs, virgin fiber costs and wage and other costs
compared to the prior year period. Consumer Packaging segment income in fiscal 2017 was reduced by $25.1
million of acquisition inventory step-up expense primarily related to the MPS Acquisition.

47

Segment income attributable to the Consumer Packaging segment in fiscal 2017 decreased $55.9 million
compared to fiscal 2016, primarily due to an estimated $169.2 million of cost inflation, $50.2 million for the impact
of lower volumes, the $25.7 million impact of lower income from HH&B in fiscal 2017 as compared to the full year in
fiscal 2016, a $20.4 million increase in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 for the expensing of inventory stepped-
up in purchase accounting, primarily related to the MPS Acquisition in fiscal 2017 and the Packaging Acquisition in
fiscal 2016, an estimated $12.2 million related to the impact of several hurricanes in fiscal 2017 and $8.8 million of
lower selling price/mix. These factors were partially offset by synergy and productivity improvements of an
estimated $203.8 million, a $29.4 million contribution from the operations acquired in the MPS Acquisition prior to
expensing $24.7 million of inventory step-up and $15.3 million of lower depreciation and amortization expense.
The lower depreciation and amortization expense was primarily due to a $10.1 million pre-tax benefit from ceasing
recording depreciation and amortization expense in the second quarter of fiscal 2017 in HH&B since it was
designated as held for sale. The primary inflation resulted from materials, energy, freight, and wage and other
costs.

Land and Development Segment

g

p

(In millions, except percentages)

Net Sales (1)

Segment
Income
(Loss)

Return
on Sales

Fiscal 2016
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
Total

Fiscal 2017
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
Total

Fiscal 2018
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
Total

$

$

$

$

$

$

15.4
18.7
42.0
43.7
119.8

54.0
100.0
71.1
18.7
243.8

11.4
26.7
64.8
39.5
142.4

$

$

$

$

$

$

0.7
(4.0)
9.5
(1.6)
4.6

1.7
17.5
0.2
(5.6)
13.8

(0.7)
16.1
9.9
(2.8)
22.5

4.5%

(21.4)
22.6
(3.7)
3.8%

3.1%

17.5
0.3
(29.9)

5.7%

(6.1)%
60.3
15.3
(7.1)
15.8%

(1) Net sales before intersegment eliminations

Net Sales (Aggregate) — Land and Development Segment

Net sales for the Land and Development segment in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 were $142.4 million, $243.8
million and $119.8 million, respectively. The decrease in fiscal 2018 and the increase in fiscal 2017 were due to the
timing of land sales as we monetize the portfolio. We include the remainder of the real estate holdings in assets
held for sale because we have met the held for sale criteria. We expect to complete the monetization of these
holdings during fiscal 2019. After we complete the monetization, the segment will cease to exist.

Segment Income (Loss) — Land and Development Segment

Segment income attributable to the Land and Development segment was $22.5 million, $13.8 million and $4.6
million in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The segment’s assets were stepped-up to fair value in fiscal
2015 as a result of purchase accounting, which resulted in substantially lower margins on the properties sold

48

compared to earlier levels. The pre-tax non-cash impairments of certain mineral rights and real estate discussed
above under the caption “Land and Development Impairments” are not included in segment income.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

On January 29, 2018, we announced that a definitive agreement had been signed for us to acquire all of the
outstanding shares of KapStone for $35.00 per share and the assumption of approximately $1.36 billion in net
debt, for a total enterprise value of approximately $4.9 billion. In contemplation of the transaction, on March 6,
2018, we issued $600.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3.75% senior notes due 2025 and $600.0 million
aggregate principal amount of 4.0% senior notes due 2028 in an unregistered offering pursuant to Rule 144A and
Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). In addition, on March 7, 2018,
we entered into the Delayed Draw Credit Facilities (as hereinafter defined) that provide for $3.8 billion of senior
unsecured term loans. On November 2, 2018, in connection with the closing of the KapStone Acquisition, we drew
upon the facility in full. The proceeds of the Delayed Draw Credit Facilities (as hereinafter defined) and other
sources of cash were used to pay the consideration for the KapStone Acquisition, to repay certain existing
indebtedness of KapStone and to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the KapStone Acquisition.

We fund our working capital requirements, capital expenditures, mergers, acquisitions and investments,
restructuring activities, dividends and stock repurchases from net cash provided by operating activities, borrowings
under our credit facilities, proceeds from our New A/R Sales Agreement (as hereinafter defined), proceeds from
the sale of property, plant and equipment removed from service and proceeds received in connection with the
issuance of debt and equity securities. See “Note 13. Debt”tt of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for
additional information. Funding for our domestic operations in the foreseeable future is expected to come from
sources of liquidity within our domestic operations, including cash and cash equivalents, and available borrowings
under our credit facilities. As such, our foreign cash and cash equivalents are not expected to be a key source of
liquidity to our domestic operations.

At September 30, 2018, excluding the Delayed Draw Credit Facilities, we had approximately $3.2 billion of
availability under our committed credit facilities, primarily under our revolving credit facility, the majority of which
matures on July 1, 2022. This liquidity may be used to provide for ongoing working capital needs and for other
general corporate purposes, including acquisitions, dividends and stock repurchases.

Certain restrictive covenants govern our maximum availability under the credit facilities. We test and report our
compliance with these covenants as required and we were in compliance with all of
these covenants at
September 30, 2018. At September 30, 2018, we had $104.9 million of outstanding letters of credit not drawn
upon.

Cash and cash equivalents were $636.8 million at September 30, 2018 and $298.1 million at September 30,
2017. We used a significant portion of the cash and cash equivalents on hand at September 30, 2018 in
connection with the closing of the KapStone Acquisition. Approximately 20% of the cash and cash equivalents at
September 30, 2018 were held outside of the U.S. At September 30, 2018, total debt was $6,415.2 million, $740.7
million of which was current. At September 30, 2017, total debt was $6,554.8 million, $608.7 million of which was
current.

Cash Flow Activityy

(In millions)

Net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash used for investing activities
Net cash used for financing activities

Year Ended September 30,
2017

2016

2018

$
$
$

$
2,420.9
(1,298.9) $
(755.1) $

$
1,900.5
(1,285.8) $
(655.4) $

1,688.4
(1,351.4)
(231.0)

Net cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 2018 increased $520.4 million from fiscal 2017 primarily
due to higher cash earnings and lower cash taxes due to the impact of the Tax Act. Net cash provided by operating
activities during fiscal 2017 increased $212.1 million from fiscal 2016 primarily due to a $111.6 million net increase
in cash flow from working capital changes plus higher after-tax cash proceeds from our Land and Development
segment’s accelerated monetization. The changes in working capital in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 included a

49

source of cash resulting from the sale of $115.1 million, $64.7 million and $99.4 million, respectively, of accounts
receivables in connection with the A/R Sales Agreement.

Net cash used for investing activities of $1,298.9 million in fiscal 2018 consisted primarily of $999.9 million for
capital expenditures, $239.9 million for cash paid for the purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired primarily
related to the Plymouth Acquisition and the Schlüter Acquisition, and $108.0 million for an investment in Grupo
Gondi. These investments were partially offset by $24.0 million of proceeds from the sale of certain affiliates as
well as our solid waste management brokerage services business and $23.3 million of proceeds from the sale of
property, plant and equipment. Net cash used for investing activities in fiscal 2017 consisted primarily of $778.6
million of capital expenditures, $1,588.5 million for the MPS Acquisition, the U.S. Corrugated Acquisition, the Island
Container Acquisition, the Hannapak Acquisition and the Star Pizza Acquisition, partially offset by a $3.5 million
receipt of an escrow payment from the Packaging Acquisition and proceeds of $1,005.9 million from the HH&B
Sale and of $52.6 million of proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment. Net cash used for investing
activities in fiscal 2016 consisted primarily of $796.7 million of capital expenditures, $376.4 million for the SP Fiber
Acquisition and the Packaging Acquisition, $175.0 million for an investment in Grupo Gondi and $36.5 million for
the purchase of debt owed by GPS in connection with the SP Fiber Acquisition partially offset by $31.2 million of
proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment.

In fiscal 2018, net cash used for financing activities of $755.1 million consisted primarily of cash dividends paid
to stockholders of $440.9 million and purchases of Common Stock of $195.1 million and net repayments of debt of
$120.1 million. In fiscal 2017, net cash used for financing activities consisted primarily of cash dividends paid to
stockholders of $403.2 million, net repayments of debt of $145.2 million and purchases of Common Stock of $93.0
million.
In fiscal 2016, net cash used for financing activities consisted primarily of cash dividends paid to
stockholders of $380.7 million, purchases of Common Stock of $335.3 million and $105.0 million of cash and trust
funding as a result of the Separation, which was partially offset by net additions to debt of $617.3 million. See
“Note 7. Discontinued Operations” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Our capital expenditures aggregated $999.9 million in fiscal 2018. We expect fiscal 2019 capital expenditures
to be approximately $1.5 billion, including KapStone and investments to restore operations our Panama City, FL
mill following Hurricane Michael. Our base capital expenditures in fiscal 2019 should be approximately $950 million
to $1.0 billion, with roughly half invested in maintenance and half invested in high return generating projects. In
fiscal 2019, we expect to invest approximately $0.5 billion in strategic projects. The strategic projects include: (i)
installation of a 330” state-of-the-art kraft linerboard machine at our Florence, SC mill, (ii) an upgrade of the Tres
Barras mill that will add virgin pulping capacity, a biomass power boiler, a turbine generator and other equipment,
(iii) construction of a new corrugated box plant in the Brazilian state of Sao Paulo, (iv) installation of a curtain
coater at our Mahrt, AL mill, and (v) installation of a headbox and upgrade of other areas of a paper machine at our
is possible that our capital expenditure assumptions may change, project
Covington, VA mill. However,
completion dates may change, or we may decide to invest a different amount depending upon opportunities we
identify, changes in market conditions or to comply with environmental or other regulatory changes. We estimate
that we will invest approximately $22 million for capital expenditures during fiscal 2019 in connection with matters
relating to environmental compliance, excluding KapStone. We were obligated to purchase approximately $203
million of fixed assets at September 30, 2018 for various capital projects. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors
— Our
Capital Expenditures May Not Achieve the Desired Outcomes or May Be Achieved at a Higher Cost than
Anticipated”.

it

“

At September 30, 2018, the U.S. federal, state and foreign net operating losses and state tax credits available
to us aggregated approximately $117 million in future potential reductions of U.S. federal, state and foreign cash
taxes. Based on our current projections, we expect to utilize the remaining U.S. federal net operating losses and
other U.S. federal credits primarily over the next two years. Foreign and state net operating losses and credits will
be used over a longer period of time. It is possible that our utilization of these net operating losses and credits may
change due to changes in taxable income, tax laws or tax rates, capital expenditures or other factors. Fiscal 2018
is the last year in which we will receive a tax benefit from the domestic production deduction. Including the
estimated impact of book and tax differences, subject to changes in tax laws, we expect our cash tax rate to move
closer to our income tax rate in fiscal 2019, 2020 and 2021.

During fiscal 2018 and 2017, we made contributions of $37.7 million and $34.5 million, respectively, to our U.S.
and non-U.S. pension plans. Based on current facts and assumptions, we expect to contribute approximately $22
million to our U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans in fiscal 2019. We have made contributions and expect to continue
to make contributions in the coming years to our pension plans in order to ensure that our funding levels remain

50

adequate in light of projected liabilities and to meet the requirements of the Pension Act and other regulations. The
net over funded status of our U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans at September 30, 2018 was $147.7 million. Based
on current assumptions, including future interest rates, we estimate that minimum pension contributions to our U.S.
and non-U.S. pension plans will be in the range of approximately $25 million to $27 million annually in fiscal 2020
through 2023. See “Note 4. Retirement Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. See also Item
1A. “Risk Factors

— Certain of Our Pension Plans Will Likely Require Additional Cash Contributions”.

“

In the normal course of business, we evaluate our potential exposure to MEPPs, including with respect to
potential withdrawal liabilities. In fiscal 2018, we submitted formal notification to withdraw from two plans and
recorded an aggregate estimated withdrawal
liability of $184.2 million. See “Note 4. Retirement Plans —
Multiemployer Plans” of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
See also Item 1A.
— We May Incur Withdrawal Liability and/or Increased Funding
Requirements in Connection with the MEPPs in Which We Participate”.

“
“Risk Factors

In October 2018, our board of directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.455 per share, representing a 5.8%
increase from the prior $0.43 per share quarterly dividend and an annual dividend of $1.82 per share. During fiscal
2018, we paid an annual dividend of $1.72 per share. During fiscal 2017, we paid an annual dividend of $1.60 per
share. During fiscal 2016 we paid an annual dividend of $1.50 per share.

In July 2015, our board of directors authorized a repurchase program of up to 40.0 million shares of our
Common Stock, representing approximately 15% of our outstanding Common Stock as of July 1, 2015. Shares of
our Common Stock may be purchased from time to time in open market or privately negotiated transactions. The
timing, manner, price and amount of repurchases will be determined by management at its discretion based on
factors, including the market price of our Common Stock, general economic and market conditions and applicable
legal requirements. The repurchase program may be commenced, suspended or discontinued at any time. In fiscal
2018, we repurchased approximately 3.4 million shares of our Common Stock for an aggregate cost of $195.1
million. In fiscal 2017, we repurchased approximately 1.8 million shares of our Common Stock for an aggregate
cost of $93.0 million. In fiscal 2016, we repurchased approximately 8.1 million shares of our Common Stock for an
aggregate cost of $335.3 million. As of September 30, 2018, we had remaining authorization under the repurchase
program authorized in July 2015 to purchase approximately 21.3 million shares of our Common Stock.

We anticipate that we will be able to fund our capital expenditures, interest payments, dividends and stock
repurchases, pension payments, working capital needs, note repurchases, restructuring activities, repayments of
current portion of long-term debt and other corporate actions for the foreseeable future from cash generated from
operations, borrowings under our credit facilities, proceeds from our New A/R Sales Agreement, proceeds from the
issuance of debt or equity securities or other additional
long-term debt financing, including new or amended
facilities. In addition, we continually review our capital structure and conditions in the private and public debt
markets in order to optimize our mix of indebtedness. In connection with these reviews, we may seek to refinance
existing indebtedness to extend maturities, reduce borrowing costs or otherwise improve the terms and
composition of our indebtedness.

51

Contractual Obligations

We summarize our enforceable and legally binding contractual obligations at September 30, 2018, and the
effect these obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods in the following table.
Certain amounts in this table are based on management’s estimates and assumptions about these obligations,
including their duration, the possibility of renewal, anticipated actions by third parties and other factors, including
estimated minimum pension plan contributions and estimated benefit payments related to postretirement
obligations, supplemental retirement plans and deferred compensation plans. Because these estimates and
assumptions are subjective, the enforceable and legally binding obligations we actually pay in future periods may
vary from those presented in the table.

(In millions)

Total

Payments Due by Period
Fiscal
2020
and 2021

Fiscal
2022
and 2023

Fiscal
2019

Thereafter

Long-Term Debt, including current portion,
excluding capital lease obligations (1)

Operating lease obligations (2)
Capital lease obligations (3)
Purchase obligations and other (4) (5) (6)
Total

$ 6,039.0 $
615.8
152.5
2,210.5

824.8 $ 1,351.0 $ 3,136.6
165.4
118.4
199.9
138.1
2.7
6.7
194.9
114.9
224.1
$ 9,017.8 $ 2,540.3 $ 1,255.5 $ 1,587.0 $ 3,635.0

726.6 $
132.1
5.0
1,676.6

(1)

Includes only principal payments owed on our debt assuming that all of our long-term debt will be held to maturity,
excluding scheduled payments. We have excluded $205.2 million of fair value of debt step-up, deferred financing costs and
unamortized bond discounts from the table to arrive at actual debt obligations. See “Note 13. Debt
” of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements for information on the interest rates that apply to our various debt instruments.

“

(2) See “Note 14. Operating Leases” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
(3) The fair value step-up of $18.5 million is excluded. See “Note 13. Debt
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

— Capital Lease and Other Indebtedness

“

tt

” of the

(4) Purchase obligations include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and that
specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price
provision; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Purchase obligations exclude agreements that are cancelable
without penalty.

(5) We have included in the table future estimated minimum pension plan contributions and estimated benefit payments
related to postretirement obligations, supplemental retirement plans and deferred compensation plans. Our estimates are
based on factors, such as discount rates and expected returns on plan assets. Future contributions are subject to changes
in our underfunded status based on factors such as investment performance, discount rates, returns on plan assets and
changes in legislation. It is possible that our assumptions may change, actual market performance may vary or we may
decide to contribute different amounts. We have excluded $247.8 million of multiemployer pension plan withdrawal
liabilities recorded as of September 30, 2018 due to lack of definite payout terms for certain of the obligations. See “Note 4.
Retirement Plans – Multiemployer Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

(6) We have not included the following items in the table:

•

•

An item labeled “other long-term liabilities” reflected on our consolidated balance sheet because these liabilities do not
have a definite pay-out scheme.

$158.4 million from the line item “Purchase obligations and other” for certain provisions of the Financial Accounting
Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740, “Income Taxes” associated with
liabilities for uncertain tax positions due to the uncertainty as to the amount and timing of payment, if any.

In addition to the enforceable and legally binding obligations presented in the table above, we have other
obligations for goods and services and raw materials entered into in the normal course of business. These
contracts, however, are subject to change based on our business decisions.

Expenditures for Environmental Compliance

See Item 1. “Business

“

— Governmental Regulation — Environmental and Other Matters”, “Business

“

Governmental Regulation — CERCLA and Other Remediation Costs”, and
Regulation — Climate Change” for a discussion of our expenditures for environmental compliance.

“
“Business

”

—
— Governmental

52

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We have prepared our accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP, which
requires management to make estimates that affect the amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities
reported. Certain critical accounting matters are described in “Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies” of
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. See also Item 7A.
“Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk”kk . These critical accounting matters are both
important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results and require some of management’s most subjective
and complex judgments. The accounting for these matters involves the making of estimates based on current
facts, circumstances and assumptions that, in management’s judgment, could change in a manner that would
materially affect management’s future estimates with respect to such matters and, accordingly, could cause our
future reported financial condition and results to differ materially from those that we are currently reporting based
on management’s current estimates.

Critical accounting matters discussed in “Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant
Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements include (i) accounts receivable and
allowances; (ii) goodwill and long-lived assets; (iii) restructuring and other costs; (iv) business combinations; (v) fair
value of financial instruments and nonfinancial assets and liabilities; (vi) income taxes; and (vii) pension and other
postretirement benefits.

Accounts Receivable and Allowances

We have an allowance for doubtful accounts, credits, returns and allowances, and cash discounts that serve to
reduce the value of our gross accounts receivable to the amount we estimate we will ultimately collect. The
allowances contain uncertainties because the calculation requires management to make assumptions and apply
judgment regarding our customers’ credit worthiness and the credits, returns and allowances and cash discounts
that may be taken by our customers. We derive our accounts receivable from revenue earned from customers
located primarily in North America, South America, Europe, Asia and Australia. Given our diverse customer base,
we have limited exposure to credit loss from any particular customer or industry segment, and hence we generally
do not require collateral in connection with engaging in commercial transactions with them. We perform ongoing
evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and adjust credit limits based upon payment history and the
particular customer’s current credit worthiness, as determined by our review of their current financial information.
We continuously monitor collections from our customers and maintain a provision for estimated credit losses based
upon our customers’ financial condition, our collection experience and any other relevant customer specific
information. Our assessment of this and other information forms the basis of our allowances. We do not believe
there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use
to estimate the allowances. However, while these credit losses have historically been within our expectations and
the provisions we established, it is possible that our credit loss rates could be higher or lower in the future
depending on changes in business conditions and changes in our customers’ credit worthiness. At September 30,
2018, our accounts receivable, net of allowances of $49.7 million, was $2,010.7 million; a 1% additional loss on
accounts receivable would change our allowance by $20.1 million and a 5% change in our allowance assumptions
would change our allowance by $2.5 million.

Goodwill

We review the carrying value of our goodwill annually at the beginning of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year,
or more often if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may exceed fair value. We
determine recoverability by comparing the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to which the goodwill applies to
the carrying value, including goodwill, of that reporting unit. We determine the fair value of each reporting unit using
the discounted cash flow method or, as appropriate, a combination of the discounted cash flow method and the
guideline public company method. Our discounted cash flow analysis is based on the sum of two components, the
present value of our projected cash flows and the present value of a terminal value. The cash flow estimates are
derived from our current forecast and our long-term forecasts prepared for each reporting unit considering
historical results and anticipated future performance and capital expenditures, and require considerable judgment.
The discount rates used to determine the present value of future cash flows were derived from a weighted average
cost of capital analysis utilizing a beta derived from peer companies. In addition, we gave consideration in the
calculation of the weighted average cost of capital for equity risks, including size risk, industry risk and country
specific risk, as appropriate, for each of our reporting units. As a result of the weighted average cost of capital

53

calculations, the discount rate used for each reporting unit ranged from 8.0% to 13.5%. We use perpetual growth
rates in the reporting units that have goodwill ranging from 0.5% to 1.0%. The guideline public company method
involves comparing the reporting unit to similar companies whose stock is freely traded on an organized exchange.
The fair values determined by the discounted cash flow and guideline public company methods were weighted to
arrive at the concluded fair value of the reporting unit. However, in instances where comparisons to our peers was
less meaningful, no weight was placed on the guideline public company method to arrive at the concluded fair
value of the reporting unit.

Estimating the fair value of the reporting unit involves uncertainties because it requires management to
develop numerous assumptions, including assumptions about the future growth and potential volatility in revenues
and costs, capital expenditures, industry economic factors and future business strategy. The variability of the
factors that management uses to perform the goodwill
impairment test depends on a number of conditions,
including uncertainty about future events and cash flows, including anticipated changes in revenues and costs and
synergies and productivity improvements resulting from the acquisitions, capital expenditures and continuous
improvement projects. These factors are interdependent and, therefore, do not change in isolation. Accordingly,
our accounting estimates may materially change from period to period due to changing market factors. If we had
used other assumptions and estimates or if conditions change in future periods, our operating results could be
materially impacted. Any significant adverse changes in key assumptions about these reporting units and their
prospects, such as changes in our strategy or products, the loss of key customers, regulatory changes or adverse
changes in economic and market conditions may cause a change in the estimated fair values of our reporting units
and could result in an impairment charge that could be material to our financial statements.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, of those reporting units that have goodwill, our Consumer Packaging
reporting unit had a fair value that exceeded its carrying value by less than 10%, primarily due to the fair value
accounting related to the Combination and the MPS Acquisition. If we had concluded that it was appropriate to
increase the discount rate we used by 100 basis points to estimate the fair value of each reporting unit that has
goodwill, the fair value of each of our reporting units would have continued to exceed its carrying value, except for
the Consumer Packaging reporting unit. The Consumer Packaging reporting unit had $3,610.9 million of goodwill
at September 30, 2018. No events have occurred since the latest annual goodwill impairment assessment that
would necessitate an interim goodwill impairment assessment. We have not made any material changes to our
impairment loss assessment methodology during the past three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a
reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in future assumptions or estimates we use to calculate
impairment losses. However, if actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and estimates, we may be
exposed to impairment losses that could be material.

“
See Item 1A. “Risk Factors

— We Have a Significant Amount of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

and a Write Down Would Adversely Impact Our Operating Results and Shareholders’ Equity”.

Accounting for Income Taxes

Our income tax expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits, reflect
management’s best assessment of estimated current and future taxes to be paid. In evaluating our ability to
recover our deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction from which they arise we consider all available evidence,
including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies
and recent operations. Significant judgments and estimates are required in determining the consolidated income
tax expense. We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense in
the consolidated statements of operations. A 1% change in our effective tax rate would increase or decrease tax
expense by approximately $10.3 million for fiscal 2018. A 1% change in our effective tax rate used to compute
deferred tax liabilities and assets, as recorded on the September 30, 2018 consolidated balance sheet, would
increase or decrease tax expense by approximately $97.5 million for fiscal 2018.

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

The funded status of our qualified and non-qualified U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans increased $69.2 million
in fiscal 2018. Our U.S. qualified and non-qualified pension and non-U.S. pension plans were over funded by
$137.7 million and $10.0 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2018. Our U.S. pension plan benefit obligations
were positively impacted in fiscal 2018 primarily by a 41-basis point increase in the discount rate compared to the
prior measurement date. The non-U.S. pension plan obligations were positively impacted in fiscal 2018 by a 16-
basis point increase in the discount rate compared to the prior measurement date. A 25-basis point change in the
discount rate, compensation level, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets or medical cost trend, factoring

54

in our corridor as appropriate, would have had the following effect on fiscal 2018 pension and other postretirement
expense (amounts in the table in parentheses reflect additional income, in millions):

Discount rate
Compensation level
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
Medical cost trend

$

New Accounting Standards

Pension Plans

25 Basis
Point
Increase

25 Basis
Point
Decrease
10.8
(0.3)
13.4
N/A

(10.5) $
0.3
(13.4)
N/A

Postretirement Plans
25 Basis
25 Basis
Point
Point
Decrease
Increase
—
N/A
N/A
—

N/A
N/A
—

— $

$

“

See “Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

” of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the
respective expected dates of adoption and expected effects on our results of operations and financial condition.

Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to market risk from changes in, among other things, interest rates, foreign currencies and
commodity prices. We aim to identify and understand these risks and then implement strategies to manage them.
When evaluating these strategies, we evaluate the fundamentals of each market, our sensitivity to movements in
pricing, and underlying accounting and business implications. To implement these strategies, we may enter into
various hedging transactions. The sensitivity analyses we present below do not consider the effect of possible
adverse changes in the general economy, nor do they consider additional actions we may take to mitigate our
exposure to such changes. We may not be successful in managing these risks.

Containerboard and Paperboard Shipments

We are exposed to market risk related to our sales of containerboard and paperboard. We sell a significant
portion of our mill production and converted products pursuant to contracts that provide that prices are either fixed
for specified terms or provide for price adjustments based on negotiated terms, including changes in specified
index prices. We have the capacity to annually ship approximately 9.3 million tons in our Corrugated Packaging
segment and approximately 4.2 million tons in our Consumer Packaging segment. Although our mill system
operating rates may vary from year to year due to changes in market and other factors, our simple average mill
system operating rates for the last three years averaged 96%. A hypothetical $10 per ton decrease in the price of
containerboard and paperboard throughout
the year based on our capacity would decrease our sales by
approximately $93 million and $42 million in our Corrugated Packaging and Consumer Packaging segments,
respectively. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors

— Our Earnings Are Highly Dependent on Volumes”.

“

Energy

Energy is one of the most significant costs of our mill operations. The cost of natural gas, coal, oil, electricity,
diesel and wood by-products (biomass) at times have fluctuated significantly. In our recycled paperboard mills, we
use primarily natural gas and electricity, supplemented with coal and fuel oil to generate steam used in the paper
making process and, at a few mills, to generate electricity used on site. In our virgin fiber mills, we use biomass,
natural gas and coal to generate steam used in the pulping and paper making processes and to generate some or
all of the electricity used on site. We primarily use electricity and natural gas to operate our converting facilities. We
generally purchase these products from suppliers at market or tariff rates.

We spent approximately $739 million on all energy sources in fiscal 2018 to operate our facilities. Natural gas
accounted for nearly half (approximately 76 million MMBtu) of our total energy purchases in fiscal 2018. A
hypothetical 10% increase in the price of energy throughout the year would increase our cost of energy by
approximately $74 million based on fiscal 2018 pricing and consumption.

Recycled Fiber

Recycled fiber is the principal raw material we use in the production of recycled paperboard and a portion of
our containerboard. We consume approximately 4.8 million tons of recycled fiber per year. Our purchases of old

55

corrugated containers and double-lined kraft clippings accounted for our largest recycled fiber costs and
approximately 85% to 90% of our recycled fiber purchases. The remaining 10% to 15% of our recycled fiber
purchases consisted of a number of other grades of recycled paper. The mix of recycled fiber may vary due to
factors such as market demand, availability and pricing. A hypothetical 10% increase in recycled fiber prices in our
mills for a fiscal year would increase our costs by approximately $75 million.

Virgin Fiber

Virgin fiber is the principal raw material we use in the production of a portion of our containerboard, bleached
paperboard and market pulp. A hypothetical 10% increase in virgin fiber prices in our mills for a fiscal year would
increase our costs by approximately $117 million.

Freight

Inbound and outbound freight is a significant expenditure for us. Factors that influence our freight expense are
items such as distance between our shipping and delivery locations, distance from customers and suppliers, mode
of transportation (rail, truck, intermodal and ocean) and freight rates, which are influenced by supply and demand
and fuel costs, primarily diesel. We experienced significantly higher freight costs in fiscal 2018, as transportation
companies raised prices to address a shortage of drivers and strong demand. A hypothetical 10% increase for a
fiscal year would increase our costs by approximately $150 million, of which approximately one-fifth would be the
portion related to higher diesel costs based on our estimated 77 million gallons consumed annually. See Item 1A.
“Risk Factors
— We May Face Increased Costs or Inadequate Availability of Raw Materials, Energy and
“
Transportation”.

Interest Rates

We are exposed to changes in interest rates, primarily as a result of our short-term and long-term debt. We
may from time to time use interest rate swap agreements to manage the interest rate characteristics of a portion of
our outstanding debt. Based on the amounts and mix of our fixed and floating rate debt at September 30, 2018, if
market interest rates increase an average of 100 basis points, our annual interest expense would increase by
approximately $10 million. We determined these amounts by considering the impact of the hypothetical interest
rates on our borrowing costs. This analysis does not consider the effects of changes in the level of overall
economic activity that could exist in such an environment. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors
— The Level of Our
Indebtedness Could Adversely Affect Our Financial Condition and Impair Our Ability to Operate Our
Business”.

“

Derivative Instruments / Forward Contracts

We periodically may issue and settle foreign currency denominated debt, exposing us to the effect of changes
in spot exchange rates between loan issue and loan repayment dates and changes in spot exchange rates on
open balances at each balance sheet date. From time to time, we may use foreign exchange contracts to hedge
these exposures with terms of generally one month. Based on our open foreign exchange contracts as of
September 30, 2018, the effect of a 1% change in exchange rates would impact other income by approximately $4
million. Although these foreign currency sensitive instruments expose us to market risk, fluctuations in the value of
these instruments are mitigated by expected offsetting fluctuations in the foreign currency denominated debt
exposures. The fluctuation of these instruments may cause future cash settlement of the hedge.

Pension Plans

Our pension plans are influenced by trends in the financial markets and the regulatory environment, among
other factors. Adverse general stock market trends and falling interest rates increase plan costs and liabilities.
During fiscal 2018, the effect of a 0.25% decrease in the discount rate would have reduced pre-tax income by
approximately $11 million and a 0.25% increase in the discount rate would have increased pre-tax income by $11
million. During fiscal 2017, the effect of a 0.25% decrease in the discount rate would have reduced pre-tax income
by approximately $11 million and a 0.25% increase in the discount rate would have increased pre-tax income by $8
million. Similarly, MEPPs in which we participate could experience similar circumstances which could impact our
funding requirements and therefore expenses. See “Note 4. Retirement Plans
— Multiemployer Plans” of the
—Certain of Our Pension Plans
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. See also Item 1A. “Risk Factors

“

“

56

Will Likely Require Additional Cash Contributions” and “Risk Factors
and/or Increased Funding Requirements in Connection with the MEPPs in Which We Participate”.

— We May Incur Withdrawal Liability

“

Foreign Currency

We predominately operate in U.S. markets, but derived 19.9% of our net sales in fiscal 2018 from outside the
U.S. through international operations, some of which were transacted in U.S. dollars. In addition, certain of our
domestic operations have sales to foreign customers. In conducting our foreign operations, we also make inter-
company sales and receive royalties and dividends denominated in different currencies. These activities expose us
to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Flows of foreign currencies into and out of our
operations are generally stable and regularly occurring and are recorded at fair market value in our financial
statements. Our foreign currency management policy permits us to enter into foreign currency hedges when these
flows exceed a threshold, which is a function of these cash flows and forecasted annual operations.

At times, certain of our foreign subsidiaries have U.S. dollar-denominated external debt. In these instances, we
may hedge the non-functional currency exposure with derivatives. We issue inter-company loans to and receive
foreign cash deposits from our foreign subsidiaries in their local currencies, exposing us to the effect of changes in
spot exchange rates between loan issue and loan repayment dates and changes in spot exchange rates from
deposits. From time to time, we may use foreign-exchange hedge contracts with terms of generally less than one
year to hedge these exposures. Although our derivative and other foreign currency sensitive instruments expose
us to market risk, fluctuations in the value of these instruments are mitigated by expected offsetting fluctuations in
the matched exposures.

During fiscal 2018 and 2017, the effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currencies that we have
exposure to versus to the U.S. dollar would have impacted our segment results by approximately $36 million and
$26 million, respectively. See “Note 6. Segment Information
” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
“
for additional information.

During fiscal 2018 and 2017, the effect of a 1% change in exchange rates would have impacted accumulated
other comprehensive income by approximately $37 million and $34 million, respectively. This impact does not
consider the effects of a stronger or weaker dollar on our ability to compete for export business or the overall
economic activity that could exist in such an environment. Changes in foreign exchange rates could impact the
— We May Be Adversely Affected by
“
price and the demand for our products. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors
Factors That Are Beyond Our Control, Such as U.S. and Worldwide Economic and Financial Market
Conditions, and Social and Political Change”.

57

Item 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Index to Financial Statements

Descriptionp

p

p

Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
)
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Equityq y
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
g
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
g
g
g
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

g
g
p

p
p

p
p

g

p

p

(

Page
Reference
59
60
61
62
64
66
134
135
137

For supplemental quarterly financial information, please see “Note 22. Financial Results by Qu

“
(Unaudited)” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

arter

58

WESTROCK COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In millions, except per share data)

Net sales
Cost of goods sold
Selling, general and administrative, excluding intangible

amortization

Selling, general and administrative intangible amortization
Multiemployer pension withdrawals
Pension risk transfer expense
Pension lump sum settlement
Land and Development impairments
Restructuring and other costs
Operating profit
Interest expense, net
(Loss) gain on extinguishment of debt
Other income, net
Equity in income of unconsolidated entities
Gain on sale of HH&B
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
Income tax benefit (expense)
Income from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations (net of income tax

benefit of $0, $0 and $32.3)
Consolidated net income (loss)
Less: Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling

interests

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

Basic earnings per share from continuing operations
Basic loss per share from discontinued operations
Basic earnings (loss) per share attributable to common

stockholders

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations
Diluted loss per share from discontinued operations
Diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to common

stockholders

Cash dividends paid per share

Year Ended September 30,
2017

2016

2018

$

16,285.1
12,891.2

$

14,859.7
12,119.5

$

14,171.8
11,413.2

1,493.3
296.6
184.2
—
—
31.9
105.4
1,282.5
(293.8)
(0.1)
12.7
33.5
—
1,034.8
874.5
1,909.3

—
1,909.3

(3.2)
1,906.1

7.46
—

7.46

7.34
—

7.34

1.72

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,399.6
229.6
—
—
32.6
46.7
196.7
835.0
(222.5)
1.8
11.5
39.0
192.8
857.6
(159.0)
698.6

—
698.6

9.6
708.2

2.81
—

2.81

2.77
—

2.77

1.60

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,379.4
211.8
—
370.7
—
—
366.4
430.3
(212.5)
2.7
14.4
9.7
—
244.6
(89.8)
154.8

(544.7)
(389.9)

(6.4)
(396.3)

0.60
(2.16)

(1.56)

0.59
(2.13)

(1.54)

1.50

$

$

$

$

$

$

See Accompanying Notes

59

WESTROCK COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In millions)

Consolidated net income (loss)
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:

Foreign currency:

Year Ended September 30,
2017

2016

2018

$

1,909.3

$

698.6

$

(389.9)

Foreign currency translation (loss) gain
Reclassification adjustment of net loss on foreign currency

(234.4)

translation included in earnings

Sale of HH&B

Derivatives:

Deferred loss on cash flow hedges
Reclassification adjustment of net loss (gain) on cash

flow hedges included in earnings
Unrealized gain on available for sale security
Reclassification adjustment of gain on available for

sale security included in earnings

Defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit

plans:
Net actuarial (loss) gain arising during period
Amortization and settlement recognition of net
actuarial loss, included in pension and
postretirement cost (1)

Prior service (cost) credit arising during period
Amortization and curtailment recognition of prior
service cost (credit), included in pension and
postretirement cost

Sale of HH&B

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

Comprehensive income (loss)

Less: Comprehensive (income) loss attributable to

noncontrolling interests

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to common

stockholders

(1) Fiscal 2016 includes pension risk transfer expense, net of tax.

80.7

—
26.8

—

(0.5)
0.7

—

109.8

20.2
—

(0.4)

1.2
—

—

—
—

—

0.5
0.8

(1.5)

(13.1)

22.2

(224.6)

15.0
(5.5)

0.2
—
(238.0)
1,671.3

36.0
0.7

(0.2)
2.9
169.3
867.9

236.5
1.4

1.1
—
145.2
(244.7)

(3.2)

9.4

(5.7)

$

1,668.1

$

877.3

$

(250.4)

See Accompanying Notes

60

WESTROCK COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In millions, except per share data)

ASSETS
Current Assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Accounts receivable (net of allowances of $49.7 and $45.8)
Inventories
Other current assets
Assets held for sale

Total current assets
Property, plant and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangibles, net
Restricted assets held by special purpose entities
Prepaid pension asset
Other assets
Total Assets

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:

Current portion of debt
Accounts payable
Accrued compensation and benefits
Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities
Long-term debt due after one year
Pension liabilities, net of current portion
Postretirement benefit liabilities, net of current portion
Non-recourse liabilities held by special purpose entities
Deferred income taxes
Other long-term liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 14 and 17)
Redeemable noncontrolling interests
Equity:

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 30.0 million shares authorized; no

shares outstanding

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 600.0 million shares authorized;

253.5 million and 254.5 million shares outstanding at September
30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively

Capital in excess of par value
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total stockholders’ equity
Noncontrolling interests
Total equity
Total Liabilities and Equity

September 30,

2018

2017

$

$

$

$

636.8
—
2,010.7
1,829.6
248.5
59.5
4,785.1
9,082.5
5,577.6
3,122.0
1,281.0
420.0
1,092.3
25,360.5

740.7
1,716.8
399.3
476.5
3,333.3
5,674.5
261.3
134.8
1,153.7
2,321.5
994.8

4.2

—

2.5
10,588.9
1,573.3
(695.3)
11,469.4
13.0
11,482.4
25,360.5

$

$

$

$

298.1
5.9
1,886.8
1,797.3
329.2
173.6
4,490.9
9,118.3
5,528.3
3,329.3
1,287.4
368.0
966.8
25,089.0

608.7
1,492.1
416.7
492.3
3,009.8
5,946.1
279.4
153.4
1,161.9
3,410.2
737.4

4.7

—

2.5
10,624.9
172.4
(457.3)
10,342.5
43.6
10,386.1
25,089.0

See Accompanying Notes

61

WESTROCK COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

Year Ended September 30,
2017

2016

2018

(In millions, except per share data)

Number of Shares of Common Stock Outstanding:
Balance at beginning of fiscal year

Shares issued under restricted stock plan
Issuance of common stock, net of stock received for minimum tax

withholdings (1) (2)

Purchases of common stock (3)

Balance at end of fiscal year
Common Stock:
Balance at beginning of fiscal year

Issuance of common stock, net of stock received for minimum tax

withholdings (1)

Purchases of common stock (3)

Balance at end of fiscal year
Capital in Excess of Par Value:
Balance at beginning of fiscal year

Income tax benefit (expense) from share-based plans
Compensation expense under share-based plans
Issuance of common stock, net of stock received for minimum tax

withholdings (1)

Fair value of share-based awards issued in business combinations
Purchases of common stock (3)
Separation of Specialty Chemicals business

Balance at end of fiscal year
Retained Earnings (Deficit):
Balance at beginning of fiscal year

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders
Dividends declared (per share - $1.72, $1.60 and $1.50) (4)
Issuance of common stock, net of stock received for minimum tax

withholdings

Purchases of common stock (3)
Separation of Specialty Chemicals business

Balance at end of fiscal year
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss:
Balance at beginning of fiscal year

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
Separation of Specialty Chemicals business

Balance at end of fiscal year
Total Stockholders’ equity
Noncontrolling Interests: (5)
Balance at beginning of fiscal year

Noncontrolling interests assumed in business combinations
Net income (loss)
Contributions
Distributions and adjustments to noncontrolling interests
Sale of subsidiary shares from noncontrolling interest
Other comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest
Separation of Specialty Chemicals business

Balance at end of fiscal year
Total equity

$

254.5
0.7

1.7
(3.4)
253.5

251.0
1.1

4.2
(1.8)
254.5

$

2.5

$

2.5

$

—
—
2.5

10,624.9
—
66.9

38.9
—
(141.8)
—
10,588.9

172.4
1,906.1
(445.2)

(6.7)
(53.3)
—
1,573.3

(457.3)
(238.0)
—
(695.3)
11,469.4

43.6
—
2.1
0.5
(33.2)
—
—
—
13.0
11,482.4

$

—
—
2.5

10,458.6
4.3
60.6

181.6
1.9
(76.3)
(5.8)
10,624.9

(105.9)
708.2
(407.3)

(5.9)
(16.7)
—
172.4

(626.4)
169.1
—
(457.3)
10,342.5

101.2
—
(12.9)
—
(44.7)
—
—
—
43.6
10,386.1

$

257.0
1.6

0.5
(8.1)
251.0

2.6

—
(0.1)
2.5

10,767.8
(15.5)
76.0

13.9
—
(319.2)
(64.4)
10,458.6

1,661.6
(396.3)
(384.2)

(0.8)
(16.0)
(970.2)
(105.9)

(780.2)
145.9
7.9
(626.4)
9,728.8

132.1
10.9
3.2
—
(18.7)
(0.2)
—
(26.1)
101.2
9,830.0

(1)

(2)

Included in the issuance of common stock in fiscal 2017 is the issuance of approximately 2.4 million shares of Common
Stock valued at $136.1 million in connection with the U.S. Corrugated Acquisition.
In connection with the Smurfit-Stone Acquisition, there were approximately 1.4 million shares reserved but unissued at the
time of the acquisition for the resolution of Smurfit-Stone bankruptcy claims. At September 30, 2017, 0.2 million shares

62

(3)

(4)

remain reserved and unissued. The remaining shares were issued in fiscal 2018 as the claim’s distribution process was
completed.
In fiscal 2018, we repurchased approximately 3.4 million shares of our Common Stock for an aggregate cost of $195.1
million. In fiscal 2017, we repurchased approximately 1.8 million shares of our Common Stock for an aggregate cost of
$93.0 million. In fiscal 2016, we repurchased approximately 8.1 million shares of our Common Stock for an aggregate cost
of $335.3 million.
Includes cash dividends paid, dividend equivalent units on certain restricted stock awards and dividends declared but
unpaid related to the shares reserved but unissued at the time of the acquisition for the resolution of Smurfit-Stone
bankruptcy claims.

(5) Excludes amounts related to contingently redeemable noncontrolling interests, which are separately classified outside of

permanent equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

See Accompanying Notes

63

WESTROCK COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In millions)

Operating activities:

Consolidated net income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile consolidated net income to net cash

provided by operating activities:
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
Cost of real estate sold
Deferred income tax benefit
Share-based compensation expense
Pension and other postretirement funding (more) than expense

(income)

Multiemployer pension withdrawals
Gain on sale of HH&B
Land and Development impairments
Other impairment adjustments
Impairment of Specialty Chemicals goodwill and intangibles
Other
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions and

divestitures:
Accounts receivable
Inventories
Other assets
Accounts payable
Income taxes
Accrued liabilities and other

Net cash provided by operating activities

Investing activities:

Capital expenditures
Cash paid for purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired
Debt purchased in connection with an acquisition
Investment in unconsolidated entities
Proceeds from sale of HH&B
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Other

Net cash used for investing activities

Financing activities:

Proceeds from issuance of notes
(Repayments) additions to revolving credit facilities
Additions to debt
Repayments of debt
Other financing (repayments) additions
Specialty Chemicals spin-off of net cash and trust funding
Issuances of common stock, net of related minimum tax withholdings
Purchases of common stock
Cash dividends paid to stockholders
Cash distributions paid to noncontrolling interests
Other

Net cash used for financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period (2016 includes

$20.5 from discontinued operations)
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

Year Ended September 30,
2017

2016

2018

$

1,909.3

$

698.6

$

(389.9)

1,252.2
121.2
(1,069.4)
66.8

(96.8)
184.2
—
31.9
13.5
—
(85.5)

(143.4)
(72.1)
(22.6)
180.3
130.6
20.7
2,420.9

(999.9)
(239.9)
—
(114.3)
—
23.3
31.9
(1,298.9)

1,197.3
(115.5)
855.2
(2,032.9)
(24.2)
—
26.6
(195.1)
(440.9)
(33.3)
7.7
(755.1)
(28.2)
338.7

1,112.1
207.9
(20.4)
58.0

(51.0)
—
(192.8)
46.7
56.8
—
(92.2)

(97.9)
(48.2)
(33.7)
302.2
(67.1)
21.5
1,900.5

(778.6)
(1,588.5)
—
(2.5)
1,005.9
52.6
25.3
(1,285.8)

998.4
421.8
742.6
(2,331.9)
23.9
—
35.8
(93.0)
(403.2)
(47.0)
(2.8)
(655.4)
(2.1)
(42.8)

1,141.9
87.7
(160.9)
75.7

275.6
—
—
—
200.8
579.4
(87.1)

36.6
50.6
(92.7)
(197.1)
73.2
94.6
1,688.4

(796.7)
(376.4)
(36.5)
(179.9)
—
31.2
6.9
(1,351.4)

—
125.5
1,511.8
(1,073.3)
53.3
(105.0)
11.8
(335.3)
(380.7)
(33.5)
(5.6)
(231.0)
6.6
112.6

$

298.1
636.8

$

340.9
298.1

$

228.3
340.9

64

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

(In millions)

Cash paid during the period for:
Income taxes, net of refunds
Interest, net of amounts capitalized

Year Ended September 30,
2017

2016

2018

$
$

60.5
284.4

$
$

227.6
239.0

$
$

157.4
229.9

Supplemental schedule of non-cash operating and investing activities:

In fiscal 2017, we contributed a subsidiary to an unconsolidated joint venture and deconsolidated another
subsidiary which resulted in the derecognition and recognition of certain non-cash items. In connection with the
formation of the Grupo Gondi joint venture in fiscal 2016, we contributed $175.0 million in cash and the stock of an
entity that owns three corrugated packaging facilities in Mexico in return for a 25.0% equity participation in the joint
venture and options valued at approximately $0.3 billion. The entity was deconsolidated as of April 1, 2016, which
resulted in the derecognition and recognition of the following non-cash items for the year ended September 30:

(In millions)

Derecognized:
g
AAccounts receivable
Inventories
Other assets
AAccounts payable
Income taxes
AAccrued liabilities and other

Recognized:
g
Investment in unconsolidated entities

2017

2016

$
$
$
$
$
$

$

14.6
7.6
12.3
(7.9)
(1.4)
(12.0)

$
$
$
$
$
$

34.7
25.8
86.3
(15.4)
(1.0)
(18.8)

(16.7)

$

(123.7)

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:

Liabilities assumed in fiscal 2018 primarily relate to the Plymouth Packaging Acquisition and the Schlüter
Acquisition. Liabilities assumed in fiscal 2017 relate to the MPS Acquisition, the U.S. Corrugated Acquisition, the
Island Container Acquisition, the Hannapak Acquisition and the Star Pizza Acquisition. Liabilities assumed in fiscal
2016 relate to the SP Fiber Acquisition and the Packaging Acquisition. See “Note 2. Mergers, Acquisitions and
Investment”tt for additional information.

(In millions)

Fair value of assets acquired, including goodwill
Cash consideration for the purchase of businesses, net of cash

acquired

Stock issued in business combinations
Fair value of share-based awards issued in business

combinations

Debt purchased in connection with an acquisition
Deferred payments and (unpaid) unreceived working capital or escrow

Liabilities and noncontrolling interest assumed

Included in liabilities assumed is the following item:
Debt assumed

Year Ended September 30,
2017

2016

2018

$

303.2

$

3,342.4

$

580.7

(242.1)
—

(1,592.0)
(136.1)

—
—
(25.0)
36.1

$

(1.9)
—
4.6
1,617.0

$

(376.4)
—

—
(36.5)
3.5
171.3

7.5

$

929.1

$

15.0

$

$

See Accompanying Notes

65

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1.

Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

Unless the context otherwise requires, “we““

” refer to the
business of WestRock Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and its partially-owned consolidated subsidiaries
for periods on or after November 2, 2018 and to WRKCo (formerly known as WestRock Company) for periods prior
to November 2, 2018.

”, “WestRock” and “the Company

“
”, “our

”, “us“

“

WestRock is a multinational provider of paper and packaging solutions for consumer and corrugated
packaging markets. We partner with our customers to provide differentiated paper and packaging solutions that
help them win in the marketplace. Our team members support customers around the world from our operating and
business locations in North America, South America, Europe, Asia and Australia. We also sell real estate primarily
in the Charleston, SC region.

WestRock was formed on March 6, 2015 for the purpose of effecting the Combination and, prior to the
Combination, did not conduct any activities other than those incidental
to its formation and the matters
contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement. On July 1, 2015, pursuant to the Business Combination
Agreement, RockTenn and MWV completed a strategic combination of their respective businesses and RockTenn
and MWV each became wholly-owned subsidiaries of WestRock. RockTenn was the accounting acquirer in the
Combination. See “Note 2. Mergers, Acquisitions and Investment

”tt for additional information.

vv

On May 15, 2016, WestRock completed the Separation, pursuant to which we disposed of our former Specialty
Chemicals segment in its entirety and ceased to consolidate its assets, liabilities and results of operations in our
consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, we have presented the financial position and results of operations
of our former Specialty Chemicals segment as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated financial
statements for all periods presented. See “Note 7. Discontinued Operations” for additional information.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2017, we committed to a plan to sell HH&B. On January 23, 2017, we
announced we had entered into an agreement with certain subsidiaries of Silgan Holdings Inc. (“Silgan”) under
which Silgan would purchase HH&B for approximately $1.025 billion in cash plus the assumption of approximately
$25 million in foreign pension liabilities. Accordingly, in the second quarter of fiscal 2017, all of the assets and
liabilities of HH&B were reported as assets and liabilities held for sale. We discontinued recording depreciation and
amortization while the assets were held for sale. On April 6, 2017, we announced that we had completed the
HH&B Sale. We used the proceeds from the HH&B Sale in connection with the MPS Acquisition. We recorded a
pre-tax gain on sale of HH&B of $192.8 million in fiscal 2017.

On June 6, 2017, we completed the MPS Acquisition. MPS is a global provider of print-based specialty
packaging solutions and its differentiated product offering includes premium folding cartons, inserts, labels and
rigid packaging. MPS is reported in our Consumer Packaging segment. See “Note 2. Mergers, Acquisitions and
Investment”tt for additional information.

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and the accounts of our partially-owned
consolidated subsidiaries. Equity investments in which we exercise significant influence but do not control and are
not the primary beneficiary are accounted for using the equity method. Investments in which we are not able to
exercise significant influence over the investee are accounted for under the cost method. Our equity and cost
method investments are not significant either individually or in the aggregate. We have eliminated all significant
” for our equity method investments.
intercompany accounts and transactions. See “Note 6. Segment Information

“

66

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Reclassifications

During fiscal 2018, we presented our interest expense and interest income in a single line item, “interest
expense, net”, in our consolidated statements of operations. The interest income was previously presented in the
line item “interest income and other income (expense), net”, which is now presented as “other income, net”. The
presentation of these two line items for fiscal 2017 and 2016 has been changed to conform to the current year
presentation. In addition, we have excluded deferred financing costs from the line item depreciation, depletion and
amortization on the consolidated statements of cash flows to conform with our current year presentation and have
aggregated certain items into an “other’ caption in the operating, investing and financing activities sections of the
consolidated statements of cash flows to conform with our current year presentation.

Use of Estimatestt

Preparing consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimates, and the differences could be material.

The most significant accounting estimates inherent in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements
include estimates to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill, intangibles and property, plant and equipment, to
determine the useful lives of assets that are amortized or depreciated, and to measure income taxes, self-insured
obligations, restructuring activities and allocate the purchase price of an acquired business to the fair value of
acquired assets and liabilities. In addition, significant estimates form the basis for our reserves with respect to
collectability of accounts receivable,
inventory valuations, pension benefits, deferred tax asset valuation
allowances and certain benefits provided to current and retired employees. Various assumptions and other factors
underlie the determination of these significant estimates. The process of determining significant estimates is fact
specific and takes into account factors such as historical experience, current and expected economic conditions,
product mix, and in some cases, actuarial techniques. We regularly evaluate these significant factors and make
adjustments where facts and circumstances dictate.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or
services have been rendered, our price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably
assured. Delivery is not considered to have occurred until the customer takes title and assumes the risks and
rewards of ownership. The timing of revenue recognition is dependent on the location of title transfer which is
normally either on the exit from our plants (i.e., shipping point) or on arrival at customers’ plants (i.e., destination
point). We do not recognize revenue from transactions where we bill customers, but retain custody and title to
these products until the date custody and title transfer. We do not have any significant multiple deliverable revenue
arrangements.

We net, against our gross sales, provisions for discounts, returns, allowances, customer rebates and other
adjustments. We account for such provisions during the same period in which we record the related revenues. We
include in net sales any amounts related to shipping and handling that are billed to a customer. See “Note 1.
Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — New Accounting Standards —
Recently Adopted”dd for information regarding our adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09,
which is codified in Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”)
606 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” effective October 1, 2018.

Shipping and Handling Costs

We classify shipping and handling costs, such as freight to our customers’ destinations, as a component of
cost of goods sold. When shipping and handling costs are included in the sales price charged for our products,
they are recognized in net sales.

67

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments that mature three months or less from the date of purchase to be
cash equivalents. The carrying amounts we report
in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash
equivalents approximate fair market values. We place our cash and cash equivalents with large credit worthy
banks, which limits the amount of our credit exposure.

Accounts Receivable and Allowances

We derive our accounts receivable from revenue earned from customers located primarily in North America,
South America, Europe, Asia and Australia. Given our diverse customer base, we have limited exposure to credit
loss from any particular customer or industry segment, and hence we generally do not require collateral. We
perform an evaluation of probable credit losses inherent in our accounts receivable at each balance sheet date.
Such an evaluation includes consideration of historical loss experience, trends in customer payment frequency,
present economic conditions, and judgment about the future financial health of our customers and industry sector.
The weighted average of our receivables collection is within 30 to 60 days. We sell certain receivables under our
New A/R Sales Agreement.

We state accounts receivable at the amount owed by the customer, net of an allowance for estimated
uncollectible accounts, returns and allowances, cash discounts and other adjustments. We do not discount
accounts receivable because we generally collect accounts receivable over a relatively short time. We account for
sales and other taxes that are imposed on and concurrent with individual revenue-producing transactions between
a customer and us on a net basis which excludes the taxes from our net sales. We charge off receivables when
they are determined to be no longer collectible. In fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 our bad debt expense was not
significant.

The following table represents a summary of the changes in the reserve for allowance for doubtful accounts,

returns and allowances and cash discounts for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 (in millions):

Balance at beginning of fiscal year
Reduction in sales and charges to costs and expenses
Deductions
Balance at end of fiscal year

Inventories

2018

2017

2016

$

$

45.8
202.8
(198.9)
49.7

$

$

36.5
215.6
(206.3)
45.8

$

$

29.5
200.8
(193.8)
36.5

We value substantially all U.S. inventories at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined on the LIFO
basis. We value all other inventories at the lower of cost and net realizable value, with cost determined using
methods that approximate cost computed on a first-in first-out inventory valuation method (“FIFO”) basis. These
other inventories represent primarily foreign inventories, spare parts inventories and certain inventoried supplies
and aggregate to approximately 31% and 32% of FIFO cost of all inventory at September 30, 2018 and 2017,
respectively.

Prior to the application of the LIFO method, our U.S. operating divisions use a variety of methods to estimate
the FIFO cost of their finished goods inventories. Such methods include standard costs, or average costs
computed by dividing the actual cost of goods manufactured by the tons produced and multiplying this amount by
the tons of inventory on hand. Lastly, certain operations calculate a ratio, on a plant by plant basis, the numerator
of which is the cost of goods sold and the denominator is net sales. This ratio is applied to the estimated sales
value of the finished goods inventory. Variances and other unusual items are analyzed to determine whether it is
appropriate to include those items in the value of inventory. Examples of variances and unusual items that are
considered to be current period charges include, but are not limited to, abnormal production levels, freight,
handling costs, and wasted materials (spoilage). Cost includes raw materials and supplies, direct labor, indirect
labor related to the manufacturing process and depreciation and other factory overheads. Our inventoried spare
parts are measured at average cost.

68

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Property, Plant and Equipment

We state property, plant and equipment at cost

includes major
expenditures for improvements and replacements that extend useful lives, increase capacity, increase revenues or
reduce costs, while normal maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. During fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016,
we capitalized interest of approximately $8.2 million, $7.0 million and $7.6 million, respectively. For financial
reporting purposes, we provide depreciation and amortization primarily on a straight-line method generally over the
estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

less accumulated depreciation. Cost

Buildings and building improvements
Machinery and equipment
Transportation equipment

15-40 years
3-25 years
3-8 years

Generally, our machinery and equipment have estimated useful lives between 3 and 25 years; however, select
portions of machinery and equipment primarily at our mills have estimated useful lives up to 44 years. Greater than
90% of the cost of our mill assets have lives of 25 years or less. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the
shorter of the asset life or the lease term, generally between 3 and 10 years.

Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

“

7

We review the carrying value of our goodwill annually at the beginning of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year,
or more often if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may exceed fair value as set
forth in ASC 350, “Int
” for information on
angibles — Goodwill and Other.” See “Note 7. Discontinued Operations
the first quarter of fiscal 2016 goodwill impairment test and resulting charge. We test goodwill for impairment at the
reporting unit level, which is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment, referred to as a
component. A component of an operating segment is a reporting unit if the component constitutes a business for
which discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results
of that component. However, two or more components of an operating segment are aggregated and deemed a
single reporting unit if the components have similar economic characteristics. The amount of goodwill acquired in a
business combination that is assigned to one or more reporting units as of the acquisition date is the excess of the
purchase price of the acquired businesses (or portion thereof) included in the reporting unit, over the fair value
assigned to the individual assets acquired or liabilities assumed. Goodwill
is assigned to the reporting unit(s)
expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination even though other assets or liabilities of the acquired
entity may not be assigned to that reporting unit. We determine recoverability by comparing the estimated fair
value of the reporting unit to which the goodwill applies to the carrying value, including goodwill, of that reporting
unit. We determine the fair value of each reporting unit using the discounted cash flow method or, as appropriate, a
combination of the discounted cash flow method and the guideline public company method.

The goodwill impairment model is a two-step process. An amendment to ASC 350 became effective December
2011 that allows a qualitative assessment, prior to step one, to determine whether it is more likely than not that the
fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount. We did not attempt a qualitative assessment and moved
directly to step one. In step one, we utilize the present value of expected net cash flows or, as appropriate, a
combination of the present value of expected net cash flows and the guideline public company method to
determine the estimated fair value of our reporting units. This present value model requires management to
estimate future net cash flows, the timing of these cash flows, and a discount rate (based on a weighted average
cost of capital), which represents the time value of money and the inherent risk and uncertainty of the future cash
flows. Factors that management must estimate when performing this step in the process include, among other
tax rates, anticipated synergies and
items, sales volume, prices,
productivity improvements resulting from acquisitions, capital expenditures and continuous improvement projects.
The assumptions we use to estimate future cash flows are consistent with the assumptions that the reporting units
use for internal planning purposes, updated to reflect current expectations. The guideline public company method
involves comparing the reporting unit to similar companies whose stock is freely traded on an organized exchange.
The fair values determined by the discounted cash flow and guideline public company methods were weighted to
arrive at the concluded fair value of the reporting unit. However, in instances where comparisons to our peers is
less meaningful, no weight was placed on the guideline public company method to arrive at the concluded fair
value of the reporting unit. If we determine that the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying
amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired. If we determine that the carrying amount of the reporting unit

inflation, discount rates, exchange rates,

69

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

exceeds its estimated fair value, we would complete step two of the impairment analysis. Step two involves
determining the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill and comparing it to the carrying amount of that
goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, we
recognize an impairment loss in an amount equal to that excess. While ASU 2017-04, “Simplifying the Test for
Goodwill Impairment”tt , amends the guidance in ASC 350, we have not yet adopted the ASU.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, of those reporting units that have goodwill, our Consumer Packaging
reporting unit had a fair value which exceeded its carrying value by less than 10%, primarily due to the fair value
accounting related to the Combination and the MPS Acquisition. If we had concluded that it was appropriate to
increase the discount rate we used by 100 basis points to estimate the fair value of each reporting unit that has
goodwill, the fair value of each of our reporting units would have continued to exceed its carrying value, except for
the Consumer Packaging reporting unit. No events have occurred since the latest annual goodwill impairment
assessment that would necessitate an interim goodwill impairment assessment.

“

We follow the provisions included in ASC 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment

” in determining whether the
carrying value of any of our long-lived assets, including amortizing intangibles other than goodwill, is impaired. The
ASC 360 test is a three-step test for assets that are “held and used” as that term is defined by ASC 360. We
determine whether indicators of impairment are present. We review long-lived assets for impairment when events
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the long-lived asset might not be recoverable. If
we determine that indicators of impairment are present, we determine whether the estimated undiscounted cash
flows for the potentially impaired assets are less than the carrying value. This requires management to estimate
future net cash flows through operations over the remaining useful life of the asset and its ultimate disposition. The
assumptions we use to estimate future cash flows are consistent with the assumptions we use for internal planning
purposes, updated to reflect current expectations. If our estimated undiscounted cash flows do not exceed the
carrying value, we estimate the fair value of the asset and record an impairment charge if the carrying value is
greater than the fair value of the asset. We estimate fair value using discounted cash flows, observable prices for
similar assets, or other valuation techniques. We record assets classified as “held for sale” at the lower of their
carrying value or estimated fair value less anticipated costs to sell.

Included in our long-lived assets are certain identifiable intangible assets. These intangible assets are
amortized based on the approximate pattern in which the economic benefits are consumed or straight-line if the
lives range from 1 to 40 years and have a weighted
pattern was not reliably determinable. Estimated useful
average life of approximately 16.6 years.

Our judgments regarding the existence of impairment indicators are based on legal factors, market conditions
and operational performance. Future events could cause us to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that
assets associated with a particular operation are impaired. Evaluating impairment also requires us to estimate
future operating results and cash flows, which also require judgment by management. Any resulting impairment
loss could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Restructuring and Other Costs

Our restructuring and other costs include primarily items such as restructuring portions of our operations,
acquisition costs, integration costs and divestiture costs. We have restructured portions of our operations from time
to time, have current restructuring initiatives taking place, and it is possible that we may engage in future
restructuring activities. Identifying and calculating the cost to exit these operations requires certain assumptions to
be made, the most significant of which are anticipated future liabilities, including severance costs, leases and other
contractual obligations, and the adjustment of property, plant and equipment to net realizable value. We believe
our estimates are reasonable, considering our knowledge of the industries we operate in, previous experience in
exiting activities and valuations we may obtain from independent third parties. Although our estimates have been
reasonably accurate in the past, significant judgment is required, and these estimates and assumptions may
change as additional
information becomes available and facts or circumstances change. See “Note 3.
Restructuring and Other Costs” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information,
including a description of the type of costs incurred.

70

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Business Combinations

From time to time, we may enter into business combinations. In accordance with ASC 805, “Business
Combinations”, we generally recognize the identifiable assets acquired,
the liabilities assumed, and any
noncontrolling interests in an acquiree at their fair values as of the date of acquisition. We measure goodwill as the
excess of consideration transferred, which we also measure at fair value, over the net of the acquisition date fair
values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The acquisition method of accounting requires us
to make significant estimates and assumptions regarding the fair values of the elements of a business combination
as of the date of acquisition, including the fair values of identifiable intangible assets, deferred tax asset valuation
allowances, liabilities including those related to debt, pensions and other postretirement plans, uncertain tax
positions, contingent consideration and contingencies. This method also requires us to refine these estimates over
a measurement period not to exceed one year to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances
that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the measurement of the amounts
recognized as of that date. If we are required to adjust provisional amounts that we have recorded for the fair
values of assets and liabilities in connection with acquisitions, these adjustments could have a material impact on
our financial condition and results of operations.

Significant estimates and assumptions in estimating the fair value of acquired technology, customer
relationships, and other identifiable intangible assets include future cash flows that we expect to generate from the
acquired assets. If the subsequent actual results and updated projections of the underlying business activity
change compared with the assumptions and projections used to develop these values, we could record impairment
charges. In addition, we have estimated the economic lives of certain acquired assets and these lives are used to
calculate depreciation and amortization expense. If our estimates of the economic lives change, depreciation or
amortization expenses could be increased or decreased, or the acquired asset could be impaired.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Nonfinancial Assets and Liabilities

We estimate fair values in accordance with ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement.

” We define fair value as the
price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most
advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the
measurement date.

“

Financial instruments not recognized at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis include cash and cash
equivalents, accounts receivables, certain other current assets, short-term debt, accounts payable, certain other
current liabilities and long-term debt. With the exception of long-term debt, the carrying amounts of these financial
instruments approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. The fair values of our long-term debt are
estimated using quoted market prices or are based on the discounted value of future cash flows. We disclose the
” and our pension and postretirement assets and liabilities in “Note 4.
fair value of long-term debt in “Note 13. Debt
instruments recognized at fair value
Retirement Plans”. We have, or from time to time may have, financial
that are nonqualified deferred
including supplemental
compensation plans pursuant to which assets are invested primarily in mutual funds, interest rate derivatives,
commodity derivatives or other similar class of assets or liabilities, the fair value of which are not significant. We
measure the fair value of our mutual fund investments based on quoted prices in active markets, and our derivative
contracts, if any, based on discounted cash flows.

retirement savings plans (“Supplemental Plans”)

“

“

We measure certain nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These
assets and liabilities include cost and equity method investments when they are deemed to be other-than-
temporarily impaired, assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a merger or an acquisition or in a nonmonetary
exchange, and property, plant and equipment and goodwill and other intangible assets that are written down to fair
value when they are held for sale or determined to be impaired. Given the nature of nonfinancial assets and
liabilities, evaluating their
is inherently complex.
Assumptions and estimates about future values can be affected by a variety of internal and external factors.
Changes in these factors may require us to revise our estimates and could result in future impairment charges for
goodwill and acquired intangible assets, or retroactively adjust provisional amounts that we have recorded for the
fair values of assets and liabilities in connection with business combinations. These adjustments could have a
material impact on our financial condition and results of operations. We discuss fair values in more detail in “Note
12. Fair Value”.

fair value from the perspective of a market participant

“

71

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Derivatives

from time to time and to varying degrees, we may enter into a variety of

We are exposed to interest rate risk, commodity price risk and foreign currency exchange risk. To manage
these risks,
financial derivative
transactions and certain physical commodity transactions that are determined to be derivatives. Interest rate
swaps may be entered into to manage the interest rate risk associated with a portion of our outstanding debt.
Interest rate swaps are either designated for accounting purposes as cash flow hedges of forecasted floating
interest payments on variable rate debt or fair value hedges of fixed rate debt, or we may elect not to treat them as
accounting hedges. Swaps or forward contracts on certain commodities may be entered into to manage the price
risk associated with forecasted purchases or sales of those commodities. In addition, certain commodity financial
derivative contracts and physical commodity contracts that are determined to be derivatives may not be designated
as accounting hedges because either they do not meet the criteria for treatment as accounting hedges under ASC
815, “Derivatives and Hedging
”, or we elect not to treat them as accounting hedges under ASC 815. We may also
enter into forward contracts to manage our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency rates with respect to
transactions denominated in currencies such as Canadian dollars, the Euro or Brazilian Real. These also can
either be designated for accounting purposes as cash flow hedges or not so designated.

“

Outstanding financial derivative instruments expose us to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the
instruments is
counterparties to the derivative agreements. Our credit exposure related to these financial
represented by the fair value of contracts reported as assets. We manage our exposure to counterparty credit risk
through minimum credit standards, diversification of counterparties and procedures to monitor concentrations of
credit risk. We may enter into financial derivative contracts that may contain credit-risk-related contingent features
which could result in a counterparty requesting immediate payment or demanding immediate and ongoing full
overnight collateralization on derivative instruments in net liability positions.

For financial derivative instruments that are designated as a cash flow hedge for accounting purposes, the
effective portion of the gain or loss on the financial derivative instrument is reported as a component of other
comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same line item associated with the forecasted
transaction, and in the same period or periods during which the forecasted transaction affects earnings. Gains and
losses on the financial derivative instrument representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components
excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current earnings.

We have at times entered into interest rate swap agreements that effectively modified our exposure to interest
rate risk by converting a portion of our interest payments on floating rate debt to a fixed rate basis, thus reducing
the impact of interest rate changes on future interest expense. These agreements typically involved the receipt of
floating rate amounts in exchange for fixed interest rate payments over the life of the agreements without an
exchange of the underlying principal amount.

At September 30, 2018, there were no interest rate or commodity derivatives outstanding, and the notional
amount of foreign currency derivatives were $356.0 million. At September 30, 2017, there were no interest rate or
commodity derivatives outstanding, and the notional amount of foreign currency derivatives were $47.8 million. For
additional information see “Note 13. Debt”tt .

Health Insurance

We are self-insured for the majority of our group health insurance costs. However, we seek to limit our health
insurance costs by entering into certain stop loss insurance coverage. Due to mergers, acquisitions and other
factors, we may have plans that do not include stop loss insurance. We calculate our group health insurance
reserve on an undiscounted basis based on estimated reserve rates. We utilize claims lag data provided by our
claims administrators to compute the required estimated reserve rate. We calculate our average monthly claims
paid using the actual monthly payments during the trailing 12-month period. At that time, we also calculate our
required reserve using the reserve rates discussed above. While we believe that our assumptions are appropriate,
significant differences in our actual experience or significant changes in our assumptions may materially affect our
group health insurance costs.

72

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Workers’ Compensation

We purchase large risk deductible workers’ compensation policies for

the majority of our workers’
compensation liabilities that are subject to various deductibles to limit our exposure. We calculate our workers’
compensation reserves on an undiscounted basis based on estimated actuarially calculated development factors.
While we believe that our assumptions are appropriate, significant differences in our actual experience or
significant changes in our assumptions may materially affect our workers' compensation costs.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred
tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the
financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the
differences between the financial statement carrying amount and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using
enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in
tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment
date. All deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as noncurrent in our consolidated balance sheet in
accordance with ASU 2015-17, “Income Taxes: Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes.”

We record net deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets will more likely than not be realized. In
making such determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of
existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, recent financial
operations and their associated valuation allowances, if any. In the event we were to determine that we would be
able to realize or not realize our deferred income tax assets in the future in their net recorded amount, we would
make an adjustment to the valuation allowance, which would reduce or increase the provision for income taxes,
respectively.

Certain provisions of ASC 740, “Income Taxes
that

” provide that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be
recognized when it
including
resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. Income tax positions must
meet a more likely than not recognition threshold at the effective date to be recognized.

the position will be sustained upon examination,

is more likely than not

“

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Act was signed into law. The Tax Act contains significant changes to
corporate taxation, including (i) the reduction of the corporate income tax rate to 21%, (ii) the acceleration of
expensing for certain business assets, (iii) the one-time transition tax related to the transition of U.S. international
tax from a worldwide tax system to a territorial tax system, (iv) the repeal of the domestic production deduction, (v)
interest expense and (vi) expanded limitations on executive
additional
compensation. See “Note 5. Income Taxes.”

limitations on the deductibility of

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

We account for pension and other postretirement benefits in accordance with ASC 715, “Compensation –
Retirement Benefits”. Accordingly, we recognize the funded status of our pension plans as assets or liabilities in
our consolidated balance sheets. The funded status is the difference between our projected benefit obligations and
fair value of plan assets. The determination of our obligation and expense for pension and other postretirement
benefits is dependent on our selection of certain assumptions used by actuaries in calculating such amounts. We
describe these assumptions in “Note 4. Retirement Plans
”, which include, among others, the discount rate,
expected long-term rates of return on plan assets and rates of increase in compensation levels. As provided under
ASC 715, we defer actual results that differ from our assumptions, i.e. actuarial gains and losses, and amortize the
difference over future periods. Therefore, these differences generally affect our recognized expense and funding
requirements in future periods. Actuarial gains and losses occur when actual experience differs from the estimates
used to determine the components of net periodic pension cost and when certain assumptions used to determine
the fair value of the plan assets or projected benefit obligation are updated, such as but not limited to, changes in
the discount rate, plan amendments, differences between actual and expected returns on plan assets, mortality
assumptions and plan remeasurement.

“

The amount of unrecognized actuarial gains and losses recognized in the current year’s operations is based
on amortizing the unrecognized gains or losses for each plan that exceed the larger of 10% of the projected benefit
obligation or the fair value of plan assets, also known as “the corridor”. The amount of unrecognized gain or loss
that exceeds the corridor is amortized over the average future service of the plan participants or the average life

73

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

expectancy of inactive plan participants for plans where all or almost all of the plan participants are inactive. While
we believe that our assumptions are appropriate, significant differences in our actual experience or significant
changes in our assumptions may materially affect our pension and other postretirement benefit obligations and our
future expense.

Share-Based Compensation

We recognize expense for share-based compensation plans based on the estimated fair value of the related
awards in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation – Stock Compensation”. Pursuant to our incentive stock
plans, we can grant options and restricted stock, stock appreciation rights (“SAR” or “SARs”) and restricted stock
units to employees and our non-employee directors. The grants generally vest over a period of up to three years
depending on the nature of the award, except for non-employee director grants, which typically vest over a period
of up to one year. The majority of our restricted stock grants to employees generally contain performance or
market conditions that must be met in conjunction with a service requirement for the shares to vest, others contain
only a service requirement. We charge compensation under the plan to earnings over each increment’s individual
vesting period. See “Note 20. Share-Based Compensation

” for additional information.

“

Asset Retirement Obligations

The Company accounts for asset retirement obligations in accordance with ASC 410, “Asset Retirement and
Environmental Obligations”. A liability and an asset are recorded equal to the present value of the estimated costs
associated with the retirement of long-lived assets where a legal or contractual obligation exists and the liability can
be reasonably estimated. The liability is accreted over time and the asset is depreciated over the remaining life of
the related asset. Upon settlement of the liability, we will recognize a gain or loss for any difference between the
settlement amount and the liability recorded. Asset retirement obligations with indeterminate settlement dates are
not recorded until such time that a reasonable estimate may be made. Our asset retirement obligations consist
primarily of
landfill closure and post-closure costs at certain of our mills. At September 30, 2018 and
September 30, 2017, we had recorded liabilities of $72.9 million and $70.5 million, respectively. The liabilities are
primarily reflected as other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

Repair and Maintenance Costs

We expense routine repair and maintenance costs as we incur them. We defer certain expenses we incur
during planned major maintenance activities and recognize the expenses ratably over the shorter of the estimated
interval until the next major maintenance activity or the life of the deferred item. This maintenance is generally
performed every twelve to twenty-four months and has a significant impact on our results of operations in the
period performed primarily due to lost production during the maintenance period. Planned major maintenance
costs deferred at September 30, 2018 and 2017 were $83.4 million and 80.8 million, respectively. The assets are
recorded as other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

Foreign Currency

We translate the assets and liabilities of our foreign operations from their functional currency into U.S. dollars
at the rate of exchange in effect as of the balance sheet date. We reflect the resulting translation adjustments in
equity. We translate the revenues and expenses of our foreign operations at a daily average rate prevailing for
each month during the fiscal year. We include gains or losses from foreign currency transactions, such as those
resulting from the settlement of foreign receivables or payables, in the consolidated statements of operations. We
recorded a gain on foreign currency transactions of $12.2 million and $4.3 million in fiscal 2018 and 2017,
respectively. We recorded a loss on foreign currency transactions of $6.5 million in fiscal 2016.

Environmental Remediation Costs

We accrue for losses associated with our environmental remediation obligations when it is probable that we
have incurred a liability and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. We generally recognize accruals
for estimated losses from our environmental remediation obligations no later than completion of the remedial
feasibility study and adjust such accruals as further information develops or circumstances change. We recognize
recoveries of our environmental remediation costs from other parties as assets when we deem their receipt
probable. See “Note 17. Commitments and Contingencies.”

74

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

New Accounting Standards - Recently Adopted

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, “Compensation – Stock Compensation: Scope of Modification
Accounting”. The amendments in the ASU include guidance on determining which changes to the terms and
conditions of share-based payment awards require an entity to apply modification accounting under ASC 718,
“Compensation – Stock Compensation” and require entities to account for the effects of a modification unless all of
the following conditions are met: (a) the fair value (or calculated value or intrinsic value, if such an alternative
measurement method is used) of the modified award is the same as the fair value (or value using an alternative
measurement method) of the original award immediately before the original award is modified; (b) the vesting
conditions of the modified award are the same as the vesting conditions of the original award immediately before
the original award is modified; and (c) the classification of the modified award as an equity instrument or a liability
instrument is the same as the classification of the original award immediately before the original award is modified.
We adopted the provisions of this ASU on October 1, 2018 on a prospective basis. These provisions did not have a
material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-07, “Compensation: Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic
Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost”tt . The guidance in this update requires that an
employer disaggregate the service cost component from the other components of net benefit cost. Non-service
cost components of net periodic pension cost are required to be presented in the income statement separately
from the service cost component and outside the subtotal of operating income. The amendments in the update
also allow only the service cost component to be eligible for capitalization for internally developed capital projects.
We adopted the provisions of this ASU on October 1, 2018 on a retrospective basis. The adoption resulted in a
change in our operating profit, which was offset by a corresponding change in non-operating pension income
(expense) to reflect the impact of presenting the non-service income (cost) component of net periodic pension
income (expense) outside of operating income. Further, limiting the capitalization of net periodic cost in assets to
the service cost component will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements prospectively.
There was no associated impact to our consolidated statements of cash flows.

In February 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-05, “Other Income: Clarifying the Scope of Asset Derecognition
Guidance and Accounting for Partial Sales of Nonfinancial Assets”. The ASU provides guidance for recognizing
gains and losses from the transfer of nonfinancial assets in contracts with noncustomers. Specifically, the ASU
clarifies the scope of an “in substance nonfinancial asset”, the treatment of partial sales of nonfinancial assets and
guidance on accounting for contributions of nonfinancial assets to joint ventures and equity method investees. We
adopted the provisions of this ASU on October 1, 2018 on a retrospective basis. These provisions did not have a
material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, “Clarifying the Definition of a Business”, which amends the
guidance in ASC 805, “Business Combinations”. The ASU clarifies the definition of a business. The definition of a
business affects many areas of accounting, including acquisitions, disposals, goodwill, and consolidation. The
amendments are intended to help companies and other organizations evaluate whether transactions should be
accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. We adopted the provisions of this ASU on
October 1, 2018 prospectively. These provisions did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, “Restricted Cash”, which amends the guidance in the
FASB’s ASC 230, “Statement of Cash Flows”. The new ASU clarifies how entities should present restricted cash
and restricted cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this ASU require that a
statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts
generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as
restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when
reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. We
adopted the provisions of this ASU on October 1, 2018 on a retrospective basis. As a result of the provisions of this
ASU, restricted cash will be included within cash and cash equivalents on our consolidated statements of cash
flows.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, “Income Taxes: Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than
Inventory”yy , which requires companies to recognize the income tax effects of intercompany sales and transfers of
assets other than inventory (e.g., intangible assets) in the period in which the transfer occurs. Current guidance

75

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

requires companies to defer the income tax effects of intercompany transfers of assets until the asset has been
sold to an outside party or otherwise recognized through use. The new guidance will require companies to defer
the income tax effects only of intercompany transfers of inventory. The guidance requires companies to apply a
modified retrospective approach with a cumulative catch-up adjustment to opening retained earnings in the period
of adoption. We adopted these provisions on October 1, 2018 and the adoption of these provisions did not have a
material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15 “Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments”,
which amends the guidance in ASC 230, “Statement of Cash Flows”. The ASU clarifies how entities should classify
certain cash receipts and cash payments on the statement of cash flows for the following transactions: debt
prepayment or extinguishment costs, settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with
coupon rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing, contingent consideration
payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from
the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance, distributions received from equity method investees and
beneficial interests in securitization transactions. The ASU also clarifies how the predominance principle should be
applied when cash receipts and cash payments have aspects of more than one class of cash flows. We adopted
the provisions of this ASU on October 1, 2018 on a retrospective basis. The adoption resulted in change in
classification of proceeds received for beneficial
transferring trade receivables in
securitization transactions as investing activities instead of operating activities. This ASU will not have a material
effect on our consolidated financial statements on a prospective basis because the creation of beneficial interest
was eliminated under the terms of our New A/R Sales Agreement effective September 25, 2018.

interests obtained for

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, which is codified in ASC 606 “Revenue from Contracts with
Customers” and supersedes both the revenue recognition requirement in ASC 605 “Revenue Recognition” and
most industry-specific guidance. The core principle of ASC 606 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict
the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the
entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, an entity
should apply the five steps set forth in ASC 606. An entity must also disclose sufficient information to enable users
of financial statements to understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising
from contracts with customers, including qualitative and quantitative information about contracts with customers,
significant judgments and changes in judgments, and assets recognized from the costs to obtain or fulfill a
contract. These provisions can be implemented using a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach and
the FASB has clarified this guidance in various updates (e.g., ASU 2015-14, ASU 2016-08, ASU 2016-10, ASU
2016-12, ASU 2016-20 and ASU 2017-05).

We adopted the provisions of ASU 2014-09 on October 1, 2018. We manufacture certain products that have
no alternative use to us (since such products are made to specific customer orders), and we believe that for certain
customers we have a legally enforceable right
for performance completed to date on these
to payment
manufactured products, including a reasonable profit. Beginning in fiscal year 2019, for manufactured products
that meet these two criteria, the Company will recognize revenue “over time”. This results in (i) revenue recognition
prior to the date of shipment or title transfer for these products, and (ii) increases the contract asset (unbilled
receivables) balance with a corresponding reduction in finished goods inventory on our balance sheet. The
Company elected the modified retrospective implementation approach and estimates accelerating revenue of
approximately $175 million to $225 million. The transition adjustment related to this acceleration of revenue along
with the related costs of goods sold and income tax effect will be recorded in the opening balance sheet within
retained earnings.

The Company has also identified and implemented changes to our accounting policies and practices, business
processes, systems and designed and implemented specific controls over our evaluation of the impact of the new
guidance on the Company upon adoption, and on an ongoing basis, including disclosure requirements and the
collection of relevant data into the reporting process. While we are substantially complete with the process of
quantifying the impacts that will result from applying the new standard, our assessment will be finalized during the
first quarter of fiscal 2019.

New Accounting Standards - Recently Issued

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15 “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal-Use Software
(Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement

’

76

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

That Is a Service Contract.” The amendments in this ASU align the requirements for capitalizing implementation
costs incurred in a hosting arrangement
is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing
implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include
an internal-use software license). The accounting for the service element of a hosting arrangement that is a service
contract is not affected by these amendments. The provisions may be adopted prospectively or retrospectively.
This ASU is effective for annual periods, including interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after
December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this ASU.

that

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-14 “Compensation – Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans
– General (Subtopic 715-20): Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans.” The
amendments in this ASU modify the disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or
other postretirement plans to remove disclosures that no longer are considered cost beneficial, clarify the specific
requirements of disclosures, and add disclosure requirements identified as relevant. These provisions will be
applied retrospectively. This ASU is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is
permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this ASU.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13 “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework
– Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement”tt . The guidance in this ASU eliminates
certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements for all entities, requires public entities to disclose
certain new information and modifies some disclosure requirements. Entities are no longer required to disclose the
amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy but require public
companies to disclose the range and weighted average used to develop significant unobservable inputs for Level 3
fair value measurements. Certain provisions are applied prospectively while others are applied retrospectively.
This ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15,
2019. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on our
consolidated financial statements.

In June 2018,

the FASB issued ASU 2018-07 “Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718):
Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting”. The amendments in this ASU expand the
scope of ASC 718, “Compensation – Stock Compensation” to include share-based payment transactions for
acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. An entity should apply the requirements of ASC 718 to
nonemployee awards, except for specific guidance on inputs to an option pricing model and the attribution of cost
(that is, the period of time over which share-based payment awards vest and the pattern of cost recognition over
that period). The amendments specify that ASC 718 applies to all share-based payment transactions in which a
grantor acquires goods or services to be used or consumed in a grantor’s own operations by issuing share-based
payment awards. The amendments also clarify that ASC 718 does not apply to share-based payments used to
effectively provide (i) financing to the issuer or (ii) awards granted in conjunction with selling goods or services to
customers as part of a contract accounted for under ASC 606. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2018, and early adoption is permitted but not earlier than our adoption of ASC 606. We do not
expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, “Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income
(Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income”. The
amendments in this update provide financial statement preparers with an option to reclassify stranded tax effects
within accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings in each period in which the effect of the
change in the Tax Act (or portion thereof) is recorded. The ASU requires financial statement preparers to disclose
(i) a description of the accounting policy for releasing income tax effects from accumulated other comprehensive
income; (ii) whether they elect to reclassify the stranded income tax effects from the Tax Act; and (iii) information
about the other income tax effects that are reclassified. The amendments affect any organization that is required to
apply the provisions of ASC 220, “Income Statement: Reporting Comprehensive Income”, and has items of other
comprehensive income for which the related tax effects are presented in other comprehensive income as required
by GAAP. The ASU is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and
early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this ASU.

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, “Derivatives and Hedging: Targeted Improvements to
Accounting for Hedging Activities”. The amendments in this ASU better align an entity’s risk management activities
and financial reporting for hedging relationships through changes to both the designation and measurement
guidance for qualifying hedging relationships and the presentation of hedge results. To meet that objective, the

77

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

amendments expand and refine hedge accounting for both nonfinancial and financial risk components and align
the recognition and presentation of the effects of the hedging instrument and the hedged item in the financial
statements. The amendments in this ASU also make certain targeted improvements to simplify the application of
hedge accounting guidance and ease the administrative burden of hedge documentation requirements and
assessing hedge effectiveness. These provisions are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019
(October 1, 2020 for us), including interim periods within those fiscal years, and should be applied prospectively.
Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this ASU but do not expect this ASU to have
a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment”tt , which
amends the guidance in ASC 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other”. The ASU eliminates the requirement to
calculate the implied fair value of goodwill to measure a goodwill impairment charge. Instead, entities will record an
impairment charge based on the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value. The ASU is
effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed in periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early
adoption is permitted for annual and interim goodwill impairment testing dates after January 1, 2017. The ASU will
be applied prospectively upon adoption. We currently do not expect that the adoption of these provisions will have
a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13 “Financial Instruments – Credit losses: Measurement of Credit
Losses on Financial Instruments”, which amends certain provisions of ASC 326, “Financial Instruments-Credit
Loss”. The ASU changes the impairment model for most financial assets and certain other instruments. For trade
and other receivables, held to maturity debt securities, loans and other instruments, entities will be required to use
a new forward-looking “expected loss” model that generally will result in the earlier recognition of allowances for
losses. For available for sale debt securities with unrealized losses, entities will be required to measure credit
losses in a manner similar to what they do today, except that losses will be recognized as allowances rather than
reductions in the amortized cost of the securities. Additionally, entities will have to disclose significantly more
information with respect to credit quality indicators, including information used to track credit quality by year or
origination for most financing receivables. The ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after
December 15, 2019 (October 1, 2020 for us), including interim periods within those annual periods, and will be
applied as a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period for
which the guidance is effective. We currently do not expect that the adoption of these provisions will have a
material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 “Leases”, which is codified in ASC 842 “Leases” and
supersedes current lease guidance in ASC 840. These provisions require lessees to put a right-of-use asset and
lease liability on their balance sheet for operating and financing leases that have a term of more than one year.
Expense will be recognized in the income statement similar to current accounting guidance. For lessors, the ASU
modifies the classification criteria and the accounting for sales-type and direct financing leases. Entities will need
to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about their leases, including characteristics and amounts
recognized in the financial statements. These provisions are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. Prior to the FASB issuing ASU
2018-11 “Leases”, entities were required to use a modified retrospective approach upon adoption to recognize and
measure leases at the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. In July
2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, which provides entities the option to initially apply ASU 2016-02 at the
adoption date and recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the
period of adoption. Consequently, the comparative periods presented in the financial statements would continue to
be in accordance with current GAAP. While we have not completed our assessment, we expect that the adoption
of ASC 842 as of October 1, 2019 will result in recording additional assets and liabilities not previously reflected on
our consolidated balance sheets, but we do not expect the adoption to have a significant impact on the recognition,
measurement, or presentation of lease expenses within the consolidated statements of income or the consolidated
statements of cash flows.

Note 2. Mergers, Acquisitions and Investment

We account for acquisitions in accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations”. The estimated fair values
of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed in acquisitions are provisional and may be revised as a result of
additional information obtained during the measurement period of up to one year from the acquisition date. No

78

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

changes in fiscal 2018 to our fiscal 2017 provisional fair value estimates of assets and liabilities assumed in
acquisitions have been significant.

Schlüter Acquisition

On September 4, 2018, we completed the Schlüter Acquisition to further enhance our pharmaceutical and
automotive platform and expand our geographical footprint in Europe to better serve our customers. In connection
with the Schlüter Acquisition, we paid cash of $51.4 million. The purchase consideration included the assumption
of $7.5 million of debt. We have included the financial results of the acquired operations in our Consumer
Packaging segment since the date of the acquisition.

The preliminary allocation of consideration primarily included $9.1 million of customer relationship intangible
assets, $23.8 million of goodwill, $27.5 million of property, plant and equipment and $21.5 million of liabilities
including deferred taxes and the aforementioned debt. We are amortizing the customer relationship intangibles
over 10.5 years based on a straight-line basis because the amortization pattern was not reliably determinable. The
fair value assigned to goodwill
is primarily attributable to buyer-specific synergies expected to arise after the
acquisition (e.g., enhanced reach of the combined organization and other synergies), and the assembled work
force, as well as due to establishing deferred taxes for the difference between book and tax basis of the assets and
liabilities acquired. The goodwill and intangibles are not amortizable for income tax purposes. We are in the
process of reviewing the estimated fair values of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including, among
other things, obtaining final third-party valuations of certain tangible and intangible assets, as well as the fair value
of certain contracts and the determination of certain tax balances; thus, the allocation of the purchase price is
preliminary and subject to revision.

Plymouth Packaging Acquisition

On January 5, 2018, we completed the Plymouth Packaging Acquisition to further enhance our platform and
drive differentiation and innovation. Plymouth’s “Box on Demand” systems are located on customers’ sites under
multi-year exclusive agreements and use fanfold corrugated to produce custom, on-demand corrugated packaging
that is accurately sized for any product type according to the customers’ specifications. We have fully integrated
the approximately 60,000 tons of containerboard used by Plymouth annually. The estimated purchase price of
$201.9 million, net of cash received of $3.1 million, is subject to an estimated payment of $25.1 million consisting of
a deferred payment and a tax make-whole payment related to stepping up the assets for tax purposes. We expect
the payment to be made in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. We have included the financial results of the acquired
assets in our Corrugated Packaging segment since the date of the acquisition.

The preliminary allocation of consideration primarily included $61.9 million of customer relationship intangible
assets, $58.7 million of goodwill, $35.2 million of property, plant and equipment, $26.2 million of other long-term
assets consisting of assets leased to customers and equity method investments, and $12.6 million of liabilities. We
are amortizing the customer relationship intangibles over 13.0 years based on a straight-line basis because the
amortization pattern was not reliably determinable. The fair value assigned to goodwill is primarily attributable to
buyer-specific synergies expected to arise after the acquisition (e.g., enhanced reach of the combined organization
and other synergies), and the assembled work force, as well as due to establishing deferred taxes for the
difference between book and tax basis of the assets and liabilities acquired. The goodwill and intangibles are
amortizable for income tax purposes. We are in the process of reviewing the estimated fair values of all assets
acquired and liabilities assumed, including, among other things, obtaining final third-party valuations of certain
tangible and intangible assets, as well as the fair value of certain contracts and the determination of certain tax
balances; thus, the allocation of the purchase price is preliminary and subject to revision.

Grupo Gondi Investment

On April 1, 2016, we completed the formation of a joint venture with Grupo Gondi in Mexico. We contributed
$175.0 million in cash and the stock of an entity that owns three corrugated packaging facilities in Mexico in return
for a 25.0% ownership interest in the joint venture together with future put and call rights. The investment was
valued at approximately $0.3 billion. The majority equity holders manage the joint venture and we provide technical
and commercial resources and supply certain paperboard to the joint venture. We believe the joint venture is
helping to grow our presence in the attractive Mexican market. The joint venture operates paper machines,
corrugated packaging and high graphic folding carton facilities across various production sites. As a result of the

79

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

transaction, we recorded a pre-tax non-cash gain of $12.1 million included in “Other income, net” on our
consolidated statements of operations in fiscal 2016. We have included the financial results of the joint venture in
our Corrugated Packaging segment since the date of the formation, and are accounting for the investment under
the equity method. On October 20, 2017, we increased our ownership interest in Grupo Gondi from 27.0% to
32.3% through a $108 million capital contribution, which followed the joint venture entity having a stock redemption
from a minority partner in April 2017 that increased our ownership interest to approximately 27.0%. The October
2017 capital contribution is being used to support the joint venture’s capital expansion plans, which include a
containerboard mill and several converting plants. The agreement governing our investment in Grupo Gondi
continues to include future put and call rights with respect to the respective parties’ ownership interest in the joint
venture.

Hannapak Acquisition

On August 1, 2017, we completed the Hannapak Acquisition in a stock purchase. Hanna Group is one of
Australia’s leading providers of folding cartons to a variety of markets, including beverage, food, confectionery, and
healthcare. We expect this acquisition will build on our established and growing packaging business in the region.
The purchase consideration for the Hannapak Acquisition was $61.4 million, net of cash received of $0.6 million.
We have included the financial results of the acquired operations since the date of the acquisition in our Consumer
Packaging segment.

The allocation of consideration primarily included $22.2 million of customer relationship intangible assets,
$25.3 million of goodwill, $9.8 million of property, plant and equipment and $13.9 million of liabilities including
deferred taxes. We are amortizing the customer relationship intangibles over 13 years based on a straight-line
is
basis because the amortization pattern was not reliably determinable. The fair value assigned to goodwill
primarily attributable to buyer-specific synergies expected to arise after the acquisition (e.g., enhanced reach of the
combined organization and other synergies), and the assembled work force, as well as due to establishing
deferred taxes for the difference between book and tax basis of the assets and liabilities acquired. The goodwill
and intangibles are not amortizable for income tax purposes.

Island Container Acquisition

On July 17, 2017, we completed the Island Container Acquisition in an asset purchase. The assets acquired
include a corrugator and corrugated converting operations located in Wheatley Heights, New York, and certain
related fulfillment assets located in Saddle Brook, New Jersey. We have substantially completed the integration of
the 80,000 tons of containerboard used by Island annually. The purchase consideration for the Island Container
Acquisition was $84.7 million, including a working capital settlement of $1.2 million paid in fiscal 2018. We have
included the financial results of the acquired assets since the date of the acquisition in our Corrugated Packaging
segment.

The allocation of consideration primarily included $43.0 million of customer relationship intangible assets,
$27.2 million of goodwill, $5.4 million of property, plant and equipment and $0.8 million of liabilities. We are
amortizing the customer relationship intangibles over 8.5 years based on a straight-line basis because the
amortization pattern was not reliably determinable. The fair value assigned to goodwill is primarily attributable to
buyer-specific synergies expected to arise after the acquisition (e.g., enhanced reach of the combined organization
and other synergies), and the assembled work force. The goodwill and intangibles are amortizable for income tax
purposes.

80

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

U.S. Corrugated Acquisition

On June 9, 2017, we completed the U.S. Corrugated Acquisition in a stock purchase. We acquired five
corrugated converting facilities in Ohio, Pennsylvania and Louisiana that provide a comprehensive suite of
products and services to customers in a variety of end markets, including food & beverage, pharmaceuticals and
consumer electronics. At the time of the transaction, we expected the acquisition to provide us the opportunity to
increase the vertical
integration of our Corrugated Packaging segment by approximately 105,000 tons of
containerboard annually through the acquired facilities and another 50,000 tons under a long-term supply contract
with another company owned by the seller, and we have since completed the integration of these tons.

The purchase consideration was $193.7 million, net of cash received of $1.4 million and a $3.4 million working
capital settlement received in fiscal 2018. The consideration included the issuance of 2.4 million shares of
Common Stock valued at $136.1 million. We have included the financial results of U.S. Corrugated since the date
of the acquisition in our Corrugated Packaging segment.

The allocation of consideration primarily included $77.8 million of customer relationship intangible assets,
$110.5 million of goodwill, $30.0 million of property, plant and equipment and $55.5 million of liabilities, including
deferred income taxes. We are amortizing the customer relationship intangibles over 7.5 years based on a straight-
line basis because the amortization pattern was not reliably determinable. The fair value assigned to goodwill is
primarily attributable to buyer-specific synergies expected to arise after the acquisition (e.g., enhanced reach of the
combined organization and other synergies), and the assembled work force, as well as due to establishing
deferred taxes for the difference between book and tax basis of the assets and liabilities acquired. The goodwill
and intangibles are not amortizable for income tax purposes.

MPS Acquisition

On June 6, 2017, we completed the MPS Acquisition in a stock purchase. MPS is a global provider of print-
based specialty packaging solutions and its differentiated product offering includes premium folding cartons,
inserts, labels and rigid packaging. We acquired the outstanding shares of MPS for $18.00 per share in cash and
the assumption of debt. We believe the acquisition will
increase our annual paperboard consumption by
approximately 225,000 tons. We are well underway, and we currently expect approximately 100,000 tons to be
We are well underway, and w
supplied by us by the first half of fiscal 2019.

In connection with the MPS Acquisition, we paid cash of $1,351.1 million, net of cash received of $47.5 million.
The purchase consideration included the assumption of $929.1 million of debt and $1.9 million related to MPS
equity awards that were replaced with WestRock equity awards with identical terms for the pre-acquisition service.
The amount related to post-acquisition service is being expensed over the remaining service period of the awards.
See “Note 20. Share-Based Compensation” for additional
information on the converted awards. We have
included the financial results of MPS since the date of the acquisition in our Consumer Packaging segment.

The allocation of consideration primarily included $1,026.4 million of intangible assets, $900.9 million of
goodwill, $469.9 million of property, plant and equipment and $1,561.6 million of liabilities and noncontrolling
interests, including debt and deferred income taxes. The fair value assigned to goodwill is primarily attributable to
buyer-specific synergies expected to arise after the acquisition (e.g., enhanced reach of the combined organization
and other synergies), the assembled work force, as well as due to establishing deferred taxes for the difference
between book and tax basis of the assets and liabilities acquired. The goodwill and intangibles are not amortizable
for income tax purposes.

81

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table summarizes the weighted average life and the allocation to intangible assets recognized in

the MPS Acquisition, excluding goodwill (in millions):

Customer relationships
Trademarks and tradenames
Photo library
Total

Amounts
Recognized as
of
the Acquisition
Date

Weighted Avg.
Life

14.6
3.0
10.0
14.4

$

$

1,008.7
15.2
2.5
1,026.4

None of the intangibles has significant residual value. We are amortizing the customer relationship intangibles
over estimated useful lives ranging from 13 to 16 years based on a straight-line basis because the amortization
pattern was not reliably determinable.

Star Pizza Acquisition

On March 13, 2017, we completed the Star Pizza Acquisition. The transaction provided us with a leadership
position in the fast growing small-run pizza box market and increases our vertical integration. The purchase price
was $34.6 million, net of a $0.7 million working capital settlement. We have fully integrated the approximately
22,000 tons of containerboard used by Star Pizza annually. We have included the financial results of the acquired
assets since the date of the acquisition in our Corrugated Packaging segment.

The purchase price allocation for the acquisition primarily included $24.8 million of customer relationship
intangible assets and $2.2 million of goodwill. We are amortizing the customer relationship intangibles over 10
years based on a straight-line basis because the amortization pattern was not reliably determinable. The fair value
assigned to goodwill is primarily attributable to buyer-specific synergies expected to arise after the acquisition (e.g.,
enhanced reach of the combined organization and other synergies), and the assembled work force. The goodwill
and intangibles are amortizable for income tax purposes.

Packaging Acquisition

On January 19, 2016, we completed the Packaging Acquisition. The entities acquired provide value-added
folding carton and litho-laminated display packaging solutions. The purchase price was $94.1 million, net of cash
received of $1.7 million, a working capital settlement and a $3.5 million escrow receipt in the first quarter of fiscal
2017. The transaction is subject to an election under Section 338(h)(10) of the Code that increases the U.S. tax
basis in the acquired U.S. entities. We believe the transaction has provided us with attractive and complementary
customers, markets and facilities. We have included the financial results of the acquired entities since the date of
the acquisition in our Consumer Packaging segment.

The purchase price allocation for the acquisition primarily included $55.0 million of property, plant and
equipment, $10.5 million of customer relationship intangible assets, $9.3 million of goodwill and $25.8 million of
liabilities, including $1.3 million of debt. We are amortizing the customer relationship intangibles over estimated
useful lives ranging from 9 to 15 years based on a straight-line basis because the amortization pattern was not
reliably determinable. The fair value assigned to goodwill
is primarily attributable to buyer-specific synergies
expected to arise after the acquisition (e.g., enhanced reach of the combined organization and other synergies),
and the assembled work force. The goodwill and intangibles of the U.S. entities are amortizable for income tax
purposes.

SP Fiber

On October 1, 2015, we completed the SP Fiber Acquisition in a stock purchase. The transaction included the
acquisition of mills located in Dublin, GA and Newberg, OR, which produce lightweight recycled containerboard
and kraft and bag paper. The Newberg mill also produced newsprint. As part of the transaction, we also acquired
SP Fiber's 48% interest in GPS. GPS is a joint venture providing steam to the Dublin mill and electricity to Georgia
Power. The purchase price was $278.8 million, net of cash received of $9.2 million and a working capital

82

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

settlement. In addition, we paid $36.5 million for debt owed by GPS and thereby own the majority of the debt
issued by GPS.

The Dublin mill has helped balance the fiber mix of our mill system, including our ability to serve the increasing
demand for lighter weight containerboard, and the addition of kraft and bag paper has diversified our product
offering. Subsequent to the transaction, we announced the permanent closure of the Newberg mill due to the
decline in market conditions of the newsprint business and our need to balance supply and demand in our
containerboard system. We determined GPS should be consolidated as a variable interest entity under ASC 810
“Consolidation”. Our evaluation concluded that WestRock is the primary beneficiary of GPS as WestRock has both
the power and benefits as defined by ASC 810. We have included the financial results of SP Fiber and GPS since
the date of the acquisition in our Corrugated Packaging segment.

The purchase price allocation for the acquisition primarily included $324.8 million of property, plant and
equipment, $13.5 million of customer relationship intangible assets, $57.3 million of goodwill, and $150.3 million of
liabilities and noncontrolling interests, including $13.7 million of debt primarily owed by GPS to third parties. We are
amortizing the customer relationship intangibles over 20 years based on a straight-line basis because the
amortization pattern was not reliably determinable. The fair value assigned to goodwill is primarily attributable to
buyer-specific synergies expected to arise after the acquisition (e.g., enhanced reach of the combined organization
and other synergies), the assembled work force of SP Fiber as well as due to establishing deferred taxes for the
difference between the book to tax basis of the assets and liabilities acquired. The goodwill and intangibles are not
amortizable for income tax purposes.

Note 3.

Restructuring and Other Costs

Summary of Restructuring and Other Initiatives

We recorded pre-tax restructuring and other costs of $105.4 million, $196.7 million and $366.4 million for fiscal
2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Of these costs, $27.0 million, $86.6 million and $200.2 million were non-cash
for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These amounts are not comparable since the timing and scope of the
individual actions associated with each restructuring, acquisition, divestiture or integration vary. The restructuring
and other costs exclude the Specialty Chemicals costs which are included in discontinued operations in fiscal
2016. We present our restructuring and other costs in more detail below and those charged to discontinued
operations in “Note 7. Discontinued Operations”.

The following table summarizes our Restructuring and other costs for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 (in millions):

Restructuring
Other

Restructuring and Other Costs

Restructuring

2018

2017

2016

$

$

39.5
65.9
105.4

$

$

113.4
83.3
196.7

$

$

294.9
71.5
366.4

Our restructuring charges are primarily associated with costs of plant closures and employee costs due to
merger and acquisition-related workforce reductions. When we close a facility, if necessary, we recognize a write-
down to reduce the carrying value of equipment or other property to their estimated fair value less cost to sell, and
record charges for severance and other employee-related costs. Any subsequent change in fair value less cost to
sell prior to disposition is recognized as identified; however, no gain is recognized in excess of the cumulative loss
previously recorded unless the actual selling price exceeds the original carrying value when sold. At the time of
each announced closure, we generally expect to record future period costs for equipment relocation, facility
carrying costs, costs to terminate a lease or contract before the end of its term and employee-related costs.

Although specific circumstances vary, our strategy has generally been to consolidate our sales and operations
into large well-equipped plants that operate at high utilization rates and take advantage of available capacity
created by operational excellence initiatives and/or further optimize our system following mergers and acquisitions
or a changing business environment. Therefore, we have transferred a substantial portion of each closed plant’s
assets and production to our other plants. We believe these actions have allowed us to more effectively manage
our business. In our Land and Development segment, the restructuring charges primarily consisted of severance

83

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

and other employee costs associated with the accelerated monetization strategy and wind-down of operations and
lease costs.

While restructuring costs are not charged to our segments and, therefore, do not reduce segment income, we
highlight the segment to which the charges relate. The following table presents a summary of restructuring charges
related to active restructuring initiatives that we incurred during the last three fiscal years, the cumulative recorded
amount since we started the initiative, and our estimate of the total we expect to incur (in millions):

2018

2017

2016

Cumulative

Total
Expected

g

g g
Corrugated Packaging
Net property, plant and equipment costs
Severance and other employee costs
Equipment and inventory relocation costs
Facility carrying costs
Other costs

Restructuring total
Consumer Packagingg g
Net property, plant and equipment costs
Severance and other employee costs
Equipment and inventory relocation costs
Facility carrying costs
Other costs (1)

Restructuring total
Land and Development
Net property, plant and equipment costs
Severance and other employee costs
Other costs

p

Restructuring total
Corporate
p
Net property, plant and equipment costs
Severance and other employee costs
Other costs

Restructuring total

Total
Net property, plant and equipment costs
Severance and other employee costs
Equipment and inventory relocation costs
Facility carrying costs
Other costs

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

2.8 $
1.6
3.1
3.2
(0.1)
10.6 $

6.9 $
7.2
2.7
1.0
2.2

20.0 $

— $
0.3
3.0 $
3.3 $

— $
0.8
4.8
5.6 $

9.7 $
9.9
5.8
4.2
9.9

1.4 $
3.3
1.9
5.4
(1.2)
10.8 $

28.3 $
26.4
2.8
0.7
20.2
78.4 $

1.8 $
2.8
— $
4.6 $

184.5 $

17.4
0.3
18.9
9.1
230.2 $

3.8 $
4.6
1.1
0.5
—
10.0 $

— $

10.6
—
10.6 $

211.5 $

42.2
7.1
36.7
19.1

316.6 $

41.6 $
41.0
7.4
3.4
22.9

116.3 $

1.8 $

13.7
3.0

18.5 $

0.1 $

1.2 $

1.4 $

14.8
4.7

36.9
6.0

100.6
15.5

19.6 $

44.1 $

117.5 $

31.6 $
47.3
4.7
6.1
23.7

189.5 $

69.5
1.4
19.4
15.1

256.3 $
197.5
14.5
40.1
60.5

568.9 $

211.5
42.8
7.1
37.9
19.1
318.4

41.6
41.2
7.9
4.0
22.9
117.6

1.8
13.7
3.0
18.5

1.4
100.6
15.5
117.5

256.3
198.3
15.0
41.9
60.5
572.0

Restructuring total

$

39.5 $

113.4 $

294.9 $

(1)

Includes a $17.6 million impairment of a customer relationship intangible in fiscal 2017 related to an exited
product line.

We have defined “Net property, plant and equipment costs

” as used in this Note 3 as property, plant and
equipment write-downs, subsequent adjustments to fair value for assets classified as held for sale, subsequent
(gains) or losses on sales of property, plant and equipment and related parts and supplies on such assets, if any.

““

Other Costs

Our other costs consist of acquisition, integration and divestiture costs. We incur costs when we acquire or
divest businesses. Acquisition costs include costs associated with transactions, whether consummated or not,
such as advisory, legal, accounting, valuation and other professional or consulting fees, as well as potential
litigation costs associated with those activities. We incur integration costs pre- and post-acquisition that reflect
work being performed to facilitate merger and acquisition integration, such as work associated with information
systems and other projects including spending to support future acquisitions, and primarily consist of professional

84

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

services. Divestiture costs consist primarily of similar professional fees. The divestiture costs in fiscal 2017 were
primarily associated with costs incurred during the HH&B Sale process. We consider acquisition, integration and
divestiture costs to be Corporate costs regardless of the segment or segments involved in the transaction.

The following table presents our acquisition, divestiture and integration costs that we incurred during the last

three fiscal years (in millions):

AAcquisition costs
Integration costs
Divestiture costs
Other total

2018

2017

2016

$

$

38.2
27.4
0.3
65.9

$

$

27.1
46.4
9.8
83.3

$

$

8.9
62.1
0.5
71.5

The following table summarizes the changes in the restructuring accrual, which are primarily composed of
lease commitments, accrued severance and other employee costs, and a reconciliation of the restructuring accrual
charges to the line item “Restructuring and other costs” on our consolidated statements of operations for the last
three fiscal years (in millions):

2018

2017

2016

AAccrual at beginning of fiscal year
AAccruals acquired in acquisition
AAdditional accruals
Payments
AAdjustment to accruals
Foreign currency rate changes
AAccrual at end of fiscal year

$

$

47.4
—
16.5
(29.8)
(1.0)
(1.5)
31.6

$

$

44.8
3.5
63.2
(53.3)
(10.8)
—
47.4

Reconciliation of accruals and charges to restructuring and other costs (in millions):

AAdditional accruals and adjustments to accruals

(see table above)

AAcquisition costs
Integration costs
Divestiture costs
Net property, plant and equipment
Severance and other employee costs
Equipment and inventory relocation costs
Facility carrying costs
Other costs
Total restructuring and other costs, net

Note 4.

Retirement Plans

2018

2017

$

$

15.5
38.2
22.0
0.3
9.7
1.3
5.8
4.2
8.4
105.4

$

$

52.4
27.1
41.2
9.8
31.6
3.8
4.7
6.1
20.0
196.7

$

$

$

$

21.4
—
75.3
(51.9)
—
—
44.8

2016

75.3
8.9
59.8
0.5
189.5
11.5
1.4
19.5
—
366.4

We have defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans for certain U.S. and non-U.S.
employees. Certain plans were frozen for salaried and non-union hourly employees at various times in the past,
although some employees meeting certain criteria are still accruing benefits. In addition, we participate in several
MEPPs that provide retirement benefits to certain union employees in accordance with various collective
bargaining agreements. We also have supplemental executive retirement plans and other non-qualified defined
benefit pension plans that provide unfunded supplemental retirement benefits to certain of our current and former
executives. The supplemental executive retirement plans provide for incremental pension benefits in excess of
those offered in the Plan. The other postretirement benefit plans provide certain health care and life insurance
benefits for certain salaried and hourly employees who meet specified age and service requirements as defined by
the plans.

85

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The benefits under our defined benefit pension plans are based on either compensation or a combination of
years of service and negotiated benefit levels, depending upon the plan. We allocate our pension assets to several
investment management firms across a variety of investment styles. Our defined benefit Investment Committee
meets at least four times a year with our investment advisors to review each management firm’s performance and
monitors its compliance with its stated goals, our investment policy and applicable regulatory requirements in the
U.S., Canada, and other jurisdictions.

Investment returns vary. We believe that, by investing in a variety of asset classes and utilizing multiple
investment management firms, we can create a portfolio that yields adequate returns with reduced volatility. Our
qualified U.S. plans employ a liability matching strategy augmented with Treasury futures to generally fully hedge
against interest rate risk. After we consulted with our actuary and investment advisors, we adopted the target
allocations in the table that follows for our pension plans to produce the desired performance. These target
allocations are guidelines, not limitations, and occasionally plan fiduciaries will approve allocations above or below
target ranges or modify the allocations.

Target Allocations

Equity investments
Fixed income investments
Short-term investments
Other investments
Total

U.S. Plans

2018

2017

Non-U.S. Plans

2018

2017

15%
75%
1%
9%
100%

15%
70%
1%
14%
100%

22%
70%
1%
7%
100%

24%
65%
1%
10%
100%

Our asset allocations by asset category at September 30 were as follows:

Equity investments
Fixed income investments
Short-term investments
Other investments
Total

U.S. Plans

2018

2017

Non-U.S. Plans

2018

2017

14%
73%
3%
10%
100%

13%
73%
3%
11%
100%

23%
69%
2%
6%
100%

26%
64%
3%
7%
100%

We manage our retirement plans in accordance with the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (“ERISA”) as well as applicable
legislation in Canada and other foreign countries. Our investment policy objectives include maximizing long-term
returns at acceptable risk levels, diversifying among asset classes, as applicable, and among investment
managers, as well as establishing certain risk parameters within asset classes. We have allocated our investments
within the equity and fixed income asset classes to sub-asset classes designed to meet these objectives. In
addition, our other investments support multi-strategy objectives.

In developing our weighted average expected rate of return on plan assets, we consulted with our investment
advisors and evaluated criteria based on historical returns by asset class and long-term return expectations by
asset class. We use a September 30 measurement date. We expect to contribute approximately $22 million to our
U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans in fiscal 2019. However, it is possible that our assumptions or legislation may
change, actual market performance may vary or we may decide to contribute a different amount. Therefore, the
amount we contribute may vary materially. The expense for MEPPs for collective bargaining employees generally
equals the contributions for these plans, excluding estimated accruals for withdrawal liabilities.

86

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The weighted average assumptions used to measure the benefit plan obligations at September 30, were:

Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase

Pension Plans

2018

2017

U.S. Plans

Non-U.S.
Plans

U.S. Plans

Non-U.S.
Plans

4.50%
3.00%

3.42%
2.67%

4.09%
3.00%

3.26%
3.17%

We determine the discount rate with the assistance of actuaries. At September 30, 2018, the discount rate for
the U.S. pension plans was determined based on the yield on a theoretical portfolio of high-grade corporate bonds,
and the discount rate for the non-U.S. plans was determined based on a yield curve developed by our actuary. The
theoretical portfolio of high-grade corporate bonds used to select the September 30, 2018 discount rate for the
U.S. pension plans includes bonds generally rated Aa- or better with at least $100 million outstanding par value
and bonds that are non-callable (unless the bonds possess a “make whole” feature). The theoretical portfolio of
bonds has cash flows that generally match our expected benefit payments in future years.

Our assumption regarding the future rate of compensation increases is reviewed periodically and is based on

both our internal planning projections and recent history of actual compensation increases.

We typically review our expected long-term rate of return on plan assets periodically through an asset
allocation study with either our actuary or investment advisor. In fiscal 2019, our expected rate of return used to
determine net periodic benefit cost is 6.50% for our U.S. plans and 4.69% for our non-U.S. plans. Our expected
rates of return in fiscal 2019 are based on an analysis of our long-term expected rate of return and our current
asset allocation.

the unamortized net actuarial

During the second quarter of fiscal 2017, our year-to-date lump sum payments to certain beneficiaries of the
Plan, together with several one-time severance benefit payments out of the Plan, triggered pension settlement
accounting and a remeasurement of the Plan as of February 28, 2017. As a result of settlement accounting, we
recognized as a current period expense a pro-rata portion of
loss, after
remeasurement, and recorded a $28.7 million non-cash charge to our earnings in the second quarter of 2017. The
lump sum payments were to certain eligible former employees who were not currently receiving a monthly benefit.
Eligible former employees whose present value of future pension benefits exceeded a certain minimum threshold
had the option to either voluntarily accept lump sum payments or to not accept the offer and continue to be entitled
to their monthly benefit upon retirement. Lump sum and one-time severance benefits payments of $203.7 million
were made out of existing assets of the Plan in the first half of fiscal 2017. The discount rate used in the plan
remeasurement was 4.49%, an increase from 4.04% for the Plan at September 30, 2016. The expected long-term
rate of return on plan assets was unchanged. As a result of the February 28, 2017 remeasurement, the funded
status of the Plan increased by $73.2 million as compared to September 30, 2016. The increase in the funded
status was primarily due to a reduction in the plan obligations due to the increase in the discount rate. In the
second half of fiscal 2017, we made $ 27.1 million in lump sum payments to certain beneficiaries of the Plan,
resulting in total fiscal 2017 lump sum payments of $230.8 million and a total fiscal 2017 non-cash charge to our
earnings of $32.6 million.

On September 21, 2016, we used plan assets to settle $2.5 billion in pension obligations of the Plan by
purchasing group annuity contracts from Prudential. This transaction transferred payment responsibility to
Prudential for retirement benefits owed to approximately 35,000 U.S. retirees and their beneficiaries. As a result of
the transaction, we recorded a non-cash charge of $370.7 million pre-tax. The settlement reduced our overall U.S.
pension obligations and assets by approximately 40%. The monthly retirement benefit payment amounts currently
received by retirees and their beneficiaries did not change as a result of this transaction. Those Plan participants
not included in the transaction remain in the Plan, and responsibility for payment of the retirement benefits remains
with us.

In October 2014, we entered into a master agreement with the USW that applied to substantially all of our
legacy RockTenn facilities represented by the USW at that time. The agreement has a six year term and covers a
number of specific items, including wages, medical coverage and certain other benefit programs, substance abuse

87

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

testing and successorship. Individual facilities will continue to have local agreements for subjects not covered by
the master agreement and those agreements will continue to have staggered terms.

The following table shows the changes in benefit obligation and plan assets, and the plan’s funded status for

the years ended September 30 (in millions):

Change in projected benefit obligation:

p j

g

g

Service cost
Interest cost
AAmendments
AActuarial gain
Plan participant contributions
Special termination benefits
Benefits paid
Business combinations
Curtailments
Settlements
Foreign currency rate changes
Other adjustments
Business divestitures
Benefit obligation at end of fiscal year

p
Change in plan assets:

g

AActual (loss) gain on plan assets
Employer contributions
Plan participant contributions
Benefits paid
Business combinations
Settlements
Business divestitures
Foreign currency rate changes
Other adjustments
Fair value of plan assets at end of fiscal year
Funded status

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet:

g

Other current liability
AAccrued pension and other long-term benefits
Over (under) funded status at end of fiscal year

Pension Plans

2018

2017

U.S. Plans

Non-U.S.
Plans

U.S. Plans

Non-U.S.
Plans

$

$

$

$
$

$

$

3,941.9
36.7
157.7
9.3
(186.8)
—
—
(175.3)
—
—
—
—
—
—
3,783.5

4,107.9
(24.9)
13.5
—
(175.3)
—
—
—
—
—
3,921.2
137.7

305.7
(10.1)
(157.9)
137.7

$

$

$

$
$

$

$

1,502.2
8.0
46.9
—
(90.3)
2.5
—
(82.8)
3.5
(0.7)
(5.5)
(43.6)
—
—
1,340.2

1,414.7
39.9
24.2
2.5
(82.8)
0.7
(5.5)
—
(43.5)
—
1,350.2
10.0

114.3
(0.9)
(103.4)
10.0

$

$

$

$
$

$

$

4,231.7
38.0
165.2
3.5
(149.1)
—
12.5
(141.4)
—
—
(229.3)
—
10.8
—
3,941.9

4,301.5
104.2
15.3
—
(141.4)
—
(229.3)
—
—
57.6
4,107.9
166.0

340.4
(9.3)
(165.1)
166.0

$

$

$

$
$

$

$

925.2
7.1
32.6
—
(57.6)
1.7
—
(65.1)
621.0
—
(0.4)
65.1
—
(27.4)
1,502.2

774.1
2.4
19.2
1.7
(65.1)
622.1
(0.4)
(0.7)
61.4
—
1,414.7
(87.5)

27.6
(0.8)
(114.3)
(87.5)

Although the U.S. pension plans were in a net over funded position at September 30, 2018, certain U.S. plans
have benefit obligations in excess of plan assets. These plans, that consist primarily of non-qualified plans, have
aggregate projected benefit obligations of $197.0 million, aggregate accumulated benefit obligations of $195.3
million, and aggregate fair value of plan assets of $29.5 million at September 30, 2018.

The accumulated benefit obligation of U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans was $5,081.3 million and $5,390.7

million at September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

88

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The pre-tax amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss at September 30 not yet recognized as

components of net periodic pension cost, including noncontrolling interest, consist of (in millions):

Net actuarial loss
Prior service cost
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss

Pension Plans

2018

2017

U.S. Plans
631.2
$
32.3
663.5

$

Non-U.S.
Plans

$

$

105.6
0.3
105.9

U.S. Plans
547.3
$
27.6
574.9

$

Non-U.S.
Plans

$

$

173.9
0.4
174.3

The pre-tax amounts recognized in other comprehensive (income) loss, including noncontrolling interest, are

as follows at September 30 (in millions):

Net actuarial loss (gain) arising during period
AAmortization and settlement recognition of net actuarial loss
Prior service cost arising during period
AAmortization of prior service cost
Net other comprehensive loss (income) recognized

$

$

38.7
(20.6)
9.3
(4.7)
22.7

$

$

(48.8) $
(57.7)
3.4
(4.1)
(107.2) $

355.4
(381.6)
1.5
(3.9)
(28.6)

2018

Pension Plans
2017

2016

The net periodic pension cost recognized in the consolidated statements of operations is comprised of the

following for fiscal years ended (in millions):

Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
AAmortization of net actuarial loss
AAmortization of prior service cost
Curtailment gain
Settlement (gain) loss
Special termination benefits

Company defined benefit plan (income) expense

Multiemployer and other plans
Net pension (income) cost

2018

Pension Plans
2017

2016

$

$

$

44.8
204.6
(328.4)
21.2
4.7
(0.6)
(0.5)
—
(54.2)
1.4
(52.8) $

45.1
197.8
(313.1)
25.4
4.1
—
32.7
12.5
4.5
4.7
9.2

$

$

51.4
310.3
(412.3)
11.0
3.9
(1.6)
370.7
18.4
351.8
5.8
357.6

The Multiemployer and other plans line in the table above excludes the estimated withdrawal liabilities recorded
in fiscal 2018. For additional information, see “Note 4. Retirement Plans — Multiemployer Plans”. The fiscal
2017 and 2016 special termination benefits were recorded to restructuring in connection with the Combination, and
are excluded from the calculation of pension funding more than expense.

Weighted-average assumptions used in the calculation of benefit plan expense for fiscal years ended:

Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase
Expected long-term rate of return on

plan assets

2018

Pension Plans
2017

2016

U.S.
Plans

Non-U.S.
Plans

U.S.
Plans

Non-U.S.
Plans

U.S.
Plans

Non-U.S.
Plans

4.09%
3.00%

3.26%
2.65%

4.30%
3.00%

3.08%
3.09%

4.70%
2.50%

3.89%
3.10%

6.50%

4.98%

6.50%

6.03%

5.88%

6.34%

89

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

In fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, for our U.S. pension and postretirement plans, we considered the mortality
tables from the Society of Actuaries and evaluated our mortality experience to establish mortality
assumptions. Based on our experience and in consultation with our actuaries, we utilized the base RP-2014
mortality tables with a gender and job classification specific increase, and applied an improvement scale with
generational improvements that is generally based on Social Security Administration analysis and assumptions.
The increases for fiscal 2018 were 10% for white collar males, 14% for blue collar males, 11% for white collar
females, and 10% for blue collar females. The increases for fiscal 2017 were 9% for white collar males, 12% for
blue collar males, 11% for white collar females, and 9% for blue collar females. The increases for fiscal 2016 were
6% for white collar males, 10% for blue collar males, 12% for white collar females, and 19% for blue collar females.
In fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 our Canadian pension and postretirement plans utilized the 2014 Private Sector
Canadian Pensioners Mortality Table adjusted to reflect
industry and our mortality experience and applied
Canadian Pensioner’s Mortality Improvement Scale B with generational improvements.

The estimated losses that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic

benefit cost in fiscal 2019 are as follows (in millions):

AActuarial loss
Prior service cost
Total

Pension Plans

U.S. Plans

$

$

22.7
5.2
27.9

Non-U.S. Plans
5.3
$
0.1
5.4

$

Our projected estimated benefit payments (unaudited), which reflect expected future service, as appropriate,

are as follows (in millions):

Fiscal 2019
Fiscal 2020
Fiscal 2021
Fiscal 2022
Fiscal 2023
Fiscal Years 2024 – 2028

Pension Plans

U.S. Plans

209.1
218.6
223.0
231.7
218.5
1,168.9

$
$
$
$
$
$

Non-U.S. Plans
80.1
$
80.9
$
79.8
$
80.0
$
80.2
$
398.9
$

90

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table summarizes our pension plan assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis (at least

annually) as of September 30, 2018 (in millions):

Equity securities:
U.S. equities (1)
Non-U.S. equities (1)
Fixed income securities:

U.S. government securities (2)
Non-U.S. government securities (3)
U.S. corporate bonds (3)
Non-U.S. corporate bonds (3)
Other fixed income (4)
Short-term investments (5)
Benefit plan assets measured in the fair value hierarchy
AAssets measured at NAV (6)
Total benefit plan assets

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets (Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)

Total

$

$

$

$

165.5
8.2

$

165.5
8.2

435.8
127.5
1,493.6
380.8
319.4
149.0
3,079.8
2,191.6
5,271.4

$

—
—
108.4
49.3
—
149.0
480.4

$

—
—

435.8
127.5
1,385.2
331.5
319.4
—
2,599.4

The following table summarizes our pension plan assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis (at least

annually) as of September 30, 2017 (in millions):

Equity securities:
U.S. equities (1)
Non-U.S. equities (1)
Fixed income securities:

U.S. government securities (2)
Non-U.S. government securities (3)
U.S. corporate bonds (3)
Non-U.S. corporate bonds (3)
Mortgage-backed securities (3)
Other fixed income (4)
Short-term investments (5)
Benefit plan assets measured in the fair value hierarchy
AAssets measured at NAV (6)
Total benefit plan assets

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets (Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)

Total

$

$

$

$

136.7
40.0

$

136.6
40.0

452.0
130.0
1,515.4
373.7
0.1
311.4
184.6
3,143.9
2,378.7
5,522.6

$

—
—
92.3
51.1
—
—
184.6
504.6

$

0.1
—

452.0
130.0
1,423.1
322.6
0.1
311.4
—
2,639.3

(1) Equity securities are comprised of the following investment types: (i) common stock, (ii) preferred stock and (iii) equity
exchange traded funds. Level 1 investments in common and preferred stocks and exchange traded funds are valued using
quoted market prices multiplied by the number of shares owned.

(2) U.S. government securities include treasury and agency debt. These investments are valued using broker quotes in an

active market.

91

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(3) The level 1 non-U.S. government securities investment is an exchange traded fund valued using quoted market prices. The
level 1 U.S. corporate bonds category is primarily comprised of U.S. dollar denominated investment grade securities and
valued using quoted market prices. Level 2 investments are valued utilizing a market approach that includes various
valuation techniques and sources such as value generation models, broker quotes in active and non-active markets,
benchmark yields and securities, reported trades, issuer spreads, and/or other applicable reference data.

(4) Other fixed income is comprised of municipal and asset-backed securities. Investments are valued utilizing a market
approach that includes various valuation techniques and sources, such as broker quotes in active and non-active markets,
benchmark yields and securities, reported trades, issuer spreads and/or other applicable reference data.

(5) Short-term investments are valued at $1.00/unit, which approximates fair value. Amounts are generally invested in interest-

bearing accounts.

(6)

Investments that are measured at net asset value (“NAV”) (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient have not been
classified in the fair value hierarchy.

The following table summarizes assets measured at fair value based on NAV per share as a practical

expedient as of September 30, 2018 and 2017 (in millions):

,

September 30, 2018
p
Hedge funds (1)
Commingled funds, private equity, private real
estate

Fair value

Redemption
Frequency

Redemption
Notice Period

Unfunded
Commitments

$

47.9

Monthly

Up to 30 days $

—

investments, and equity related investments (2)

1,092.9

Monthly

Up to 60 days

Fixed income and fixed income related

instruments (3)

,

September 30, 2017
p
Hedge funds (1)
Commingled funds, private equity, private real
estate

1,050.8
2,191.6

Monthly

Up to 10 days

$

64.2

Quarterly

Up to 91 days $

$

$

investments, and equity related investments (2)

1,207.6

Monthly

Up to 60 days

Fixed income and fixed income related

instruments (3)

1,106.9
2,378.7

$

Monthly

Up to 10 days

$

75.3

—
75.3

—

98.8

—
98.8

(1) Hedge fund investments are primarily made through shares of limited partnerships or similar structures. Hedge funds are
typically valued monthly by third-party administrators that have been appointed by the funds’ general partners. Hedge
funds have been valued using NAV as a practical expedient.

(2) Commingled fund investments are valued at the net asset value per share multiplied by the number of shares held. The
determination of net asset value for the commingled funds includes market pricing of the underlying assets as well as
broker quotes and other valuation techniques. Commingled funds have been valued using NAV as a practical expedient.

(3) Fixed income and fixed income related instruments consist of commingled debt funds, which are valued at their net asset
value per share multiplied by the number of shares held. The determination of net asset value for the commingled funds
includes market pricing of the underlying assets as well as broker quotes and other valuation techniques. Commingled debt
funds have been valued using NAV as a practical expedient.

We maintain holdings in certain private equity partnerships and private real estate investments for which a
liquid secondary market does not exist. The private equity partnerships are commingled investments. Valuation
techniques, such as discounted cash flow and market based comparable analyses, are used to determine fair
value of the private equity investments. Unobservable inputs used for the discounted cash flow technique include
projected future cash flows and the discount rate used to calculate present value. Unobservable inputs used for the
market-based comparisons technique include earnings before interest,
taxes, depreciation and amortization
multiples in other comparable third-party transactions, price to earnings ratios, liquidity, current operating results,

92

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

as well as input from general partners and other pertinent information. Private equity investments have been
valued using NAV as a practical expedient.

Private real estate investments are commingled investments. Valuation techniques, such as discounted cash
flow and market based comparable analyses, are used to determine fair value of the private equity investments.
Unobservable inputs used for the discounted cash flow technique include projected future cash flows and the
discount rate used to calculate present value. Unobservable inputs used for the market-based comparison
technique include a combination of third party appraisals, replacement cost, and comparable market prices.
Private real estate investments have been valued using NAV as a practical expedient.

Equity-related investments are hedged equity investments in a commingled fund that consist primarily of equity
in the form of short term treasury

indexed investments which are hedged by options and also hold collateral
securities. Equity related investments have been valued using NAV as a practical expedient.

Postretirement Plans

The postretirement benefit plans provide certain health care and life insurance benefits for certain salaried and

hourly employees who meet specified age and service requirements as defined by the plans.

The weighted average assumptions used to measure the benefit plan obligations at September 30 were:

Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase

Postretirement plans

2018

2017

U.S.
Plans

Non-
U.S. Plans

U.S.
Plans

Non-
U.S. Plans

4.50%
N/A

6.61%
N/A

4.09%
N/A

6.51%
7.37%

93

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table shows the changes in benefit obligation and plan assets, and the plan’s funded status for

the fiscal years ended September 30 (in millions):

g

g

p j

Change in projected benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of fiscal year
Service cost
Interest cost
AAmendments
AActuarial (gain) loss
Benefits paid
Business combinations
Business divestitures
Curtailments
Foreign currency rate changes
Benefit obligation at end of fiscal year

p
Change in plan assets:

g

ue of plan assets at beginning of fiscal year

Employer contributions
Plan participant contributions
Benefits paid
Fair value of plan assets at end of fiscal year
Funded Status

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet:

g

AAccrued postretirement and other long-term benefits
Under funded status at end of fiscal year

Postretirement Plans

2018

2017

U.S.
Plans

Non-U.S.
Plans

U.S.
Plans

Non-U.S.
Plans

$

$

$

$
$

$

$

98.1
0.7
3.9
(1.4)
(2.5)
(7.8)
—
—
—
—
91.0

$

$

— $
7.8
—
(7.8)

— $
(91.0) $

68.1
0.8
4.0
—
(5.2)
(2.6)
—
—
(2.1)
(7.5)
55.5

$

$

90.7
0.1
3.3
(3.4)
14.1
(8.0)
1.3
—
—
—
98.1

$

$

— $
2.6
—
(2.6)

— $
8.0
—
(8.0)

— $
(55.5) $

— $
(98.1) $

(8.8) $

(82.2)
(91.0) $

(2.9) $

(52.6)
(55.5) $

(9.8) $

(88.3)
(98.1) $

62.6
0.8
4.1
(1.0)
0.4
(2.7)
2.0
(0.4)
(0.3)
2.6
68.1

—
2.7
—
(2.7)
—
(68.1)

(3.0)
(65.1)
(68.1)

The pre-tax amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss at September 30 not yet recognized as

components of net periodic postretirement cost, including noncontrolling interest, consist of (in millions):

Net actuarial (gain) loss
Prior service credit
Total accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss

$

$

(11.2) $
(11.3)
(22.5) $

(3.8) $
(1.0)
(4.8) $

(9.1) $

(13.9)
(23.0) $

4.2
(1.4)
2.8

Postretirement Plans

2018

2017

U.S.
Plans

Non-U.S.
Plans

U.S.
Plans

Non-U.S.
Plans

94

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The pre-tax amounts recognized in other comprehensive (income) loss, including noncontrolling interest, are

as follows at September 30 (in millions):

Net actuarial (gain) loss arising during period
AAmortization and settlement recognition of net actuarial (loss)

gain

Prior service credit arising during period
AAmortization or curtailment recognition of prior service credit
Net other comprehensive (income) loss recognized

$

$

2018

Postretirement Plans
2017

(9.7) $

14.7

$

2016

(0.3)
(1.5)
4.4
(7.1) $

1.3
(4.4)
4.5
16.1

$

(1.4)

1.9
(3.8)
2.1
(1.2)

The net periodic postretirement cost recognized in the consolidated statements of operations is comprised of

the following for fiscal years ended (in millions):

Service cost
Interest cost
AAmortization of net actuarial loss (gain)
AAmortization of prior service credit
Curtailment gain
Net postretirement cost

Postretirement Plans
2017

2016

2018

$

$

1.5
7.9
0.3
(4.4)
(0.1)
5.2

$

$

0.9
7.4
(1.3)
(4.5)
(0.3)
2.2

$

$

2.3
8.1
(2.0)
(2.1)
—
6.3

The assumed health care cost

trend rates used in measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit

obligation (“APBO”) are as follows at September 30, 2018:

U.S. Plans
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate

trend rate)

Year the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

Non-U.S. Plans
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate

trend rate)

Year the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

6.03%

4.43%
2037

5.51%

5.51%
2018

As of September 30, 2018, the effect of a 1% change in the assumed health care cost trend rate would
increase the APBO by approximately $7 million or decrease the APBO by approximately $6 million, and would
increase the annual net periodic postretirement benefit cost for fiscal 2018 by $0 million or decrease the annual net
periodic postretirement benefit cost for fiscal 2018 by approximately $1 million.

Weighted-average assumptions used in the calculation of benefit plan expense for fiscal years ended:

Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase
p

2018

Postretirement Plans
2017

2016

U.S.
Plans

Non-U.S.
Plans

U.S.
Plans

Non-U.S.
Plans

U.S.
Plans

Non-U.S.
Plans

4.09%
N/A

6.51%
7.37%

4.04%
N/A

6.64%
3.14%

4.70%
N/A

6.84%
3.10%

95

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The estimated gains that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic

benefit cost in fiscal 2019 are as follows (in millions):

Postretirement Plans

Actuarial gain
Actuarial gain
Prior service credit
Total

$

$

U.S. Plans

Non-U.S. Plans
(0.4)
(0.2)
(
((
(0.6))

(1.1) $
(2.6)
(
((
(3.7)) $

Our projected estimated benefit payments (unaudited), which reflect expected future service, as appropriate,

are as follows (in millions):

Fiscal 2019
Fiscal 2020
Fiscal 2021
Fiscal 2022
Fiscal 2023
Fiscal Years 2024 – 2028

Multiemployer Plans

Postretirement Plans

U.S. Plans

9.3
8.2
7.8
7.4
7.1
31.4

$
$
$
$
$
$

Non-U.S. Plans
2.9
$
3.0
$
3.1
$
3.2
$
3.3
$
19.1
$

We participate in several MEPPs that provide retirement benefits to certain union employees in accordance
with various CBAs. The risks of participating in MEPPs are different from the risks of participating in single-
employer pension plans. These risks include:

•

•

•

assets contributed to a MEPP by one employer are used to provide benefits to employees of all
participating employers,

if a participating employer withdraws from a MEPP, the unfunded obligations of the MEPP allocable to
such withdrawing employer may be borne by the remaining participating employers, and

if we withdraw from a MEPP, we may be required to pay that plan an amount based on our allocable share
of the unfunded vested benefits of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability, as well as a share of the
MEPP’s accumulated funding deficiency.

Our contributions to a particular MEPP are established by the applicable CBAs; however, our required
contributions may increase based on the funded status of a MEPP and legal requirements, such as those set forth
in the Pension Act, which requires substantially underfunded MEPPs to implement a FIP or a RP to improve their
funded status. Factors that could impact the funded status of a MEPP include, without limitation, investment
performance, changes in participant demographics, decline in the number of contributing employers, changes in
actuarial assumptions and the utilization of extended amortization provisions. We believe that certain of the
MEPPs in which we participate or have participated, including the PIUMPF, have material unfunded vested
benefits. The Pension Act established three categories, or “zones”, for the funded status of plans. Among other
factors, plans in the green zone are at least 80% funded and are designated as healthy, plans in the yellow zone
are greater than 65% but less than 80% funded and are designated as endangered and plans in the red zone are
generally less than 65% funded and are designated as critical or critical and declining. Each plan’s actuary must
certify the plan status annually. Several of the MEPPs in which we participate or have participated, including
PIUMPF, have been certified in the red zone for critical and declining. Our share of the contributions in PIUMPF
have exceeded 5% of total plan contributions in recent plan years.

A FIP or RP requires a particular MEPP to adopt measures to correct its underfunded status. These measures
may include, but are not limited to, an increase in our contribution rate from that provided in the applicable CBA, a
reallocation of the contributions already being made by participating employers for various benefits to individuals
participating in the MEPP, and/or a reduction in the benefits to be paid to future and/or current retirees. In addition,
the Pension Act requires that a 5% surcharge be levied on employer contributions for the first year commencing
shortly after the date the employer receives notice that the MEPP is certified in the red zone and a 10% surcharge
on each succeeding year until a CBA is in place with terms and conditions consistent with the RP. On January 1,
2016, the surcharge we paid for PIUMPF increased from 10% to 15%.

96

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

to include both a payment

In the normal course of business, we evaluate our potential exposure to MEPPs, including with respect to
potential withdrawal liabilities. During fiscal 2018, we submitted formal notification to withdraw from PIUMPF and
recorded an estimated withdrawal liability of $180.0 million. The estimated withdrawal liability assumes payment
over 20 years, discounted at a credit adjusted risk-free rate of 3.83%. We expect PIUMPF’s demand related to the
withdrawal
liability and for our proportionate share of PIUMPF’s
accumulated funding deficiency. We reserve the right to challenge any portion of the demand, including any portion
related to the accumulated funding deficiency. The estimated withdrawal
liability noted above excludes the
potential impact of a future mass withdrawal of other employers from PIUMPF, which is not considered probable or
reasonably estimable at this time. Due to the absence of specific information regarding matters such as PIUMPF’s
current financial situation, our estimate is subject to revision. In addition, in fiscal 2018, we submitted formal
notification to withdraw from Central States and recorded an estimated withdrawal liability of $4.2 million on a
discounted basis. It is reasonably possible that we may incur withdrawal liabilities with respect to certain other
MEPPs in connection with such withdrawals. Our estimate of any such withdrawal liability, both individually and in
the aggregate, is not material for the remaining plans in which we participate.

for withdrawal

At September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, we had withdrawal liabilities recorded of $247.8 million and
$60.1 million, respectively. In addition to the contributions presented in the table below, for fiscal 2018, 2017 and
2016 we accrued $6.0 million, $1.9 million and $2.1 million, respectively, related to withdrawal
liabilities. The
impact of future withdrawal liabilities, future funding obligations or increased contributions may be material to our
results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and the trading price of our Common Stock.

Approximately 43% of our employees are covered by CBAs or similar agreements, of which approximately 8%
are covered by CBAs or similar agreements that have expired and another 6% are covered by CBAs or similar
agreements that expire within one year.

The following table lists our participation in our multiemployer and other plans that are individually significant

for the years ended September 30 (in millions):

Pension Fund

EIN / Pensio
n
Plan Number

Pension Act
Zone Status
2017
2018

FIP / RP
Status
Pending /
Implemented

U.S. Multiemployer plans:
Pace Industry Union- Management

11-6166763 /

Pension Fund (2)

Other Funds (3)

Total Contributions:

001 Red

Red

Implemented $

$

Contributions (1)
2017

2016

2018

0.9
0.5
1.4

$

$

3.5
1.6
5.1

$

$

3.3
1.2
4.5

Surcharge
imposed?

Expiration
CBA

Yes

9/30/20 to
6/25/23

(1) Contributions represent the amounts contributed to the plan during the fiscal year.
(2) Our contributions for fiscal 2017 and 2016 exceeded 5% of total plan contributions. Although the plan data for fiscal 2018 is
not yet available, we do not expect to continue to exceed 5% of total plan contributions due to our submission of notification
to withdraw from PIUMPF.

(3) Two additional MEPPs in which we participate have been certified as critical and declining.

Defined Contribution Plans

We have 401(k) and other defined contribution plans that cover certain of our U.S., Canadian and other non-
U.S. salaried union and nonunion hourly employees, generally subject to an initial waiting period. The 401(k) and
to
other defined contribution plans permit participants to make contributions by salary reduction pursuant
Section 401(k) of the Code or the taxing authority in the jurisdiction in which they operate. Due primarily to
acquisitions, CBAs and other non-U.S. defined contribution programs, we have plans with varied terms. At
September 30, 2018, our contributions may be up to 7.5% for U.S. salaried and non-union hourly employees,
consisting of a match of up to 5% and an automatic employer contribution of 2.5%. Certain other employees who
receive accruals under a defined benefit pension plan, certain employees covered by CBAs and non-U.S. defined
contribution programs receive generally up to a 3.0% to 4.0% contribution to their 401(k) plan or defined
contribution plan. During fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, we recorded expense of $113.7 million, $104.1 million and
$86.5 million, respectively, related to matching contributions to the 401(k) plans and other defined contribution
plans, including the automatic employer contribution.

97

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Supplemental Retirement Plans

We have Supplemental Plans that are nonqualified deferred compensation plans. We intend to provide
participants with an opportunity to supplement their retirement income through deferral of current compensation.
Amounts deferred and payable under the Supplemental Plans are our unsecured obligations and rank equally with
our other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness outstanding. Participants’ accounts are credited with
investment gains and losses under the Supplemental Plans in accordance with the participant’s investment
election or elections (or default election or elections) as in effect from time to time. At September 30, 2018, the
Supplemental Plans had assets totaling $174.2 million that are recorded at market value, and liabilities of $178.1
million. The investment alternatives available under the Supplemental Plans are generally similar to investment
alternatives available under 401(k) plans. The amount of expense we recorded for the current fiscal year and the
preceding two fiscal years was not significant.

Note 5.

Income Taxes

The components of income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes are as follows (in millions):

United States
Foreign
Income from continuing operations before income taxes

Year Ended September 30,
2017

2016

2018

$

$

736.7
298.1
1,034.8

$

$

481.9
375.7
857.6

$

$

(25.1)
269.7
244.6

The loss from continuing operations in the U.S. in fiscal 2016 was primarily the result of the pension risk
transfer expense and restructuring charges. See “Note 4. Retirement Plans” and “Note 3. Restructuring and
Other Costs”.

Impacts of the Tax Act

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Act was signed into law. The Tax Act contains significant changes to
corporate taxation, including (i) the reduction of the corporate income tax rate to 21%, (ii) the acceleration of
expensing for certain business assets, (iii) the one-time transition tax related to the transition of U.S. international
tax from a worldwide tax system to a territorial tax system, (iv) the repeal of the domestic production deduction, (v)
additional
interest expense and (vi) expanded limitations on executive
compensation.

limitations on the deductibility of

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 118 was issued to address
the application of GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available,
prepared, or analyzed in reasonable detail to finalize the calculations for certain income tax effects of the Tax Act.
Under SAB 118, we have made reasonable estimates and recorded provisional amounts as described below.

The key impacts of the Tax Act on our financial statements for fiscal 2018 were the remeasurement of deferred
tax balances to the new corporate tax rate and the accrual for the one-time transition tax liability. We recorded
provisional amounts of the effects of the Tax Act.

In order to calculate the effects of the new corporate tax rate on our deferred tax balances, ASC 740, “Income
Taxes” required the remeasurement of our deferred tax balances as of the enactment date of the Tax Act, based
on the rates at which the balances were expected to reverse in the future. The remeasurement of our deferred tax
balances resulted in a provisional net reduction in deferred liabilities of $1,215.9 million in fiscal 2018.

Additionally, in fiscal 2018, we made a reasonable estimate for the amount of the one-time transition tax. The
one-time transition tax is based on our total post-1986 foreign earnings and profits that were previously deferred
from U.S. income tax. The applicable tax rate is based on the amount of those post-1986 earnings that is held in
cash and other specified assets. We recorded a provisional one-time transition tax liability of $95.4 million or
$87.1 million net of the release of a previously recorded outside basis difference.

98

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

To date, we have been unable to determine a reasonable estimate of the tax liability, if any, under the Tax Act
for our remaining outside basis difference or evaluate how the Tax Act will affect our existing accounting position to
indefinitely reinvest unremitted foreign earnings. We will continue to apply our existing accounting under ASC 740
for this matter and finalize it in fiscal 2019.

Our accounting for the income tax effects of the Tax Act will be completed during the measurement period
allowed under SAB 118. We will record any necessary adjustments in the period such adjustments are identified.
The final determination of the Tax Act will be made based on a variety of factors, among others, (i) further guidance
from the U.S. Department of Treasury and from Securities Commission or FASB related to the Tax Act, (ii)
management’s further assessment of the Tax Act and related regulatory guidance, and (iii) and changes to
estimates made to calculate our existing temporary differences.

As part of the enacted Tax Act, Global Intangible Low Taxed Income (“GILTI”) provisions were introduced that
foreign
would impose a tax on foreign income in excess of a deemed return on tangible assets of
corporations. Guidance released by the FASB indicates that either accounting for deferred taxes related to GILTI
inclusions or treating any taxes on GILTI inclusions as period costs are both acceptable methods subject to an
accounting policy election. The GILTI provisions will not take effect for WestRock until the fiscal year ending
September 30, 2019, and the Company has provisionally elected to treat any potential GILTI inclusions as a period
cost during the year incurred.

Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations consists of the following components (in millions):

Current income taxes:

Federal
State
Foreign

Total current expense
Deferred income taxes:

Federal
State
Foreign

Total deferred (benefit) expense
Total income tax (benefit) expense

Year Ended September 30,
2017

2016

2018

$

$

83.0
26.8
86.6
196.4

(1,108.6)
53.2
(15.5)
(1,070.9)

$

(874.5) $

80.8
3.3
95.3
179.4

15.2
(22.8)
(12.8)
(20.4)
159.0

$

$

98.3
12.8
87.0
198.1

(131.5)
6.9
16.3
(108.3)
89.8

99

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The differences between the statutory federal

income tax rate and our effective income tax rate from

continuing operations are as follows:

Statutory federal tax rate
Foreign rate differential
AAdjustment and resolution of federal, state and foreign tax

uncertainties

State taxes, net of federal benefit
Tax Act (1)
Excess tax benefit related to stock compensation
Research and development and other tax credits, net of
valuation

allowances and reserves

Income attributable to noncontrolling interest
Domestic manufacturer’s deduction
Sale of HH&B
U.S. legal entity restructuring
Change in valuation allowance
Nondeductible transaction costs
Contribution of assets to Grupo Gondi joint venture
Nontaxable increased cash surrender value
Withholding taxes
Brazilian net worth deduction
Other, net
Effective tax rate

Year Ended September 30,
2017

2018

2016

24.5%
0.6

0.9
4.3
(109.1)
(0.8)

(0.5)
(0.1)
(1.8)
—
—
(1.8)
—
—
(0.8)
0.5
(0.9)
0.5
(84.5)%

35.0%
(4.9)

(0.3)
3.3
—
—

(0.8)
0.4
(2.0)
(5.0)
(3.3)
(3.3)
1.0
—
(1.5)
0.4
(0.8)
0.3
18.5%

35.0%
(5.5)

0.2
4.9
—
—

(6.1)
0.8
(4.4)
—
—
6.3
0.4
3.4
(4.6)
2.0
(2.0)
6.3
36.7%

(1) The primary components are a $1,215.9 million benefit from the remeasurement of our net U.S. deferred tax liability and a
one-time transition tax liability of $95.4 million or $87.1 million net of the release of a previously recorded outside basis
difference.

100

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred income tax assets and liabilities consist of

the following (in millions):

Deferred income tax assets:
Accruals and allowances
Employee related accruals and allowances
State net operating loss carryforwards
State credit carryforwards, net of federal benefit
U.S. and foreign tax credit carryforwards
Federal and foreign net operating loss carryforwards
Restricted stock and options
Other

Total
Deferred income tax liabilities:

Property, plant and equipment
Deductible intangibles and goodwill
Inventory reserves
Deferred gain
Pension obligations
Basis difference in joint ventures
Other

Total
Valuation allowances
Net deferred income tax liability

September 30,

2018

2017

$

$

22.1
213.2
78.4
64.8
14.7
188.7
46.7
45.3
673.9

1,509.7
698.1
168.6
258.8
60.1
35.5
—
2,730.8
229.4
2,286.3

$

$

40.6
265.1
70.6
54.4
135.9
204.1
81.0
32.8
884.5

2,154.1
1,091.4
236.1
405.2
90.8
57.1
8.3
4,043.0
219.1
3,377.6

Deferred taxes are recorded as follows in the consolidated balance sheet (in millions):

Long-term deferred tax asset (1)
Long-term deferred tax liability
Net deferred income tax liability

September 30,

2018

2017

$

$

35.2
2,321.5
2,286.3

$

$

32.6
3,410.2
3,377.6

(1) The long-term deferred tax asset is presented in Other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

At September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, we had gross federal net operating losses of approximately
$13.3 million and $61.2 million, respectively. These loss carryforwards generally expire between fiscal 2031 and
2038.

At September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, we had alternative minimum tax credits of $14.7 million and
$132.2 million, respectively. Under current tax law, the alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards become
refundable tax credits in future years. We had no research and development tax credits and general business
credits outstanding, respectively, at September 30, 2018.

At September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, we had gross state and local net operating losses, of
approximately $1,676 million and $1,885 million, respectively. These loss carryforwards generally expire between
fiscal 2020 and 2038. The tax effected values of these net operating losses are $78.4 million and $70.6 million at
September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, exclusive of valuation allowances of $7.8 million and $15.9 million at
September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

101

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

At September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, gross net operating losses for foreign reporting purposes of
approximately $698.4 million and $ 673.7 million, respectively, were available for carryforward. A majority of these
loss carryforwards generally expire between fiscal 2020 and 2038, while a portion have an indefinite carryforward.
The tax effected values of these net operating losses are $185.8 million and $182.6 million at September 30, 2018
and 2017, respectively, exclusive of valuation allowances of $161.5 million and $149.6 million at September 30,
2018 and 2017, respectively.

At September 30, 2018 and 2017, we had state tax credit carryforwards of $64.8 million and $54.4 million,
respectively. These state tax credit carryforwards generally expire within 5 to 10 years; however, certain state
credits can be carried forward indefinitely. Valuation allowances of $56.1 million and $47.3 million at
September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, have been provided on these assets. These valuation allowances
have been recorded due to uncertainty regarding our ability to generate sufficient taxable income in the appropriate
taxing jurisdiction.

The following table represents a summary of the valuation allowances against deferred tax assets for fiscal

2018, 2017 and 2016 (in millions):

Balance at beginning of fiscal year
Increases
AAllowances related to purchase accounting (1)
Reductions
Balance at end of fiscal year

2018

2017

2016

$

$

219.1
50.8
0.1
(40.6)
229.4

$

$

177.2
54.3
12.4
(24.8)
219.1

$

$

100.2
24.8
63.0
(10.8)
177.2

(1) Amounts in fiscal 2018 and 2017 relate to the MPS Acquisition. Adjustments in fiscal 2016 relate to the Combination and

the SP Fiber Acquisition.

Consistent with prior years, we consider a portion of our earnings from certain foreign subsidiaries as subject
to repatriation and we provide for taxes accordingly. However, we consider the unremitted earnings and all other
outside basis differences from all other foreign subsidiaries to be indefinitely reinvested. Accordingly, we have not
provided for any taxes that would be due.

As of September 30, 2018, we estimate our outside basis difference in foreign subsidiaries that are considered
indefinitely reinvested to be approximately $1.5 billion. The components of the outside basis difference are
comprised of purchase accounting adjustments, undistributed earnings, and equity components. Except for the
portion of our earnings from certain foreign subsidiaries where we provided for taxes, we have not provided for any
taxes that would be due upon the reversal of the outside basis differences. However, in the event of a distribution
in the form of dividends or dispositions of the subsidiaries, we may be subject to incremental U.S. income taxes,
subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits, and withholding taxes or income taxes payable to the foreign
jurisdictions. As of September 30, 2018, the determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability
related to any remaining undistributed foreign earnings not subject to the Transition Tax and additional outside
basis differences is not practicable.

102

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in

millions):

Balance at beginning of fiscal year
AAdditions related to purchase accounting (1)
AAdditions for tax positions taken in current year
AAdditions for tax positions taken in prior fiscal years
Reductions for tax positions taken in prior fiscal years
Reductions due to settlement (2)
(Reductions) additions for currency translation adjustments
Reductions as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of

limitations

Balance at end of fiscal year

2018

2017

2016

$

$

$

148.9
3.4
3.1
18.0
(5.3)
(29.4)
(9.6)

$

166.8
7.7
5.0
15.2
(25.6)
(14.1)
2.0

(2.0)
127.1

$

(8.1)
148.9

$

106.6
16.5
30.3
20.6
(9.7)
(1.3)
7.0

(3.2)
166.8

(1) Amounts in fiscal 2018 and 2017 relate to the MPS Acquisition. Adjustments in fiscal 2016 relate to the Combination and

the SP Fiber Acquisition.

(2) Amounts in fiscal 2018 relate to the settlement of state audit examinations and federal and state amended returns filed
related to affirmative adjustments for which a there was a reserve. Amounts in fiscal 2017 relate to the settlement of federal
and state audit examinations with taxing authorities.

As of September 30, 2018 and 2017, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $127.1
million and $148.9 million, respectively, exclusive of interest and penalties. Of these balances, as of September 30,
2018 and 2017, if we were to prevail on all unrecognized tax benefits recorded, approximately $108.7 million and
$138.0 million, respectively, would benefit the effective tax rate. We regularly evaluate, assess and adjust the
related liabilities in light of changing facts and circumstances, which could cause the effective tax rate to fluctuate
from period to period.

We recognize estimated interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense in
the consolidated statements of operations. As of September 30, 2018, we had liabilities of $70.4 million related to
estimated interest and penalties for unrecognized tax benefits. As of September 30, 2017, we had liabilities of
$81.7 million, net of indirect benefits, related to estimated interest and penalties for unrecognized tax benefits. Our
results of operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 include expense of $5.8 million,
$7.4 million and $2.9 million, respectively, net of indirect benefits, related to estimated interest and penalties with
respect to the liability for unrecognized tax benefits. As of September 30, 2018, it is reasonably possible that our
unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by up to $5.5 million in the next twelve months due to expiration of various
statues of limitations and settlement of issues.

We file federal, state and local

income tax returns in the U.S. and various foreign jurisdictions. With few
exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal and state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities
for years prior to fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2008, respectively. We are no longer subject to non-U.S. income tax
examinations by tax authorities for years prior to fiscal 2011, except for Brazil for which we are not subject to tax
examinations for years prior to 2005. While we believe our tax positions are appropriate, they are subject to audit
or other modifications and there can be no assurance that any modifications will not materially and adversely affect
our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Note 6.

Segment Information

We report our financial results of operations in the following three reportable segments: Corrugated Packaging,
which consists of our containerboard mill and corrugated packaging operations, as well as our recycling
operations; Consumer Packaging, which consists of consumer mills, folding carton, beverage, merchandising
displays and partition operations; and Land and Development, which sells real estate primarily in the Charleston,
SC region. Following the Combination and until the completion of the Separation, our financial results of operations
had a fourth reportable segment, Specialty Chemicals. Prior to the HH&B Sale, our Consumer Packaging segment
included HH&B. Certain income and expenses are not allocated to our segments and, thus, the information that

103

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

management uses to make operating decisions and assess performa
allocated are reported as non-allocated expenses or in other line items in the table below after segment income.

nce does not reflect such amounts. Items not

rr

Some of our operations included in the segments are located in locations such as Canada, Mexico, South
America, Europe, Asia and Australia. The table below reflects financial data of our foreign operations for each of
the past three fiscal years, some of which were transacted in U.S. dollars (in millions, except percentages):

Years Ended September 30,
2017

2018

2016

Foreign net sales to unaffiliated customers
Foreign segment income
Foreign long-lived assets

$
$
$

3,236.7
360.7
1,400.2

$
$
$

2,621.2
260.1
1,558.3

$
$
$

2,426.6
226.1
1,341.5

Foreign operations as a percent of consolidated operations:
Foreign net sales to unaffiliated customers
Foreign segment income
Foreign long-lived assets

19.9%
21.4%
15.4%

17.6%
21.8%
17.1%

17.1%
18.4%
14.4%

We evaluate performance and allocate resources based, in part, on profit from operations before income
taxes, interest and other items. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those
described in “Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”. We account
for intersegment sales at prices that approximate market prices. For segment reporting purposes, we include our
equity in income of unconsolidated entities in segment income, as well as our investments in unconsolidated
entities in segment identifiable assets. Equity in income of unconsolidated entities is not material and we disclose
our investments in unconsolidated entities below. Certain income and expenses are not allocated to our segments
and, thus, the information that management uses to make operating decisions and assess performance does not
reflect such amounts. Items not allocated are reported as non-allocated expenses or in other line items in the table
below after segment income.

104

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table shows selected operating data for our segments (in millions):

Years Ended September 30,
2017

2016

2018

Net sales (aggregate):

Corrugated Packaging
Consumer Packaging
Land and Development

Total
Less net sales (intersegment):
Corrugated Packaging
Consumer Packaging

Total
Net sales (unaffiliated customers):

Corrugated Packaging
Consumer Packaging
Land and Development

Total
Segment income:

Corrugated Packaging
Consumer Packaging
Land and Development
Segment income

Multiemployer pension withdrawals
Pension risk transfer expense
Pension lump sum settlement
Land and Development impairments
Restructuring and other costs
Non-allocated expenses
Interest expense, net
Gain on extinguishment of debt
Other income, net
Gain on sale of HH&B
Income from continuing operations before income taxes

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

9,103.4
7,291.4
142.4
16,537.2

161.6
90.5
252.1

8,941.8
7,200.9
142.4
16,285.1

1,207.9
454.6
22.5
1,685.0
(184.2)
—
—
(31.9)
(105.4)
(47.5)
(293.8)
(0.1)
12.7
—
1,034.8

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

8,408.3
6,452.5
243.8
15,104.6

155.8
89.1
244.9

8,252.5
6,363.4
243.8
14,859.7

753.9
425.8
13.8
1,193.5
—
—
(32.6)
(46.7)
(196.7)
(43.5)
(222.5)
1.8
11.5
192.8
857.6

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

7,868.5
6,388.1
119.8
14,376.4

136.2
68.4
204.6

7,732.3
6,319.7
119.8
14,171.8

739.9
481.7
4.6
1,226.2
—
(370.7)
—
—
(366.4)
(49.1)
(212.5)
2.7
14.4
—
244.6

Segment income in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 was reduced by $1.0 million, $26.5 million and $8.1 million,
respectively, of expense for inventory stepped-up in purchase accounting, net of related LIFO impact. Corrugated
Packaging segment income in fiscal 2018 was reduced by $1.0 million. Corrugated Packaging segment income
and Consumer Packaging segment income in fiscal 2017 were reduced by $1.4 million and $25.1 million,
respectively. The Corrugated Packaging segment income and Consumer Packaging segment income in fiscal
2016 were reduced by $3.4 million and $4.7 million, respectively.

In fiscal 2019, we plan to operate our recycling operations primarily as a procurement function, shifting its
focus to the procurement of low cost, high quality fiber for our mill system. As a result, we will no longer record
recycling sales.

105

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table shows selected operating data for our segments (in millions):

Years Ended September 30,
2017

2016

2018

Identifiable assets:

Corrugated Packaging
Consumer Packaging
Land and Development
Assets held for sale
Corporate

Total

Goodwill:

Corrugated Packaging
Consumer Packaging

Total

Depreciation and amortization:
Corrugated Packaging
Consumer Packaging
Land and Development
Discontinued operations
Corporate

Total

Capital expenditures:

Corrugated Packaging
Consumer Packaging
Discontinued operations
Corporate

Total

Investment in unconsolidated entities:

Corrugated Packaging
Consumer Packaging
Land and Development
Corporate

Total

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

10,678.5
11,902.2
49.1
59.5
2,671.2
25,360.5

1,890.9
3,686.7
5,577.6

676.8
569.3
0.7
—
5.4
1,252.2

647.8
317.8
—
34.3
999.9

435.7
21.7
—
0.4
457.8

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

10,537.7
11,877.8
89.8
173.6
2,410.1
25,089.0

1,865.7
3,662.6
5,528.3

597.9
508.2
0.7
—
5.3
1,112.1

492.1
265.8
—
20.7
778.6

321.1
24.7
14.4
0.4
360.6

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

10,046.0
10,122.5
460.6
52.3
2,356.8
23,038.2

1,722.5
3,055.6
4,778.1

576.2
498.9
1.4
57.2
8.2
1,141.9

490.1
244.9
45.2
16.5
796.7

281.2
22.2
28.6
(3.1)
328.9

The Corrugated Packaging segment’s investment in unconsolidated entities primarily relate to the Grupo
Gondi investment. The Corporate investment in unconsolidated entities in fiscal 2016 primarily represented an
entity that had losses that were guaranteed equally by the partners; this subsidiary has since been sold. The
investment in Grupo Gondi that is included in the Corrugated Packaging segment’s investment in unconsolidated
entities in fiscal 2018 and 2017 exceeds our proportionate share of the underlying equity in net assets by
approximately $133.9 million and $76.2 million, respectively. Approximately $62.1 million and $59.2 million
remains amortizable to expense in equity in income of unconsolidated entities over the estimated life of the
underlying assets ranging from 10 to 15 years beginning with our investment in fiscal 2016. See “Note 2. Mergers,
Acquisitions and Investment”tt
for information regarding changes in our equity participation in the Grupo Gondi
joint venture.

106

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill forff

the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016

are as follows (in millions):

Balance as of October 1, 2015

Goodwill
Accumulated impairment losses

Goodwill acquired
Goodwill disposed of
Purchase price allocation adjustments
Translation adjustments
Balance as of September 30, 2016

Goodwill
Accumulated impairment losses

Goodwill acquired
Goodwill disposed of
Purchase price allocation adjustments
Translation adjustments
Balance as of September 30, 2017

Goodwill
Accumulated impairment losses

Goodwill acquired
Goodwill disposed of
Purchase price allocation adjustments
Translation adjustments
Balance as of September 30, 2018

Goodwill
Accumulated impairment losses

Corrugated
Packaging

Consumer
Packaging

Total

$

$

1,667.5
—
1,667.5
52.4
(24.0)
(4.9)
31.5

1,722.5
—
1,722.5
137.6
—
(1.2)
6.8

1,865.7
—
1,865.7
65.4
(4.2)
2.3
(38.3)

$

3,022.4
(42.8)
2,979.6
8.0
—
67.6
0.4

3,098.4
(42.8)
3,055.6
907.8
(329.6)
9.3
19.5

3,705.4
(42.8)
3,662.6
23.8
—
18.4
(18.1)

1,890.9
—
1,890.9

$

3,729.5
(42.8)
3,686.7

$

$

4,689.9
(42.8)
4,647.1
60.4
(24.0)
62.7
31.9

4,820.9
(42.8)
4,778.1
1,045.4
(329.6)
8.1
26.3

5,571.1
(42.8)
5,528.3
89.2
(4.2)
20.7
(56.4)

5,620.4
(42.8)
5,577.6

The goodwill acquired in fiscal 2018 primarily related to the Plymouth Packaging Acquisition in the Corrugated
Packaging segment and the Schlüter Acquisition in the Consumer Packaging segment. The purchase price
adjustments to goodwill in fiscal 2018 primarily related to the MPS Acquisition and the Hannapak Acquisition. The
goodwill acquired in fiscal 2017 related to the MPS Acquisition and the Hannapak Acquisition in the Consumer
Packaging segment and the U.S. Corrugated Acquisition, the Island Container Acquisition and the Star Pizza
Acquisition in the Corrugated Packaging segment. The goodwill disposed of in the Corrugated Packaging segment
in fiscal 2018 related to the sale of our solid waste management brokerage services business. The goodwill
disposed of in the Consumer Packaging segment in fiscal 2017 was primarily related to the HH&B Sale. The
goodwill acquired in fiscal 2016 related to the SP Fiber Acquisition and the Packaging Acquisition in the
Corrugated Packaging and Consumer Packaging segments, respectively. The goodwill disposed of
in the
Corrugated Packaging segment in fiscal 2016 relates to the disposal of a portion of the reporting unit in connection
with the investment in the Grupo Gondi unconsolidated joint venture. See “Note 2. Mergers, Acquisitions and
Investment”tt for additional information.

Note 7.

Discontinued Operations

On May 15, 2016, WestRock completed the Separation. We distributed 100% of the outstanding common
stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Ingevity, then a wholly-owned subsidiary of WestRock, to WestRock’s
stockholders of record as of the close of business on May 4, 2016, with such stockholders receiving one share of
Ingevity common stock for every six shares of Common Stock held as of such record date. Since the Separation,
we have not beneficially owned any shares of Ingevity common stock and Ingevity has been an independent public

107

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

company trading under the symbol “NGVT” on the NYSE. We disposed of the former Specialty Chemicals segment
in its entirety and ceased to consolidate its assets, liabilities and results of operations. Accordingly, we have
presented the financial position and results of operations of our former Specialty Chemicals segment as
discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

In connection with the Separation, we and Ingevity entered into a separation and distribution agreement as
well as various other agreements that provide a framework for the relationships between the parties going forward,
including among others a tax matters agreement, a lease and ground service agreement with respect to our
Covington, Virginia facility, an intellectual property agreement, a crude tall oil and black liquor soap skimming
supply agreement, a trust agreement, an employee matters agreement and a transition service agreement. These
agreements provided for the allocation between us and Ingevity of assets, employees, liabilities and obligations
attributable to periods prior to, at and after the Separation and govern certain relationships between us and
Ingevity after the Separation.

Prior to the Separation, Ingevity, then a wholly-owned subsidiary of WestRock, borrowed $500.0 million in
contemplation of the Separation and distributed the majority of these funds to WestRock, which used the funds to
pay down debt. In addition, Ingevity assumed an $80.0 million, 7.67% capital lease obligation due January 15,
2027 owed to the City of Wickliffe, KY. In contemplation of the Separation, Ingevity also funded a trust in the
amount of $68.9 million to secure the balloon principal payment of the capital lease upon the lease’s maturity. We
remain a co-obligor on the capital
lease assumed by Ingevity remains
lease obligation; therefore, the capital
recorded in our consolidated financial statements in long-term debt. At the time of the Separation, we recorded a
$108.2 million long-term asset for the estimated fair value of the future principal and interest payments on the
capital lease obligation assumed by Ingevity. The value of the long-term asset and the long-term debt under the
lease will reduce over the life of the lease using the effective interest method. The $500.0 million of debt and the
$68.9 million in the trust were assumed by Ingevity, and removed from our consolidated financial statements as
part of our discontinued operations reporting.

The following table presents the financial results of Specialty Chemicals’ discontinued operations (in millions):

Net sales
Cost of goods sold
Selling, general and administrative, excluding intangible amortization
Selling, general and administrative intangible amortization
Restructuring and other costs
Impairment of Specialty Chemicals goodwill and intangibles
Operating loss
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
Income tax benefit
Loss from discontinued operations

2016

533.7
387.5
65.6
28.8
49.5
579.4
(577.1)
0.1
(577.0)
32.3
(544.7)

$

$

Fiscal 2016 restructuring and other costs are primarily associated with costs incurred to support the Separation
and consist primarily of advisory, legal, accounting and other professional fees. Additionally, restructuring and
other costs include $10.0 million of costs associated with the closure of Ingevity’s Duque de Caxias facility in Brazil
and other severance and share-based compensation expenses.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2016, as part of our evaluation of whether events or changes in circumstances had
occurred that would indicate whether it was more likely than not that the goodwill of our then-owned Specialty
Chemicals reporting unit was impaired, we considered factors such as, but not
limited to, macroeconomic
conditions, industry and market considerations, and financial performance, including the planned revenue and
earnings of the reporting unit. We concluded that an impairment indicator had occurred related to the goodwill of
the Specialty Chemicals reporting unit and that the indicator was driven by market factors subsequent to the
Combination.

108

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Accordingly, we performed a “Step 1” goodwill impairment test where we updated the discounted cash flow
analysis used to determine the reporting unit’s initial fair value on July 1, 2015. We also compared those results to
the valuations performed by our investment bankers in connection with the planned separation of our Specialty
Chemicals business. Based on the results of the impairment test and analysis, we concluded that the fair value of
the Specialty Chemicals reporting unit was less than its carrying amount and began a “Step 2” goodwill impairment
test to determine the amount of impairment loss, if any. As part of the analysis, we determined that the carrying
value of the property, plant and equipment and intangibles, all of which have finite lives, on a “held and used” basis
did not exceed the estimated undiscounted future cash flows.

In light of changing market conditions, expected revenue and earnings of the reporting unit, lower comparative
market valuations for companies in Specialty Chemicals’ peer group and our preliminary “Step 2” test, we
concluded that an impairment of the Specialty Chemicals reporting unit was probable and could be reasonably
estimated. As a result, we recorded a pre-tax and after-tax non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $478.3 million.
This amount is included in the line item “Loss from discontinued operations” in the consolidated statements of
operations. No tax benefit was recorded for the goodwill impairment.

Until the completion of the Separation, GAAP required us to assess impairment of the Specialty Chemicals’
long-lived assets using the “held and used” model which was based on undiscounted future cash flows. Under this
model, if the expected cash flows over the life of the primary asset of the reporting unit were in excess of the
carrying amount, then there would be no impairment. At the date of the Separation, we assessed Specialty
Chemical’s assets for potential impairment using the “held for sale” model. This model compares the fair value of
the disposal unit to its carrying value and if the fair value less cost to sell is lower, then an impairment loss would be
recorded. At the date of the Separation, we evaluated the Specialty Chemical’s intangibles, which consisted
predominantly of customer list intangibles, for impairment. Our analysis at May 15, 2016, using the income
approach (multi-period excess earnings method), indicated that there was a $101.1 million pre-tax non-cash
impairment of our Specialty Chemicals customer relationships intangible. The impairment loss was recorded on
the Separation and is included as a component of discontinued operations.

The following table presents the significant non-cash items and capital expenditures for Specialty Chemicals’

that are included in the consolidated statements of cash flows (in millions):

Depreciation, depletion and amortization
Impairment of Specialty Chemicals goodwill and intangibles
Capital expenditures

2016

57.2
579.4
(45.2)

$
$
$

Depreciation expense and amortization expense in fiscal 2016 were $30.4 million $26.8 million, respectively.

Note 8.

Inventories

Inventories are as follows (in millions):

Finished goods and work in process
Raw materials
Supplies and spare parts
Inventories at FIFO cost
LIFO reserve
Net inventories

September 30,

2018

2017

$

$

867.0
730.0
368.2
1,965.2
(135.6)
1,829.6

$

$

905.0
614.2
360.7
1,879.9
(82.6)
1,797.3

109

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

It is impracticable to segregate the LIFO reserve between raw materials, finished goods and work in process.
In fiscal 2018 and 2016, we reduced inventory quantities in some of our LIFO pools. These reductions result in
liquidations of LIFO inventory quantities generally carried at lower costs prevailing in prior years as compared with
the cost of the purchases in the respective fiscal years, the effect of which typically decreases cost of goods sold.
The impact of the liquidations in fiscal 2018 and 2016 was not significant. In fiscal 2017, we had no LIFO layer
liquidations.

Note 9.

Assets Held For Sale

Due to the accelerated monetization strategy, our Land and Development portfolio has met the held for sale
criteria and is reflected as assets held for sale. Assets held for sale at September 30, 2018 of $59.5 million include
$33.5 million of Land and Development portfolio assets, with the remainder primarily related to closed facilities.
Assets held for sale at September 30, 2017 of $173.6 million include $150.4 million of Land and Development
portfolio assets, with the remainder primarily related to closed facilities.

Note 10. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following (in millions):

Property, plant and equipment at cost:

Land and buildings
Machinery and equipment
Forestlands and mineral rights
Transportation equipment
Leasehold improvements

Less: accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization

Property, plant and equipment, net

September 30,

2018

2017

$

$

2,078.9
12,064.0
158.0
30.1
88.9
14,419.9
(5,337.4)
9,082.5

$

$

2,034.3
11,349.7
208.3
30.7
59.5
13,682.5
(4,564.2)
9,118.3

Depreciation expense, excluding discontinued operations, for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $923.8 million,
$855.9 million and $848.9 million, respectively. For depreciation expense related to our discontinued operations
see “Note 7. Discontinued Operations”.

Note 11. Other Intangible Assets

The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization relating to intangible assets, excluding goodwill, is

as follows (in millions, except weighted avg. life):

Customer relationships
Favorable contracts
Technology and patents
Trademarks and tradenames
Non-compete agreements
License costs
Total

September 30,

2018

2017

Weighted
Avg. Life
(in years)

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

16.7 $
10.1
10.7
19.8
2.0
9.6

16.6 $

4,123.7 $
47.8
41.2
77.6
3.4
24.6
4,318.3 $

(1,079.8) $
(34.8)
(18.0)
(43.9)
(1.7)
(18.1)
(1,196.3) $

4,046.2 $
48.2
31.8
74.7
2.5
23.6
4,227.0 $

(806.0)
(30.7)
(14.4)
(31.4)
(0.6)
(14.6)
(897.7)

110

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Estimated intangible asset amortization expense for the succeeding five fiscal years is as follows (in millions):

Fiscal 2019
Fiscal 2020
Fiscal 2021
Fiscal 2022
Fiscal 2023

$
$
$
$
$

300.1
289.6
243.8
234.6
226.4

Intangible amortization expense, excluding discontinued operations, was $300.8 million, $234.0 million and
$212.4 million during fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. We had other intangible amortization expense,
primarily for packaging equipment leased to customers of $27.6 million, $22.2 million and $23.4 million during
fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016. For amortization expense related to our discontinued operations see “Note 7.
Discontinued Operations”.

Note 12. Fair Value

Assets and Liabilities Measured or Disclosed at Fair Value

We estimate fair values in accordance with ASC 820 “Fair Value Measurement”. ASC 820 provides a
framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures required about fair value measurements. Specifically,
ASC 820 sets forth a definition of fair value and a hierarchy prioritizing the inputs to valuation techniques. ASC 820
defines fair value as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the
for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market
principal or most advantageous market
participants on the measurement date. Additionally, ASC 820 defines levels within the hierarchy based on the
availability of quoted prices for identical items in active markets, similar items in active or inactive markets and
valuation techniques using observable and unobservable inputs. We incorporate credit valuation adjustments to
reflect both our own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in our fair value
measurements.

We disclose the fair value of our long-term debt in “Note 13. Debt”tt and the fair value of our pension and
postretirement assets and liabilities in “Note 4. Retirement Plans”. We have, or from time to time may have,
various assets or liabilities whose fair values are not significant, such as supplemental retirement savings plans
that are nonqualified deferred compensation plans pursuant to which assets are invested primarily in mutual funds,
interest rate derivatives, commodity derivatives or other similar classes of assets or liabilities. See “Note 1 —
Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Fair Value of Financial
Instruments and Nonfinancial Assets and Liabilities” for additional information.

Accounts Receivable Sales Agreement

g

We had an agreement (the “A/R Sales Agreement”), which had been amended periodically, to sell to a third
party financial institution all of the short-term receivables generated from certain customer trade accounts, on a
revolving basis, until the agreement is terminated by either party. On September 29, 2017, the A/R Sales
Agreement was amended to increase the maximum outstanding balance of receivables available to be sold to
$490.0 million, and we added new customer trade accounts as well as increased the limits for other customers. On
September 25, 2018, we terminated the A/R Sales Agreement and executed a new agreement.

On September 25, 2018 we entered into a $550.0 million agreement (the “New A/R Sales Agreement”) to sell
to a third party financial
institution all of the short-term receivables generated from certain customer trade
accounts. The agreement terminates the earlier of one year or when terminated by either party. The terms of the
New A/R Sales Agreement limit the balance of receivables sold to the amount available to fund such receivables
sold and eliminated the receivable for proceeds from the financial institution at any transfer date. Transfers under
the New A/R Sales Agreement meet the requirements to be accounted for as sales in accordance with guidance in
ASC 860, “Transfers and Servicing”. These customers are not
is
discussed in “Note 13. Debt”tt . In connection with the termination of the old agreement and execution of the New
A/R Sales Agreement,
there was a non-cash transaction of $424.8 million representing the repurchase of
the same
receivables previously sold to the financial
receivables to the financial institution under the New A/R Sales Agreement.

institution under the old agreement and the sale of

included in the Receivables Facility that

111

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table represents a summary of the activity under the A/R Sales Agreement and the New A/R

Sales Agreement for fiscal 2018 and 2017 (in millions):

Receivable from financial institution at beginning of fiscal year
Receivables sold to the financial institution and derecognized
Receivables collected by financial institution
Cash proceeds from financial institution
Receivable from financial institution at September 30,

2018

2017

$

24.9
1,664.0
(1,573.8)
(115.1)

— $

13.8
1,542.5
(1,466.7)
(64.7)
24.9

$

$

Cash proceeds related to the receivables sold are included in cash from operating activities in the consolidated
statement of cash flows in the accounts receivable line item. The expense recorded in connection with the sale is
currently approximately $11 million per year and is recorded in “other income, net”. The future amount may
fluctuate based on the level of activity and other factors. Although the sales are made without recourse, we
maintain continuing involvement with the sold receivables as we provide collections services related to the
transferred assets. The associated servicing liability is not material given the high quality of the customers
underlying the receivables and the anticipated short collection period.

Financial Instruments not Recognized at Fair Value

g

Financial instruments not recognized at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis include cash and cash
equivalents, accounts receivable, certain other current assets, short-term debt, accounts payable, certain other
current liabilities and long-term debt. With the exception of long-term debt, the carrying amounts of these financial
instruments approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. See “Note 13. Debt”tt for the fair value of our
long-term debt.

Fair Value of Nonfinancial Assets and Nonfinancial Liabilities

We measure certain nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These
assets and liabilities include cost and equity method investments when they are deemed to be other-than-
temporarily impaired, assets acquired and liabilities assumed in an acquisition or in a nonmonetary exchange, and
property, plant and equipment and intangible assets that are written down to fair value when they are held for sale
or determined to be impaired. During fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, we did not have any significant nonfinancial
assets or nonfinancial liabilities that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in periods subsequent to
initial recognition other than the following pre-tax non-cash impairments: (i) the $31.9 million impairment of certain
mineral rights and real estate in fiscal 2018, (ii) the $46.7 million real estate impairment recorded in fiscal 2017, (iii)
a $17.6 million write-down of a customer relationship intangible in fiscal 2017 related to an exited product line, and
(iv) the goodwill and intangible impairments in our former Specialty Chemicals segment in fiscal 2016. We discuss
the former Specialty Chemicals impairments in “Note 7. Discontinued Operations”. The impairment of mineral
rights was driven by the non-renewal of a lease and associated with declining oil and gas prices, and the
impairment of real estate was in connection with the accelerated monetization strategy in our Land and
Development segment where the projected sales proceeds were less than the carrying value.

Note 13. Debt

The public bonds issued by WestRock RKT Company and WestRock MWV, LLC are guaranteed by WestRock
and have cross-guarantees between the two companies. The industrial development bonds associated with the
capital lease obligations of WestRock MWV, LLC are guaranteed by WestRock. The public bonds are unsecured,
unsubordinated obligations that rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future unsecured,
unsubordinated obligations. The bonds are effectively subordinated to any of our existing and future secured debt
to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt. At September 30, 2018, our Credit Facility, Farm Loan
Credit Facility, European Revolving Credit Facility, Delayed Draw Credit Facilities, Commercial Paper Program,
Other Revolving Credit Facilities (each as defined below) and public bonds were unsecured.

112

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following were individual components of debt (in millions, except percentages):

Public bonds due fiscal 2019 to 2022
Public bonds due fiscal 2023 to 2028
Public bonds due fiscal 2030 to 2033
Public bonds due fiscal 2037 to 2047
Term loan facilities
Revolving credit and swing facilities
Receivables-backed financing facility
Capital lease obligations
Supplier financing and commercial card programs
International and other debt

Total debt

Less: current portion of debt
Long-term debt due after one year

September 30, 2018

September 30, 2017

Weighted
Avg
Interest
Rate

4.2% $
3.8%
5.2%
6.3%
3.7%
3.2%
N/A
4.1%
N/A
6.1%
4.1%

$

Weighted
Avg
Interest
Rate

4.2%
3.6%
5.2%
6.3%
2.5%
1.1%
2.1%
4.3%
N/A
6.8%
3.6%

Carrying
Value
1,484.5
1,368.8
975.5
178.8
1,622.7
436.4
110.0
177.0
130.3
70.8
6,554.8
608.7
5,946.1

Carrying
Value
1,470.9
2,534.4
964.1
178.5
599.4
355.0
—
171.0
105.1
36.8
6,415.2
740.7
5,674.5

$

$

A portion of the debt classified as long-term, may be paid down earlier than scheduled at our discretion without
penalty. Certain customary restrictive covenants govern our maximum availability under our credit facilities. We
test and report our compliance with these covenants as required and were in compliance with all of our covenants
at September 30, 2018. The carrying value of our debt includes the fair value step-up of debt acquired in mergers
and acquisitions. At September 30, 2018, the unamortized fair market value step-up was $250.8 million, which will
be amortized over a weighted average remaining life of 12.3 years. The weighted average interest rate also
includes the fair value step up. Excluding the step-up, the weighted average interest rate on total debt was 4.6%.
At September 30, 2018, we had $104.9 million of outstanding letters of credit not drawn upon. At September 30,
2018, we had approximately $3.2 billion of availability under our committed credit facilities. This liquidity may be
used to provide for ongoing working capital needs and for other general corporate purposes including acquisitions,
dividends and stock repurchases. The estimated fair value of our debt was approximately $6.4 billion and $6.8
billion as of September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively. The fair value of our long-term debt is
categorized as level 2 within the fair value hierarchy and is primarily either based on quoted prices for those or
similar instruments, or approximately the carrying amount, as the variable interest rates reprice frequently at
observable current market rates. During fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, amortization of debt issuance costs charged
to interest expense were $6.3 million, $4.5 million and $4.6 million, respectively.

Public Bonds / Notes Issued

At September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, the face value of our public bond obligations outstanding

were $4.9 billion and $3.8 billion, respectively.

On March 6, 2018, we issued $600.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3.75% senior notes due 2025 and
$600.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.0% senior notes due 2028 (collectively, the “Notes”) in an
unregistered offering pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at a
discount of approximately $1.7 million and $1.0 million, respectively. In connection with issuing the Notes, we
recorded debt issuance costs of $4.9 million and $5.0 million, respectively, which are being amortized over the
respective terms of the Notes. Giving effect to the amortization of the original issue discount and the debt issuance
costs, the effective interest rates of the Notes were 3.93% and 4.12%, respectively. WestRock MWV, LLC and
WestRock RKT Company have guaranteed the Company’s obligations under the Notes. The Company may
redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at any time at specified redemption prices, plus accrued and unpaid interest,
if any. The proceeds from the issuance of the Notes were used primarily to pay down the remaining $540.0 million
of our then existing term loan facility, pay down $445.0 million of our commercial paper program, pay down $100.0
million of our Receivables Facility and pay down $104.7 million of our Sumitomo Credit Facility (as hereinafter
defined).

113

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

On August 24, 2017, we issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3.0% Senior Notes due
September 15, 2024 and $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3.375% Senior Notes due September 15,
2027 in an unregistered offering pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act at a discount of
approximately $1.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively, and recorded debt issuance costs of $4.2 million and $4.3
million, respectively, which are being amortized over the respective terms of the notes. Giving effect to the
amortization of the original issue discount and the debt issuance costs, the effective interest rates of the notes are
3.18% and 3.48%, respectively. The proceeds from the issuance of the notes was used to pre-pay $575.0 million
of amortization payments through the maturity of our term loan and $415.0 million then outstanding on the
Receivables Facility.

y
Term Loan Facilities and Revolving Credit Facility

g

In connection with the Combination, on July 1, 2015, we entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit
Agreement”), which provided for a 5-year senior unsecured term loan in an aggregate principal amount of $2.3
billion and a 5-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility in an aggregate committed principal amount of $2.0
billion (together the “Credit Facility”). On July 1, 2015, we drew $1.2 billion of the $2.3 billion unsecured term loan
and $1.1 billion was available to be drawn on a delayed draw basis not later than April 1, 2016 in up to two
separate draws. Certain proceeds of the Credit Facility were used to repay certain indebtedness of our subsidiaries
at the time of the Combination, including the then existing RockTenn credit facility, and to pay fees and expenses
incurred in connection with the Combination. The Credit Facility is unsecured and is guaranteed by WestRock’s
wholly-owned subsidiaries WestRock RKT Company and WestRock MWV, LLC. On March 24, 2016, we drew
$600.0 million of the then available $1.1 billion delayed draw term loan facility for general corporate purposes and
the balance of the delayed draw term loan facility was terminated. On June 22, 2016, we pre-paid $200.0 million of
the term loan amortization payments due through the second quarter of fiscal 2018. On August 24, 2017, in
connection with the issuance of public bonds, we pre-paid $575.0 million of the term loan amortization payments
due through the maturity of the term loan. The carrying value of this term loan facility at September 30, 2017 was
$1,023.5 million. On October 31, 2017, we pre-paid $485.0 million of the outstanding principal balance by
borrowing on our Receivables Facility. On March 14, 2018, in connection with the issuance of public bonds, we
pre-paid the remaining $540.0 million principal balance.

On July 1, 2016, we executed an option to extend the term of the 5-year senior unsecured revolving credit
facility for one year beyond the original term. On June 30, 2017, we executed an option to extend the term of the
facility for a second additional year. Approximately $1.9 billion of the original $2.0 billion aggregate committed
principal amount has been extended to July 1, 2022, and the remainder will continue to mature on July 1, 2020. Up
to $150 million under the revolving credit facility may be used for the issuance of letters of credit. In addition, up to
$400 million of the revolving credit facility may be used to fund borrowings in non-U.S. dollar currencies including
Canadian dollars, Euro and Pound Sterling. Additionally, we may request up to $200 million of the revolving credit
facility to be allocated to a Mexican peso revolving credit facility. At September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017,
we had no amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility.

At our option, loans issued under the Credit Facility will bear interest at either the London Interbank Offered
Rate (“LIBOR”) or an alternate base rate, in each case plus an applicable interest rate margin. Loans will initially
bear interest at LIBOR plus 1.125% per annum, in the case of LIBOR borrowings, or at the alternate base rate plus
0.125% per annum, in the alternative, and thereafter the interest rate will fluctuate between LIBOR plus 1.00% per
annum and LIBOR plus 1.50% per annum (or between the alternate base rate plus 0.00% per annum and the
alternate base rate plus 0.50% per annum), based upon our corporate credit ratings or the leverage ratio (as
defined in the Credit Agreement) (whichever yields a lower applicable interest rate margin) at such time. In
addition, we will be required to pay fees that will fluctuate between 0.125% per annum to 0.25% per annum on the
unused amount of the revolving credit facility, based upon our corporate credit ratings or the leverage ratio
(whichever yields a lower fee) at such time. Loans under the Credit Facility may be prepaid at any time without
premium.

The Credit Agreement contains usual and customary representations and warranties, and usual and
customary affirmative and negative covenants,
financial covenants (including maintenance of
including:
a maximum consolidated debt to capitalization ratio and a minimum consolidated interest coverage ratio, as
defined in the Credit Agreement) and limitations on liens, additional
indebtedness and asset sales and
mergers. The Credit Agreement also contains usual and customary events of default, including: non-payment of
principal, interest, fees and other amounts; material breach of a representation or warranty; default on other

114

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

judgments;
material debt; bankruptcy or insolvency; incurrence of certain material ERISA liabilities; material
impairment of loan documentation; change of control; and material breach of obligations under securitization
programs.

On July 1, 2015, three WestRock wholly-owned subsidiaries, RockTenn CP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, Rock-Tenn Converting Company, a Georgia corporation, and MeadWestvaco Virginia Corporation, a
Delaware corporation, as borrowers, entered into a credit agreement (the “Farm Loan Credit Agreement”) with
CoBank ACB, as administrative agent. The Farm Loan Credit Agreement provides for a 7-year senior unsecured
term loan in an aggregate principal amount of $600.0 million (the “Farm Loan Credit Facility”). The Farm Credit
Facility is guaranteed by WestRock Company, WestRock RKT Company and WestRock MWV, LLC. The carrying
value of this facility at September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017 was $599.4 million and $599.2 million,
respectively.

y
European Revolving Credit Facility

g

p

On May 15, 2017, we entered into a $600.0 million European revolving credit facility with Coöperatieve
Rabobank U.A., New York Branch as the administrative agent for the syndicate of banks. This facility provided for
a 364-day unsecured U.S. dollar, Euro and Sterling denominated borrowing of not more than $600.0 million. The
facility was set to mature on May 14, 2018. The carrying value of this facility at September 30, 2017 was $211.6
million. On April 27, 2018, we repaid all amounts outstanding and the facility was closed.

On April 27, 2018, we entered into a €500.0 million revolving credit facility with an incremental €100.0 million
accordion feature with Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch as the administrative agent for the
syndicate of banks (the “European Revolving Credit Facility”). This facility provides for a 3-year unsecured U.S.
dollar, Euro and Sterling denominated borrowing of not more than €500.0 million and matures on April 27, 2021.
This facility replaced the $600.0 million European Revolving Credit Facility as discussed above. At September 30,
2018, we had borrowed $355.0 million under this new facility and entered into foreign currency exchange contracts
of $356.0 million as an economic hedge for the U.S. dollar denominated borrowing plus interest by a non-U.S.
dollar functional currency entity. The net of gains or losses from these foreign currency exchange contracts and the
changes in the remeasurement of the U.S. dollar denominated borrowing in our foreign subsidiaries have been
immaterial to our statements of operations.

g
Other Revolving Credit Facilities

On October 31, 2017, we entered into a credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as
administrative agent, providing for a 364-day senior unsecured revolving credit facility in an aggregate committed
principal amount of $450.0 million. The proceeds of the credit facility may be used for working capital and for other
general corporate purposes. The credit facility is unsecured and is guaranteed by WestRock RKT Company and
WestRock MWV, LLC and Whiskey Holdco, Inc. At our option, loans issued under the credit facility will bear
interest at either LIBOR or an alternate base rate, in each case plus an applicable interest rate margin. At
September 30, 2018, there were no amounts outstanding and the average borrowing rate under the facility would
have been 3.39%. On October 29, 2018, we renewed the term of the credit facility for another 364 days. The facility
now matures on October 28, 2019.

On February 10, 2017, we renewed the term of our $200.0 million uncommitted and revolving line of credit with
Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation (the “Sumitomo Credit Facility”). On February 7, 2018 we extended the
term of the facility from February 12, 2018 to February 12, 2019. At September 30, 2018, there were no amounts
outstanding under this facility. At September 30, 2017, we had $106.7 million outstanding.

On March 2, 2017, we renewed our €100.0 million uncommitted and revolving line of credit with Cooperatieve
Rabobank U.A., New York Branch. The facility is available in Euros only, and continues until terminated in writing
by WestRock or the lender. At September 30, 2018, there were no amounts outstanding under this facility. At
September 30, 2017 we had $118.1 million outstanding.

y
Receivables-Backed Financing Facility

g

On July 22, 2016, we entered into a $700.0 million sixth amended and restated receivables sale agreement
with certain originators (the “Receivables Facility”) that matures on July 22, 2019. The Receivables Facility

115

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

includes certain restrictions on what constitutes eligible receivables under the facility and allows for the exclusion
of eligible receivables of specific obligors each calendar year subject to the following restrictions: (i) the aggregate
of excluded receivables may not exceed 7.5% of eligible receivables under the Receivables Facility, and (ii) the
excluded receivables of each obligor may not exceed 2.5% of the aggregate outstanding balance. The borrowing
rate consists of a blend of the market rate for asset-backed commercial paper and the one month LIBOR rate plus
fee was 0.25% and 0.25% as of September 30, 2018 and
a credit spread of 0.85%. The commitment
September 30, 2017, respectively.

Borrowing availability under this facility is based on the eligible underlying accounts receivable and compliance
with certain covenants. The agreement governing the Receivables Facility contains restrictions, including, among
others, on the creation of certain liens on the underlying collateral. We test and report our compliance with these
covenants monthly; we were in compliance with all of these covenants at September 30, 2018. At September 30,
2018 and September 30, 2017, maximum available borrowings, excluding amounts outstanding under the
Receivables Facility, were $571.0 million and $577.6 million, respectively. The carrying amount of accounts
receivable collateralizing the maximum available borrowings at September 30, 2018 was approximately $887.0
million. We have continuing involvement with the underlying receivables as we provide credit and collections
services pursuant
to the Receivables Facility agreement. At September 30, 2018 there were no amounts
outstanding under this facility and the carrying value at September 30, 2017 was $110.0 million.

Commercial Paper Program

g

p

On October 31, 2017, we established an unsecured commercial paper program, pursuant to which we may
issue short-term, unsecured commercial paper notes in an aggregate principal amount at any time not to exceed
$1.0 billion with up to 397-day maturities (the “Commercial Paper Program”). The Commercial Paper Program
has no expiration date and can be terminated by either the agent or us with not less than 30 days’ notice. Our $2.0
billion unsecured revolving credit facility is intended to backstop the Commercial Paper Program. Amounts
available under the program may be borrowed, repaid and re-borrowed from time to time. The net proceeds of
issuances of the notes under the program have been, and are expected to continue to be, used for general
corporate purposes. Our borrowing rate under the Commercial Paper Program facility is market-determined and
varies with each issuance. At September 30, 2018, there were no amounts outstanding under the program.

Delayed Draw Credit Facilities

y

On March 7, 2018, we entered into a credit agreement (the “Delayed Draw Credit Agreement”) with Wells
Fargo as administrative agent to provide for $3.8 billion of senior unsecured term loans, consisting of a 364-day
$300.0 million term loan, a 3-year $1.75 billion term loan and a 5-year $1.75 billion term loan (collectively, the
“Delayed Draw Credit Facilities”). In fiscal 2018, we recorded debt issuance costs of approximately $4.0 million,
which are being amortized over the respective terms of the Delayed Draw Credit Facilities.

On November 2, 2018, in connection with the closing of the KapStone Acquisition we drew upon the facility in
full. The proceeds of the Delayed Draw Credit Facilities and other sources of cash were used to pay the
consideration for the KapStone Acquisition, to repay certain existing indebtedness of KapStone and to pay fees
and expenses incurred in connection with the KapStone Acquisition. The Delayed Draw Credit Facilities are senior
unsecured obligations of the Company, as borrower, and each of Holdco, WestRock RKT Company and WestRock
MWV, LLC, respectively, as guarantors.

At our option, loans issued under the Delayed Draw Credit Facilities will bear interest at a floating rate based
on either LIBOR or an alternate base rate, in each case plus an applicable interest rate margin. The applicable
interest rate margin will be 1.125% to 2.000% per annum for LIBOR rate loans and 0.125% to 1.000% per annum
for alternate base rate loans, in each case depending on the Leverage Ratio (as defined in the credit agreement) or
Holdco’s corporate credit ratings, whichever yields a lower applicable interest rate margin, at such time. In addition,
we will be required to pay a commitment fee of 0.125% per annum to 0.300% per annum (depending on the
Leverage Ratio or the Company’s corporate credit ratings, whichever yields a lower fee) on the unused term loan
commitments, accruing from June 5, 2018 until the earlier of the funding of the loans under the Delayed Draw
Credit Facilities or the Delayed Draw Termination Date. Loans under the Delayed Draw Credit Facilities may be
prepaid at any time without premium.

116

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The credit agreement contains usual and customary representations and warranties, and usual and customary
affirmative and negative covenants,
financial covenants (including maintenance of a maximum
consolidated debt to capitalization ratio and a minimum consolidated interest coverage ratio) and limitations on
liens, additional subsidiary indebtedness and asset sales and mergers. The credit agreement also contains usual
and customary events of default, including: non-payment of principal, interest, fees and other amounts; material
breach of a representation or warranty; default on other material debt; bankruptcy or insolvency; incurrence of
certain material ERISA liabilities; material judgments; impairment of loan documentation; change of control; and
material breach of obligations under securitization programs.

including:

Capital Lease and Other Indebtedness

p

The range of due dates on our capital lease obligations are primarily in fiscal 2027 to 2035. Our international

debt is primarily in Europe, Brazil and India.

As of September 30, 2018, the aggregate maturities of debt, excluding capital

lease obligations, for the

succeeding five fiscal years and thereafter are as follows (in millions):

Fiscal 2019
Fiscal 2020
Fiscal 2021
Fiscal 2022
Fiscal 2023
Thereafter
Fair value of debt step-up, deferred financing costs and unamortized

bond discounts

Total

$

$

726.6
474.5
350.3
1,000.9
350.1
3,136.6

205.2
6,244.2

As of September 30, 2018, the aggregate maturities of capital lease obligations for the succeeding five fiscal

years and thereafter are as follows (in millions):

Fiscal 2019
Fiscal 2020
Fiscal 2021
Fiscal 2022
Fiscal 2023
Thereafter
Fair value step-up
Total

Note 14. Operating Leases

$

$

5.0
4.2
2.5
2.1
0.6
138.1
18.5
171.0

We lease certain manufacturing and warehousing facilities and equipment, primarily transportation equipment,
and office space under various operating leases. Some leases contain escalation clauses and provisions for lease
renewal. As of September 30, 2018, future minimum lease payments under all noncancelable operating leases for
the succeeding five fiscal years and thereafter are as follows (in millions):

Fiscal 2019
Fiscal 2020
Fiscal 2021
Fiscal 2022
Fiscal 2023
Thereafter
Total future minimum lease payments

$

$

132.1
112.0
87.9
66.8
51.6
165.4
615.8

117

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Rental expense for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was approximately $243.7 million,
including lease payments under cancelable leases and

$210.5 million and $199.3 million,
respectively,
maintenance charges on transportation equipment.

Note 15. Special Purpose Entities

Pursuant to a sale of certain large-tract forestlands in 2007, a special purpose entity MWV Timber Notes
Holding, LLC (“MWV TN”) received, and WestRock assumed upon the Combination, an installment note receivable
in the amount of $398.0 million (“Timber Note”). The Timber Note does not require any principal payments until its
maturity in October 2027 and bears interest at a rate approximating LIBOR. In addition, the Timber Note is
supported by a bank-issued irrevocable letter of credit obtained by the buyer of the forestlands. The Timber Note is
not subject to prepayment in whole or in part prior to maturity. The bank’s credit rating as of October 2018 was
investment grade.

Using the Timber Note as collateral, MWV TN received $338.3 million in proceeds under a secured financing
agreement with a bank. Under the terms of the agreement, the liability from this transaction is non-recourse to the
Company and is payable from the Timber Note proceeds upon its maturity in October 2027. As a result, the Timber
Note is not available to satisfy any obligations of WestRock. MWV TN can elect to prepay at any time the liability in
whole or in part, however, given that the Timber Note is not prepayable, MWV TN expects to only repay the liability
at maturity from the Timber Note proceeds.

The Timber Note and the secured financing liability were fair valued on the opening balance sheet in
connection with the Combination. As of September 30, 2018, the Timber Note was $366.0 million and is included
within restricted assets held by special purpose entities on the consolidated balance sheet and the secured
financing liability was $323.1 million and is included within non-recourse liabilities held by special purpose entities
on the consolidated balance sheet.

Pursuant to the sale of MWV’s remaining U.S. forestlands, which occurred on December 6, 2013, another
special purpose entity MWV Timber Notes Holding Company II, LLC (“MWV TN II”) received, and WestRock
assumed upon the Combination, an installment note receivable in the amount of $860.0 million (the “Installment
Note”). The Installment Note does not require any principal payments until its maturity in December 2023 and
bears interest at a fixed rate of 5.207%. However, at any time during a 180-day period following receipt by the
borrower of notice from us that we intend to withhold our consent to any amendment or waiver of this Installment
Note that was requested by the borrower and approved by any eligible assignees, the borrower may prepay the
Installment Note in whole but not in part for cash at 100% of the principal, plus accrued but unpaid interest,
breakage, or other similar amount if any. As of September 30, 2018, no event had occurred that would allow for the
prepayment of the Installment Note. We monitor the credit quality of the borrower and receive quarterly compliance
certificates. The borrower’s credit rating as of October 2018 was investment grade.

Using the Installment Note as collateral, MWV TN II received $774.0 million in proceeds under a secured
financing agreement with a bank. Under the terms of the agreement, the liability from this transaction is non-
recourse to WestRock and is payable from the Installment Note proceeds upon its maturity in December 2023. As
a result, the Installment Note is not available to satisfy any obligations of WestRock. MWV TN II can elect to
prepay, at any time, the liability in whole or in part, with sufficient notice, but would avail itself of this provision only
in the event the Installment Note was prepaid in whole or in part. The secured financing agreement however
requires a mandatory repayment, up to the amount of cash received, if the Installment Note is prepaid in whole or
in part.

The Installment Note and the secured financing liability were fair valued on the opening balance sheet in
connection with the Combination. As of September 30, 2018, the Installment Note was $915.0 million and is
included within restricted assets held by special purpose entities on the consolidated balance sheet and the
secured financing liability was $830.6 million and is included within non-recourse liabilities held by special purpose
entities on the consolidated balance sheet.

Note 16. Related Party Transactions

We sell products to affiliated companies. Net sales to the affiliated companies for the fiscal years ended
September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 were approximately $418.8 million, $423.6 million and $346.6 million,

118

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

respectively. Accounts receivable due from the affiliated companies at September 30, 2018 and 2017 was $64.2
million and $65.1 million, respectively, and was included in accounts receivable on our consolidated balance
sheets.

Note 17. Commitments and Contingencies

Capital Additions

Estimated costs for future purchases of fixed assets that we are obligated to purchase as of September 30,

2018, total approximately $203 million.

Environmental and Other Matters

Environmental compliance requirements are a significant

factor affecting our business. We employ
manufacturing processes that result in various discharges, emissions and wastes. These processes are subject to
numerous federal, state, local and international environmental laws and regulations, as well as the requirements of
environmental permits and similar authorizations issued by various governmental authorities.

On January 31, 2013, the EPA published Boiler MACT. Boiler MACT required compliance by January 31, 2016
or by January 31, 2017 for those mills for which we obtained a prior compliance extension. All work required for our
boilers to comply with the rule has been completed. On July 29, 2016, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of
Columbia Circuit issued a ruling on the consolidated cases challenging Boiler MACT. The court vacated key
portions of the rule, including emission limits for certain subcategories of solid fuel boilers, and remanded other
issues to the EPA for further rulemaking. At this time, we cannot predict with certainty how this decision will impact
our existing Boiler MACT strategies or whether we will incur additional costs to comply with any revised Boiler
MACT standards.

In addition to Boiler MACT, we are subject to a number of other federal, state, local and international
environmental rules that may impact our business, including the National Ambient Air Quality Standards for
nitrogen oxide, sulfur dioxide, fine particulate matter and ozone for facilities in the U.S.

We are involved in various administrative proceedings relating to environmental matters that arise in the
normal course of business, and we may become involved in similar matters in the future. Although the ultimate
outcome of these proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty and we cannot at this time estimate any
reasonably possible losses based on available information, we do not believe that the currently expected outcome
of any environmental proceedings and claims that are pending or threatened against us will have a material
adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

CERCLA and Other Remediation Costs

We face potential liability under federal, state, local and international laws as a result of releases, or threatened
releases, of hazardous substances into the environment from various sites owned and operated by third parties at
which Company-generated wastes have allegedly been deposited. Generators of hazardous substances sent to
off-site disposal locations at which environmental problems exist, as well as the owners of those sites and certain
other classes of persons, are liable for response costs for the investigation and remediation of such sites under
CERCLA and analogous laws. While joint and several liability is authorized under CERCLA, liability is typically
shared with other PRPs, and costs are commonly allocated according to relative amounts of waste deposited and
other factors.

In addition, certain of our current or former locations are being investigated or remediated under various
environmental laws, including CERCLA. Based on information known to us and assumptions, we do not believe
that the costs of these projects will have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition
or cash flows. However, the discovery of contamination or the imposition of additional obligations, including natural
resources damaged at these or other sites in the future could result in additional costs.

On January 26, 2009, Smurfit-Stone and certain of its subsidiaries filed a voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Smurfit-Stone’s Canadian subsidiaries also filed to reorganize in
Canada. We believe that matters relating to previously identified third-party PRP sites and certain facilities formerly
owned or operated by Smurfit-Stone have been satisfied by claims in the Smurfit-Stone bankruptcy proceedings.

119

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

However, we may face additional
discharge, but are not currently identified. The final bankruptcy distributions were made in fiscal 2018.

liability for cleanup activity at sites that are not subject to the bankruptcy

We believe that we can assert claims for indemnification pursuant to existing rights we have under purchase
and other agreements in connection with certain remediation sites. In addition, we believe that we have insurance
coverage, subject to applicable deductibles/retentions, policy limits and other conditions, for certain environmental
matters. However, there can be no assurance that we will be successful with respect to any claim regarding these
insurance or indemnification rights or that, if we are successful, any amounts paid pursuant to the insurance or
indemnification rights will be sufficient to cover all our costs and expenses. We also cannot predict with certainty
whether we will be required to perform remediation projects at other locations, and it is possible that our
remediation requirements and costs could increase materially in the future and exceed current reserves. In
addition, we cannot currently assess with certainty the impact that future changes in cleanup standards or federal,
state or other environmental laws, regulations or enforcement practices will have on our results of operations,
financial condition or cash flows.

As of September 30, 2018, we had $10.8 million reserved for environmental liabilities on an undiscounted
basis, of which $6.7 million is included in other long-term liabilities and $4.1 million in other current liabilities,
including amounts accrued in connection with environmental obligations relating to the manufacturing facilities that
we have closed. We believe the liability for these matters was adequately reserved at September 30, 2018.

Climate Change

Certain jurisdictions in which we have manufacturing facilities or other investments have taken actions to
address climate change. The EPA has issued the Clean Air Act permitting regulations applicable to certain facilities
that emit GHG. The EPA also has promulgated a rule requiring certain industrial facilities that emit 25,000 metric
tons or more of carbon dioxide equivalent per year to file an annual report of their emissions. While we have
facilities subject to existing GHG permitting and reporting requirements, the impact of these requirements has not
been material to date.

Additionally, the EPA has been working on a set of interrelated rulemakings aimed at cutting carbon emissions
from power plants. On August 3, 2015, the EPA issued the Clean Power Plan. On the same day, the EPA issued a
second rule setting standards of performance for new, modified and reconstructed electric utility generating units.
On February 9, 2016, the U.S. Supreme Court issued a stay halting implementation of the Clean Power Plan until
the pending legal challenges to the rule are resolved. As directed by Executive Order, on April 4, 2017, the EPA
issued a proposed rule announcing its intention to review the Clean Power Plan, and, if appropriate, initiate
proceedings to suspend, revise or rescind it. A number of states subject to the Clean Power Plan have stopped
working on their implementation strategies in response to the litigation and Executive Order; however, certain
states where we operate manufacturing facilities have indicated their intention to continue their carbon reduction
efforts. On August 21, 2018, the EPA proposed the ACE rule, which would establish emission guidelines for
states to develop plans to address greenhouse gas emissions from existing coal-fired power plants. The ACE rule
would replace the 2015 Clean Power Plan, which EPA has proposed to repeal. The Clean Power Plan was stayed
by the U.S. Supreme Court and has never gone into effect. Although the Clean Power Plan and ACE rule do not
apply directly to the power generation facilities at our mills, if either rule becomes effective, it would have the
potential to increase the cost of purchased electricity for our manufacturing operations and change the treatment of
certain types of biomass that are currently considered carbon neutral. Due to ongoing litigation and other
uncertainties regarding the Clean Power Plan and ACE rule, their potential impacts on us cannot be quantified with
certainty at this time.

In addition to national efforts to regulate climate change, some U.S. states in which we have manufacturing
operations are also taking measures to reduce GHG emissions, such as requiring GHG emissions reporting or
developing regional cap-and trade programs. California has enacted a cap-and-trade program that took effect in
2012, and includes enforceable compliance obligations that began on January 1, 2013. In July 2017, California
extended the cap-and-trade program to 2030. We do not have any manufacturing facilities that are subject to the
cap-and-trade requirements in California; however, we are continuing to monitor the implementation of this
program as well as proposed mandatory GHG reduction efforts in other states. Also, the Washington Department
of Ecology has issued a final rule, known as the Clean Air Rule, which applies to GHGs from facilities that have
average annual carbon dioxide equivalent emissions equal to or exceeding 100,000 metric tons/year. Energy
intensive and trade exposed facilities, including our Tacoma, WA and Longview, WA (which we acquired through

120

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the KapStone Acquisition (as hereinafter defined)) mills, and transportation fuel importers are subject to regulation
under this program. In September 2016, various groups filed lawsuits against the Washington Department of
Ecology challenging the Clean Air Rule. In April 2018, the Thurston County Superior Court invalidated the Clean
Air Rule, and the Washington Department of Ecology subsequently filed an appeal with the State Supreme Court.
The Court has not yet decided whether to grant the appeal. Implementation of the Clean Air Rule has been stayed
in the meantime.

The Paris Agreement established a framework for reducing global GHG emissions. By signing the Paris
Agreement, the U.S. made a non-binding commitment to reduce economy-wide GHG emissions by 26% to 28%
below 2005 levels by 2025. Other countries in which we conduct business, including China, European Union
member states and India, have set GHG reduction targets. The Paris Agreement became effective on November
4, 2016. Although a party to the agreement may not provide the required one-year notice of withdrawal until three
years after the effective date, in June 2017, President Trump announced that the U.S. intended to withdraw from
the Paris Agreement. The governors of New York, California’s system and Washington’s system subsequently
announced their intent to form a “climate alliance” to coordinate a state response to climate change. At this time, it
is not possible to determine how the Paris Agreement, or any potential U.S. commitments in lieu of those under the
agreement, may impact U.S. industrial facilities, including our domestic operations.

Several of our international facilities are located in countries that have already adopted GHG emissions trading
schemes. For example, Quebec has become a member of the Western Climate Initiative, which is a collaboration
among California and certain Canadian provinces that have joined together to create a cap-and-trade program to
reduce GHG emissions. In 2009, Quebec adopted a target of reducing GHG emissions by 20% below 1990 levels
by 2020 and 37.5% from 1990 levels by 2030. In 2011, Quebec issued a final regulation establishing a regional
cap-and-trade program that required reductions in GHG emissions from covered emitters as of January 1, 2013.
The Province formally linked its carbon trading system with California in January 2014 and with Ontario in January
2018. Our mill
in Quebec is subject to these cap-and-trade requirements, although the direct impact of this
regulation has not been material to date. Compliance with this program and other similar programs may require
future expenditures to meet required GHG emission reduction requirements in future years.

The regulation of climate change continues to develop in the areas of the world where we conduct business.
We have systems in place for tracking the GHG emissions from our energy-intensive facilities, and we carefully
monitor developments in climate change laws, regulations and policies to assess the potential impact of such
developments on our results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and disclosure obligations.

Litigation

A lawsuit filed in the U.S. District Court of the Northern District of Illinois in 2010 alleges that certain named
defendants violated the Sherman Act by conspiring to limit the supply and fix the prices of containerboard and
products containing containerboard from February 15, 2004 through November 8, 2010 (the “Antitrust
Litigation”). WestRock CP, LLC, as the successor to Smurfit-Stone, is a named defendant with respect to the
period after Smurfit-Stone’s discharge from bankruptcy on June 30, 2010 through November 8, 2010. The
complaint seeks treble damages and costs, including attorney’s fees. In March 2015, the court granted the
plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. On January 9, 2017, the defendants filed individual and joint Motions for
Summary Judgment in the District Court. On August 3, 2017, the District Court granted our Motion for Summary
Judgment with respect to all claims against us. The plaintiffs have since filed a notice of appeal and, on May 28,
2018, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit heard oral arguments regarding whether or not the court
should reverse the District Court’s decision. We do not expect the resolution of the Antitrust Litigation to have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We have been named a defendant in asbestos-related personal injury litigation. To date, the costs resulting
from the litigation, including settlement costs, have not been significant. As of September 30, 2018, there were
approximately 735 lawsuits. We believe that we have substantial
insurance coverage, subject to applicable
deductibles and policy limits, with respect to asbestos claims. We have valid defenses to these asbestos-related
personal injury claims and intend to continue to defend them vigorously. Should the volume of litigation grow
substantially, it is possible that we could incur significant costs resolving these cases. We do not expect the
resolution of pending asbestos litigation and proceedings to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated
financial condition or liquidity. In any given period or periods, however, it is possible such proceedings or matters
could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

121

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

We are a defendant in a number of other lawsuits and claims arising out of the conduct of our business. While
the ultimate results of such suits or other proceedings against us cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe the
resolution of these other matters will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial
condition or cash flows.

Guarantees

We make certain guarantees in the course of conducting our operations, for compliance with certain laws and
regulations, or in connection with certain business dispositions. The guarantees include items such as funding of
net losses in proportion to our ownership share of certain joint ventures, debt guarantees related to certain
unconsolidated entities acquired in acquisitions, indemnifications of lessors in certain facilities and equipment
operating leases for items such as additional taxes being assessed due to a change in tax law and certain other
agreements. We estimate the exposure for these matters could be approximately $50 million. As of September 30,
2018, we have recorded $11.7 million for the estimated fair value of these guarantees. We are unable to estimate
our maximum exposure under operating leases because it is dependent on potential changes in the tax laws;
however, we believe our exposure related to guarantees would not have a material
impact on our results of
operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Note 18. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss and Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following table summarizes the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component for the

fiscal years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 (in millions):

Deferred
Loss on Cash
Flow Hedges
$

Defined Benefit
Pension and
Postretirement
Plans

Foreign
Currency
Items

Available
for Sale
Security

(0.2) $

(523.8) $

(102.4) $

— $

Total (1)
( )
(626.4)

—

22.8

80.8

0.7

104.3

(0.5)
—

35.6
2.9

—
26.8

—
—

35.1
29.7

(0.5)
(0.7) $

61.3
(462.5) $

107.6

5.2 $

0.7
0.7 $

169.1
(457.3)

(18.6)

(234.4)

0.8

(252.2)

(1.5)

(0.7)

— $

14.2

(238.0)
(695.3)

Balance at September 30, 2016
Other comprehensive income before

reclassifications

AAmounts reclassified from accumulated
other

comprehensive (income) loss

Sale of HH&B
Net current period other comprehensive

loss (income)

Balance at September 30, 2017
Other comprehensive (loss) income before

$

reclassifications

AAmounts reclassified from accumulated
other

comprehensive loss (income)

Net current period other comprehensive

income (loss)

Balance at September 30, 2018

$

(1) All amounts are net of tax and noncontrolling interest.

—

0.5

15.2

—

0.5
(0.2) $

(3.4)
(465.9) $

(234.4)
(229.2) $

122

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table summarizes the reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss by

component for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 (in millions):

Years Ended September 30,

2018

2017

Pre-Tax

Tax

Net of
Tax

Pre-Tax

Tax

Net of
Tax

AAmortization of defined benefit pension and

postretirement items: (1)
Actuarial gains (losses) (2)
Prior service credits (2)
Sale of HH&B (3)

Subtotal defined benefit plans
Foreign currency translation adjustments: (1)

Sale of HH&B (3)

AAvailable for sale security (4)
Derivative Instruments: (1)

Foreign currency cash flow hedges (4)

$

20.9
0.3
—
21.2

—
(1.5)

0.7

Total reclassifications for the period

$

20.4 $

(5.9) $
(0.1)
—
(6.0)

15.0 $

0.2
—
15.2

(56.3) $
0.5
(4.2)
(60.0)

20.4 $
(0.2)
1.3
21.5

—
—

—
(1.5)

(26.8)
—

—
—

(35.9)
0.3
(2.9)
(38.5)

(26.8)
—

(0.2)
(6.2) $

0.5

14.2 $

0.8
(86.0) $

(0.3)
21.2 $

0.5
(64.8)

(1) Amounts in parentheses indicate charges to earnings. Amounts pertaining to noncontrolling interests are excluded.
(2) These accumulated other comprehensive income components are included in the computation of net periodic pension

cost. See “Note 4. Retirement Plans” for additional details.
Included in gain on sale of HH&B.

(3)
(4) These accumulated other comprehensive income components are included in net sales.

A summary of the components of other comprehensive (loss) income, including noncontrolling interest, for the

years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, is as follows (in millions):

Fiscal 2018
Foreign currency translation loss
Reclassification adjustment of net loss on cash flow hedges

included in earnings

Net actuarial loss arising during period
AAmortization and settlement recognition of net actuarial loss
Prior service cost arising during the period
AAmortization of prior service cost
Unrealized gain on available for sale security
Reclassification adjustment of net gain on available for sale

security included in earnings

Consolidated other comprehensive loss
Less: Other comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling

interests

Other comprehensive loss attributable to common

stockholders

Pre-Tax

Tax

Net of Tax

$

(234.4) $

— $

(234.4)

0.7
(29.0)
20.9
(7.8)
0.3
0.8

(1.5)
(250.0)

—

(0.2)
15.9
(5.9)
2.3
(0.1)
—

—
12.0

—

0.5
(13.1)
15.0
(5.5)
0.2
0.8

(1.5)
(238.0)

—

$

(250.0) $

12.0

$

(238.0)

123

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Fiscal 2017
Foreign currency translation gain
Sale of HH&B, foreign currency
Reclassification adjustment of net gain on cash flow hedges

included in earnings

Net actuarial gain arising during period
AAmortization and settlement recognition of net actuarial loss
Prior service credit arising during the period
AAmortization of prior service credit
Unrealized gain on available for sale security
Sale of HH&B, defined benefit pension plans
Consolidated other comprehensive income
Less: Other comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling

interests

Other comprehensive income attributable to common

stockholders

Fiscal 2016
Foreign currency translation gain
Deferred loss on cash flow hedges
Reclassification adjustment of net loss on cash flow hedges

included in earnings

Net actuarial loss arising during period
AAmortization and settlement recognition of net actuarial loss (1)
Prior service credit arising during the period
AAmortization of prior service cost
Sale of foreign subsidiary
Consolidated other comprehensive income
Less: Other comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling

interests

Other comprehensive income attributable to common

stockholders
Includes pension risk transfer expense.

(1)

Note 19. Stockholders’ Equity

Capitalization

Pre-Tax

Tax

Net of Tax

$

$

80.7
26.8

— $
—

(0.8)
34.1
56.4
1.0
(0.4)
0.7
4.2
202.7

(0.2)

0.3
(11.9)
(20.4)
(0.3)
0.2
—
(1.3)
(33.4)

—

80.7
26.8

(0.5)
22.2
36.0
0.7
(0.2)
0.7
2.9
169.3

(0.2)

$

$

202.5

$

(33.4) $

169.1

Pre-Tax

Tax

Net of Tax

109.8
(0.7)

$

— $
0.3

1.9
(354.0)
379.7
2.3
1.8
20.2
161.0

0.7

(0.7)
129.4
(143.2)
(0.9)
(0.7)
—
(15.8)

—

0.7

$

161.7

$

(15.8) $

145.9

109.8
(0.4)

1.2
(224.6)
236.5
1.4
1.1
20.2
145.2

Our capital stock consists solely of Common Stock. Holders of our Common Stock are entitled to one vote per
share. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also authorizes preferred stock, of which no shares
have been issued. The terms and provisions of such shares will be determined by our board of directors upon any
issuance of such shares in accordance with our certificate of incorporation.

Stock Repurchase Plan

In July 2015, our board of directors authorized a repurchase program of up to 40.0 million shares of our
Common Stock, representing approximately 15% of our outstanding Common Stock as of July 1, 2015. The shares
of our Common Stock may be repurchased over an indefinite period of time at the discretion of management. In
fiscal 2018, we repurchased approximately 3.4 million shares of our Common Stock for an aggregate cost of
$195.1 million. In fiscal 2017, we repurchased approximately 1.8 million shares of our Common Stock for an
aggregate cost of $93.0 million. In fiscal 2016, we repurchased approximately 8.1 million shares of our Common
Stock for an aggregate cost of $335.3 million. As of September 30, 2018, we had remaining authorization under
the repurchase program authorized in July 2015 to purchase approximately 21.3 million shares of our Common
Stock.

124

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 20. Share-Based Compensation

Share-based Compensation Plans

At our Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on February 2, 2016, our stockholders approved the WestRock
Company 2016 Incentive Stock Plan. The 2016 Incentive Stock Plan was amended and restated on February 2,
2018 (the “Amended and Restated 2016 Incentive Stock Plan”). The Amended and Restated 2016 Incentive
Stock Plan allows for the granting of options, restricted stock, SARs and restricted stock units to certain key
employees and directors.

The table below shows the approximate number of shares: available for issuance, available for future grant, to
be issued if restricted awards granted with a performance condition recorded at target achieve the maximum
award, and if new grants pursuant to the plan are expected to be issued, each as adjusted as necessary for
corporate actions (in millions).

Shares
Available
For
Issuance

Shares
Available
For Future
Grant

Shares To Be
Issued If
Performance
Is Achieved At
Maximum

Expect To
Make
New
Awards

AAmended and Restated 2016 Incentive Stock Plan (1)
2004 Incentive Stock Plan (1)(2)
2005 Performance Incentive Plan (1)(2)
RockTenn (SSCC) Equity Inventive Plan (1)(3)

11.7
15.8
12.8
7.9

8.0
3.1
9.0
5.9

2.5
0.0
0.0
0.0

Yes
No
No
No

(1) As part of the Separation, equity-based incentive awards were generally adjusted to maintain the intrinsic value of
awards immediately prior to the Separation. The number of unvested restricted stock awards and unexercised stock
options and SARs at the time of the Separation were increased by an exchange factor of approximately 1.12. In
addition, the exercise price of unexercised stock options and SARs at the time of the Separation was converted to
decrease the exercise price by an exchange factor of approximately 1.12.

(2)

(3)

In connection with the Combination, WestRock assumed all RockTenn and MWV equity incentive plans. We issued
awards to certain key employees and our directors pursuant to our RockTenn 2004 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended,
and our MWV 2005 Performance Incentive Plan, as amended. The awards were converted into WestRock awards
using the conversion factor as described in Business Combination Agreement.

In connection with the Smurfit-Stone Acquisition, we assumed the Smurfit-Stone equity incentive plan, which was
renamed the Rock-Tenn Company (SSCC) Equity Incentive Plan. The awards were converted into shares of
RockTenn Common Stock, options and restricted stock units, as applicable, using the conversion factor as described
in the merger agreement.

Our results of operations for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 include share-based
compensation expense of $66.8 million, $60.9 million and $75.7 million, respectively, including $2.9 million
included in the gain on sale of HH&B in fiscal 2017. Share-based compensation expense in fiscal 2017 was
reduced by $5.4 million for the rescission of shares granted to our CEO that were inadvertently granted in excess
of plan limits in fiscal 2014 and 2015. The total income tax benefit in the results of operations in connection with
share-based compensation was $19.4 million, $22.5 million and $29.2 million,
for the fiscal years ended
September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Cash received from share-based payment arrangements for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018, 2017

and 2016 was $44.4 million, $59.2 million and $33.9 million, respectively.

Equity Awards Issued in Connection with the MPS Acquisition

In connection with the MPS Acquisition, we replaced certain outstanding awards of restricted stock units
granted under the MPS long-term incentive plan with WestRock restricted stock units. No additional shares will be
granted under the MPS plan. The MPS equity awards were replaced with identical terms utilizing an approximately
0.33 conversion factor as described in the merger agreement. As part of the MPS Acquisition, we granted 119,373

125

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

awards of restricted stock units, which contain service conditions and were valued at $54.24 per share. The
acquisition consideration included approximately $1.9 million related to outstanding MPS equity awards related to
service prior to the effective date of the MPS Acquisition – the balance related to service after the effective date will
be expensed over the remaining service period of the awards.

Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

Stock options granted under our plans generally have an exercise price equal to the closing market price on
the date of the grant, generally vest in three years, in either one tranche or in approximately one-third increments,
and have 10-year contractual terms. However, a portion of our grants are subject to earlier expense recognition
due to retirement eligibility rules. Presently, other than circumstances such as death, disability and retirement,
grants will include a provision requiring both a change of control and termination of employment to accelerate
vesting.

At the date of grant, we estimate the fair value of stock options granted using a Black-Scholes option pricing
model. We use historical data to estimate option exercises and employee terminations in determining the expected
term in years for stock options. Expected volatility is calculated based on the historical volatility of our stock, or a
combination of the historical volatility of both RockTenn and MWV grants. The risk-free interest rate is based on
U.S. Treasury securities in effect at the date of the grant of the stock options. The dividend yield is estimated based
on our historic annual dividend payments and current expectations for the future. We did not grant any stock
options in fiscal 2018 and 2017.

We applied the following weighted average assumptions to estimate the fair value of stock option grants made

in the following period:

Expected term in years
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Dividend yield

2016

7.0
38.3%
1.6%
4.5%

The table below summarizes the changes in all stock options during the fiscal year ended September 30,

2018:

Outstanding at September 30, 2017
Exercised
Expired
Forfeited
Outstanding at September 30, 2018
Exercisable at September 30, 2018
Vested and expected to vest at September 30, 2018

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$

$
$
$

30.51
21.73
37.17
32.13
33.75
34.17
33.75

Stock
Options
5,866,127
(1,582,313)
(5,819)
(24,341)
4,253,654
3,845,523
4,251,748

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in millions)

4.3
4.0
4.3

$
$
$

85.8
76.1
85.7

The weighted average grant date fair value for options granted during the fiscal year ended September 30,
2016 was $8.06 per share. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended
September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $67.4 million, $54.3 million and $14.5 million, respectively.

126

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

As of September 30, 2018,

total unrecognized compensation cost related to
nonvested stock options; that cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average remaining vesting period
of 0.3 years. We amortize these costs on a straight-line basis over the explicit service period.

there was $0.4 million of

As part of the Combination, we issued SARs to replace outstanding MWV SARs. The SARs were valued using
the Black-Scholes option pricing model. We measure compensation expense related to the SAR awards at the end
of each period. We do not expect to issue additional SARs.

The table below summarizes the changes in all SARs during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018:

Outstanding at September 30, 2017
Exercised
Expired
Outstanding at September 30, 2018
Exercisable at September 30, 2018

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

SARs

51,016
(9,935)
(4,095)
36,986
36,986

$

$
$

25.30
16.66
27.69
27.36
27.36

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in millions)

2.4 $
2.4 $

1.0
1.0

The aggregate intrinsic value of SARs exercised during the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016

was $0.5 million, $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

Restricted Stock

Restricted stock is typically granted annually to non-employee directors and certain of our employees. Our
non-employee director awards generally vest over a period of up to one year and are treated as issued and carry
dividend and voting rights until they vest. The vesting provisions for our employee awards may vary from grant to
grant; however, vesting generally is contingent upon meeting various service and/or performance or market goals
including, but not limited to, achievement of various financial targets including Cash Flow Per Share, Cash Flow to
Equity Ratio and relative Total Shareholder Return (each as defined in the award documents). Subject to the level
of performance attained, the target award for some of the grants may increase up to 200% of target or decrease to
zero depending upon the terms of the individual grant. The employee grants generally vest in three years.
Presently, other than circumstances such as death, disability and retirement, the grants generally include a
provision requiring both a change of control and termination of employment to accelerate vesting. For certain
employee grants, the grantee is entitled to receive dividend equivalent units, but will generally forfeit the restricted
award and the dividend equivalents if the employee separates from us during the vesting period or if the
predetermined goals are not accomplished.

The table below summarizes the changes in unvested restricted stock during the fiscal year ended

September 30, 2018:

Unvested at September 30, 2017 (1)
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Unvested at September 30, 2018 (1)

Weighted
Average
Grant Date Fair
Value

Shares/Units

2,959,449
1,116,111
(697,717)
(153,669)
3,224,174

$

$

45.28
69.36
57.39
45.07
51.01

127

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(1) Target awards granted with a performance condition, net of subsequent forfeitures, may be increased up to 200% of the
target or decreased to zero, subject to the level of performance attained. The awards are reflected in the table at the target
award amount of 100%. Based on current facts and assumptions we are forecasting the performance of the grants to be
attained at levels that would result in the issuance of approximately 0.9 million additional shares. However, it is possible
that the performance attained may vary.

There was approximately $83.5 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to all unvested restricted
shares as of September 30, 2018 that will be recognized over a weighted average remaining vesting period of 1.3
years.

The following table represents a summary of restricted stock shares granted in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 with
terms defined in the applicable grant letters. The shares are not deemed to be issued and carry voting rights until
the relevant conditions defined in the award documents have been met, unless otherwise noted.

Shares of restricted stock granted to non-employee directors (1)
Shares of restricted stock granted to employees:

Shares granted for attainment of a performance condition at

2018

23,285

2017

26,521

2016

64,155

an amount in excess of target (2)

45,964

340,319

447,261

Shares granted with a service condition and a Cash Flow Per

Share performance condition at target (3) (4)

432,655

507,070

1,211,760

Shares granted with a service condition and a relative Total

Shareholder Return market condition at target (3)

Shares granted with a service condition (5)

Share of restricted stock assumed in purchase accounting:

Shares granted with a service condition (6)

Total restricted stock granted

259,695
354,512

301,980
309,850

—
27,370

—
1,116,111

119,373
1,605,113

—
1,750,546

(1) Non-employee director grants generally vest over a period of up to one year and are deemed issued on the grant date and

have voting and dividend rights.

(2) Shares granted in the table above include shares subsequently issued for the level of performance attained in excess of
target. Shares issued in fiscal 2018 for the fiscal 2015 Cash Flow Per Share were at 103.7% of target. Shares issued in
fiscal 2017 for the fiscal 2014 Cash Flow Per Share were at 176.6% of target. Shares issued in fiscal 2016 for the fiscal
2013 Cash Flow to Equity Ratio were at 200% of target. Shares issued in fiscal 2017 and 2016 also include shares
accelerated for terminated employees primarily as a result of the Combination, which were achieved at between 146.5%
and 200% of target.

(3) These employee grants vest over approximately three years and have adjustable ranges from 0 - 200% of target subject to

the level of performance attained in the respective award agreement. The employee grants with a relative Total
Shareholder Return condition were valued using a Monte Carlo simulation, the terms of which are outlined below.

(4) Shares granted in fiscal 2015 were reduced by 50,326 shares at target related to the rescission of shares granted to our

CEO that were inadvertently granted in excess of plan limits.

(5) These shares vest over approximately three to four years.

(6) These shares vest over approximately one to three years.

The employee grants with a relative Total Shareholder Return market condition in fiscal 2018 were valued
using a Monte Carlo simulation at $66.28 per share. The significant assumptions used in valuing these grants
included: an expected term of 2.9 years, an expected volatility of 29.7% and a risk-free interest rate of 2.3%. We
amortize these costs on a straight-line basis over the explicit service period.

The employee grants with a relative Total Shareholder Return market condition in fiscal 2017 were valued
using a Monte Carlo simulation at $64.41 per share. The significant assumptions used in valuing these grants
included: an expected term of 2.9 years, an expected volatility of 30.6% and a risk-free interest rate of 1.4%. We
amortize these costs on a straight-line basis over the explicit service period.

128

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Expense is recognized on restricted stock grants on a straight-line basis over the explicit service period or for
performance based grants over the explicit service period when we estimate that it is probable the performance
conditions will be satisfied. Expense recognized on grants with a performance condition that affects how many
shares are ultimately awarded is based on the number of shares expected to be awarded.

The following table represents a summary of restricted stock vested in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 (in millions,

except shares):

Shares of restricted stock vested
AAggregate fair value of restricted stock vested

2018
697,717
46.1

2017
1,112,909
59.5

$

2016
1,589,761
57.5

$

$

The shares vested in fiscal 2018 reflect the vesting of the fiscal 2015 grants, with a Cash Flow Per Share
performance condition that vested at 103.7% of target, as well as certain shares with a performance and/or service
condition, including those shares assumed upon the Combination. The shares vested in 2017 reflect the vesting of
the fiscal 2014 grant, with a Cash Flow Per Share performance condition that vested at 176.6% of target, certain
shares assumed upon the Combination with a performance and/or service condition, as well as other awards
accelerated in connection with the Combination for certain former employees. The shares vested in 2016 reflect
the vesting of the fiscal 2013 grant, with a cash flow to equity ratio performance condition that vested at maximum,
certain shares assumed upon the Combination with a performance and/or service condition, as well as other
awards accelerated in connection with the Combination for certain former employees.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

At our Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on February 2, 2016, our stockholders approved the WestRock
Company Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). Under the ESPP, shares of Common Stock are reserved for
purchase by our qualifying employees. The ESPP allowed for the purchase of a total of approximately 2.5 million
shares of Common Stock. During fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, including shares purchased under the then existing
RockTenn Employee Stock Purchase Plan, employees purchased approximately 0.2 million, 0.2 million and 0.1
million shares, respectively, under the ESPP. We recognized $1.6 million, $1.3 million and $0.4 million of expense
for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, related to the 15% discount on the purchase price allowed to
employees. As of September 30, 2018, adjusted for the Separation, approximately 2.4 million shares of Common
Stock remained available for purchase under the ESPP.

129

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 21. Earnings per Share

Restricted stock awards we grant to non-employee directors are considered participating securities as they
receive non-forfeitable rights to dividends at the same rate as our Common Stock. As participating securities, we
include these instruments in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share under the two-class method
described in ASC 260, “Earnings per Share.” The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted
earnings per share under the two-class method (in millions, except per share data):

Numerator:

Income from continuing operations
Less: Net (income) loss from continuing operations attributable

$

1,909.3

$

698.6

$

154.8

to noncontrolling interest

(3.2)

9.6

(2.1)

Income available to common stockholders, before discontinued

operations

1,906.1

708.2

152.7

2018

September 30,
2017

2016

Less: Distributed and undistributed income available to

participating securities

Distributed and undistributed income attributable to common

stockholders, before discontinued operations

Loss from discontinued operations (1)
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

Denominator:

Basic weighted average shares outstanding
Effect of dilutive stock options and non-participating securities
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

Basic earnings per share from continuing operations
Basic loss per share from discontinued operations
Basic earnings (loss) per share attributable to common

stockholders

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations
Diluted loss per share from discontinued operations
Diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to common

stockholders

(0.2)

(0.1)

—

1,905.9
—
1,905.9

255.5
4.3
259.8

7.46
—

7.46

7.34
—

$

$

$

$

708.1
—
708.1

252.2
3.5
255.7

2.81
—

2.81

2.77
—

$

$

$

$

152.7
(549.0)
(396.3)

254.0
3.9
257.9

0.60
(2.16)

(1.56)

0.59
(2.13)

7.34

$

2.77

$

(1.54)

$

$

$

$

$

(1) Net of income attributable to noncontrolling interests of discontinued operations of $4.3 million for the fiscal year ended

September 30, 2016.

Weighted average shares include zero, 0.2 million and 0.3 million of reserved, but unissued shares at
September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016. These reserved shares were distributed as claims were liquidated or
resolved in accordance with the resolution of Smurfit-Stone bankruptcy claims. The final bankruptcy distributions
were made in fiscal 2018.

Options and restricted stock in the amount of 0.2 million, 0.7 million and 1.6 million common shares in fiscal
2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, were not included in computing diluted earnings per share because the effect
would have been antidilutive. The dilutive impact of the remaining awards outstanding in each year were included
in the effect of dilutive securities.

130

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 22. Financial Results by Quarter (Unaudited)

Fiscal 2018

Net sales
Cost of goods sold
Multiemployer pension withdrawals
Land and Development impairments
Restructuring and other costs
(Loss) gain on extinguishment of debt
Income tax benefit (expense)
Consolidated net income
Net income attributable to common stockholders
Basic earnings per share attributable to common

stockholders

Diluted earnings per share attributable to common

stockholders

Fiscal 2017

Net sales
Cost of goods sold
Pension lump sum settlement
Land and Development impairments
Restructuring and other costs
(Loss) gain on extinguishment of debt
Gain on sale of HH&B
Consolidated net income
Net income attributable to common stockholders
Basic earnings per share attributable to common

stockholders

Diluted earnings per share attributable to common

stockholders

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

$

$

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

$

$

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

4,017.0
3,220.4

(In millions, except per share data)
$
4,137.5
$
3,264.3
$
4.2
$
1.7
$
17.1
0.9
$
(84.5) $
$
271.3
$
268.2

$
$
— $
— $
$
31.7
$
0.1
(18.8) $
$
224.5
$
223.2

$
3,894.0
$
3,111.6
$
180.0
$
27.6
16.3
$
(1.0) $
$
$
$

1,073.2
1,133.5
1,135.1

4,236.6
3,294.9
—
2.6
40.3
(0.1)
(95.4)
280.0
279.6

4.45

4.38

$

$

0.87

0.86

$

$

1.05

1.03

$

$

1.10

1.08

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

3,447.2
2,855.9

3,695.6
3,000.1

(In millions, except per share data)
$
$
— $
— $
$
$
$
$
$

$
3,656.3
$
2,980.9
$
28.7
$
42.7
18.3
$
(0.1) $
— $
$
$

$
$
— $
— $
$
— $
— $
$
$

59.4
2.0
190.6
326.6
328.1

98.2
103.1

81.0

78.5
80.9

4,060.6
3,282.6
3.9
4.0
38.0
(0.1)
2.2
195.3
196.1

0.32

0.32

$

$

0.41

0.40

$

$

1.30

1.29

$

$

0.77

0.76

We computed the interim earnings per common and common equivalent share amounts as if each quarter was
a discrete period. As a result, the sum of the basic and diluted earnings per share by quarter will not necessarily
total the annual basic and diluted earnings per share.

Consolidated net income in the first quarter of fiscal 2018 financial results by quarter (unaudited) table was
decreased as the result of recording an estimated multiemployer pension withdrawal of $180.0 million, or $179.1
million net of noncontrolling interest, to withdraw from a multiemployer pension plan. See “Note 4. Retirement
Plans — Multiemployer Plans”. Additionally, consolidated net income in the first quarter of fiscal 2018 financial
results by quarter (unaudited) table was decreased due to a $27.6 million, or $25.6 million net of noncontrolling
interest, pre-tax non-cash impairment of certain mineral rights and real estate. Further, consolidated net income in
the first quarter of fiscal 2018 financial results by quarter (unaudited) table was increased by $1,086.9 million for
the provisional amount recorded for the measurement of our deferred tax balances in connection with the Tax Act.
See “Note 5. Income Taxes”. Basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders were
increased by approximately $3.67 and $3.61 per share, respectively for these items.

131

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Consolidated net income in the second quarter of fiscal 2018 financial results by quarter (unaudited) table
increased by $36.3 million related to an adjustment
to the provisional amount previously recorded for the
measurement of our deferred tax balances in connection with the Tax Act. Basic and diluted earnings per share
attributable to common stockholders were each increased by $0.14 per share.

Consolidated net income in the first quarter of fiscal 2017 financial results by quarter (unaudited) table was
increased due to a $23.8 million tax benefit related to the reduction of a state deferred tax liability as a result of an
internal U.S. legal entity restructuring that will simplify future operating activities within the U.S. Basic and diluted
earnings per share attributable to common stockholders were each increased by approximately $0.09 per share.

Consolidated net income in the second quarter of fiscal 2017 financial results by quarter (unaudited) table was
decreased due to a non-cash charge of $28.7 million recorded on the line item “Pension lump sum settlement” on
our Consolidated Statements of Operations related to our year to date lump sum payments to certain beneficiaries
of the Plan, together with several one-time severance benefit payments out of the Plan, triggered pension
settlement accounting. For additional information see “Note 4. Retirement Plans”. Additionally, consolidated net
income in the second quarter of fiscal 2017 financial results by quarter (unaudited) table was decreased due to a
non-cash charge of $42.7 million, or $36.3 million net of $6.4 million of noncontrolling interest, recorded on the line
item “Land and development impairments” on our consolidated statements of operations due to the accelerated
monetization strategy in our Land and Development segment. The impairment was recorded to write-down the
carrying value on projects where the projected sales proceeds were less than the carrying value. Basic and diluted
earnings per share attributable to common stockholders were each decreased by approximately $0.16 per share
for these items.

Consolidated net income in the third quarter of fiscal 2017 financial results by quarter (unaudited) table was
increased due to a pre-tax gain on sale of HH&B of $190.6 million. Basic and diluted earnings per share from
continuing operations and basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders were each
increased by approximately $0.76 and $0.75 per share, respectively. See “Note 1. Description of Business and
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Description of Business” for additional information.

Note 23. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

KapStone Acquisition

On November 2, 2018, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Company acquired all of the outstanding
shares of KapStone through the Mergers. KapStone is a leading North American producer and distributor of
containerboard, corrugated products and specialty papers, including liner and medium containerboard, kraft
papers and saturating kraft. KapStone also owns Victory Packaging, a packaging solutions distribution company
with facilities in the United States, Canada and Mexico.

As a result of the Mergers, among other things, the Company became the ultimate parent of WRKCo,
KapStone and their respective subsidiaries. Effective as of the Effective Time, the Company changed its name to
“WestRock Company” and WRKCo changed its name to “WRKCo Inc.”.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at the Effective Time (a) each issued and outstanding share of common
stock, par value $0.01 per share, of WRKCo (“WRKCo common stock”) was converted into one share of common
stock, par value $0.01 per share, of
the Company (“Company common stock”) and (b) each issued and
outstanding share of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of KapStone (“KapStone common stock”)
(other than shares of KapStone common stock owned by (i) KapStone or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) any
KapStone stockholder who properly exercised appraisal rights with respect to its shares of KapStone common
stock in accordance with Section 262 of the Delaware General Corporation Law) was automatically canceled and
converted into the right to receive (1) $35.00 per share in cash, without interest (the “Cash Consideration”), or, at
the election of the holder of such share of KapStone common stock, (2) 0.4981 shares of Company common stock
(the “Stock Consideration”) and cash in lieu of fractional shares, subject to proration procedures designed to
ensure that the Stock Consideration would be received in respect of no more than 25% of the shares of KapStone
common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (the “Maximum Stock Amount”).
Each share of KapStone common stock in respect of which a valid election of Stock Consideration was not made
by 5:00 p.m. New York City time on September 5, 2018 was converted into the right to receive the Cash

132

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Consideration. KapStone stockholders elected to receive Stock Consideration that was less than the Maximum
Stock Amount and no proration was required.

The estimated consideration for the KapStone Acquisition was $4.8 billion including debt assumed and an
estimate of equity awards to be replaced with WestRock equity awards with identical terms. As a result, KapStone
stockholders received in the aggregate approximately $3.3 billion in cash and 1.6 million shares WestRock
common stock, or approximately 0.6% of
the issued and outstanding shares of WestRock common stock
immediately following the Effective Time. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at the Effective Time, the Company
assumed any outstanding awards granted under the equity-based incentive plans of WRKCo and KapStone
(including the shares underlying such awards), the award agreements evidencing the grants of such awards and,
in the case of the WRKCo equity-based incentive plans, the remaining shares available for issuance under the
applicable plan, in each case subject to adjustments to such awards in the manner set forth in the Merger
Agreement. Due to the limited interaction we had with KapStone prior to the closing of the transaction, we do not
currently have a preliminary purchase price allocation, but we expect to complete it by the time we file our quarterly
report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2018.

Hurricane Damage

In October 2018, our containerboard and pulp mill located in Panama City, FL sustained extensive damage
from Hurricane Michael. We shut down the mill’s operations in advance of the hurricane’s landfall. In early
November, the mill started producing linerboard and we expect to ramp up to full production by the end of
November 2018. Our market pulp production line is expected to operate at 50% of capacity by early December
2018 and should return to full operation in approximately six months. While it is still too early to identify the full cost,
we anticipate the total of our property damage and business interruption claim will be approximately $100 million.
We have property damage and business interruption insurance that will cover most of the cost of bringing the mill
back to full operation. We have a $15 million deductible, and expect the majority of costs will be covered.

133

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
WestRock Company

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of WestRock Company as of September 30,
2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), equity and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2018, and the related notes (collectively
referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements
present fairly, in all material aspects, the financial position of the Company at September 30, 2018 and 2017, and
the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2018,
in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2018, based
on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of
the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated November 16, 2018,
expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered
with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S.
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and
the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of
material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that
respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of
the financial
statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s or its predecessor’s auditor since at least 1975, but we are unable to determine
the specific year.

Atlanta, Georgia
November 16, 2018

134

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
WestRock Company

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited WestRock Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2018, based
on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, WestRock
Company (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of
September 30, 2018, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of WestRock Company as of September 30, 2018 and
2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), equity and cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2018, and the related notes and our report dated
November 16, 2018, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and
for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting
firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance
with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial
reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a
material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based
on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitation of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of
the
company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

135

its inherent

Because of
reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the
policies or procedures may deteriorate.

internal control over

limitations,

financial

Atlanta, Georgia
November 16, 2018

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

136

WESTROCK COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

y
Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

p

g

’

The management of WestRock Company is responsible for the preparation and integrity of the consolidated
financial statements appearing in our Annual Report on Form 10-K. The financial statements were prepared in
conformity with GAAP appropriate in the circumstances and, accordingly, include certain amounts based on our
best judgments and estimates. Financial information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is consistent with that in
the financial statements.

g
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

p

Management of our company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over
financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and
the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. Our internal control over financial reporting is supported
by a program of internal audits and appropriate reviews by management, written policies and guidelines, careful
selection and training of qualified personnel and a written code of conduct adopted by our board of directors that is
applicable to all officers and employees of our Company and subsidiaries, as well as a code of conduct that is
applicable to all of our directors.

limitations,

its inherent

Because of

internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements and even when determined to be effective, can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to
financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the
degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 30,
2018. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—ll
Integrated Framework (2013 framework).
The scope of our efforts to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act with respect to fiscal 2018 included
all of our operations. Based on our assessment, management believes that we maintained effective internal control
over financial reporting as of September 30, 2018. Our independent auditors, Ernst & Young LLP, an independent
registered public accounting firm, are appointed by the Audit Committee of our board of directors. Ernst & Young
LLP has audited and reported on the consolidated financial statements of WestRock Company, and has issued an
attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The report of the independent
registered public accounting firm is contained in this Annual Report.

y
Audit Committee Responsibility

p

in
The Audit Committee of our board of directors, composed solely of directors who are independent
accordance with the requirements of the NYSE listing standards, the Exchange Act and our Corporate Governance
Guidelines, meets with the independent auditors, management and internal auditors periodically to discuss internal
control over financial reporting and auditing and financial reporting matters. The Audit Committee reviews with the
independent auditors the scope and results of the audit effort. The Audit Committee also meets periodically with
the independent auditors and the chief
the
independent auditors and the chief
internal auditor have free access to the Audit Committee. Our Audit
Committee’s Report will be contained in our definitive proxy statement issued in connection with our 2019 annual
meeting of stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

internal auditor without management present

to ensure that

STEVEN C. VOORHEES,
Chief Executive Officer and President

WARD H. DICKSON,
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

November 16, 2018

137

Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE

There were no changes in or disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure.

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed with the objective of ensuring the

following:

•

•

that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange
Act are recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s
rules and forms; and

that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is
accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and our Chief Financial
Officer (“CFO”), as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

We have performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls
and procedures as of September 30, 2018, under the supervision and with the participation of our management,
including our CEO and CFO. Based on that evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that our disclosure
controls and procedures were effective as of September 30, 2018, to provide reasonable assurance that we
record, process, summarize and report the information we must disclose in reports that we file or submit under the
Exchange Act within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms.

In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls
and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving
the desired control objectives, as ours are designed to do. Management also noted that the design of any system
of controls is also based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and that there can
be no assurance that any such design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future
conditions, regardless of how remote. Management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating
the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The report called for by Item 308(a) of Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference to Management’s
Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting of WestRock Company, included in Part II, Item 8 of
this report.

The attestation report called for by Item 308(b) of Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference to the
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, included in
Part II, Item 8 of this report.

Management has evaluated, with the participation of our CEO and CFO, changes in our internal controls over
financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended September 30,
2018. In connection with that evaluation, we have determined that there was no change in internal control over
financial reporting during the fourth quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect,
our internal control over financial reporting.

138

CEO and CFO Certifications

Our CEO and CFO have filed with the SEC the certifications required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2, respectively, to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition, on February 8, 2018,
our CEO certified to the NYSE that he was not aware of any violation by the Company of the NYSE corporate
governance listing standards as in effect on February 8, 2018. The foregoing certification was unqualified.

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

On November 15, 2018, the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a Certificate of
Correction to its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which became effective upon filing, to correct
the Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware and the Company’s registered agent at such address.
The Certificate of Correction is attached as Exhibit 3.2 to this Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference herein.

139

PART III

Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Identification of Executive Officers

The executive officers of the Company are as follows as of November 13, 2018:

Name
Steven C. Voorhees
Robert A. Feeser
Jeffrey W. Chalovich
James B. Porter III
Marc P. Shore
Ward H. Dickson
Robert B. McIntosh
Vicki L. Lostetter
Kelly C. Janzen

Age
64
57
55
67
64
56
61
59
45

Position Held
Chief Executive Officer and President
President, Consumer Packaging
President, Corrugated Packaging
President, Business Development and Latin America
President, Multi Packaging Solutions
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Chief Human Resources Officer
Chief Accounting Officer

Steven C. Voorhees has served as WestRock’s chief executive officer and president since July 1, 2015. He
served as RockTenn’s chief executive officer from November 2013 through June 30, 2015, as RockTenn’s
president and chief operating officer from January 2013 through October 2013 and as RockTenn’s executive vice
president and chief financial officer, from September 2000 through January 2013. Mr. Voorhees also served as
RockTenn’s chief administrative officer from July 2008 through January 2013.

Robert A. Feeser has served as WestRock’s president, consumer packaging since September 2016. He had
previously served as WestRock’s executive vice president of consumer paper and global solutions since July 1,
2015. Prior to the Combination, Mr. Feeser served as MWV’s executive vice president of global operations. He
joined MWV in 1987, and held a number of
leadership roles in operations, sales, marketing and general
management with the company, including as MWV’s senior vice president of packaging from 2010 through 2014
and as MWV’s president, packaging resources group from 2004 through 2010.

Jeffrey W. Chalovich has served as WestRock’s president, corrugated packaging since September 2016. He
previously served as WestRock’s executive vice president of corrugated containers and commercial excellence.
He served as Rock-Tenn’s senior vice president and general manager of corrugated containers through June 30,
2015. Mr. Chalovich joined RockTenn in connection with its acquisition of Southern Container Corp in 2008, where
he served in a variety of sales and general management roles.

James B. Porter III has served as WestRock’s president, business development and Latin America since
September 2016. He previously served as WestRock’s president, paper solutions since July 1, 2015. He served as
RockTenn’s president, paper solutions from April 2014 through June 30, 2015, as RockTenn’s president -
corrugated packaging from July 2012 to April 2014, as RockTenn’s president - corrugated packaging and recycling
from May 2011 to July 2012 and as executive vice president of RockTenn’s corrugated packaging business from
July 2008 until May 2011. Mr. Porter joined RockTenn in connection with its acquisition of Southern Container
Corp. in 2008. Prior to his appointment as executive vice president of RockTenn, Mr. Porter served as the
president and chief operating officer of Southern Container from 2004 and as the president of Solvay Paperboard,
a subsidiary of Southern Container, from 1997 through 2004.

Marc P. Shore has served as WestRock’s president, multi packaging solutions since June 2017. He had
previously served as chief executive officer of Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited and Shorewood
Packaging. Mr. Shore has 40 years of experience in the print-based specialty packaging industry. He founded
MPS in 2005 with private equity sponsorship and helped take the company public in 2015. During his time at
Shorewood Packaging, he led the company through a successful initial public offering and for 14 years as a public
company before its sale to International Paper in 2000. Mr. Shore continued as president of the business and as a
corporate officer of International Paper until 2004.

140

Ward H. Dickson has served as WestRock’s executive vice president and chief financial officer since July 1,
2015. He served as RockTenn’s executive vice president and chief financial officer from September 2013 through
June 30, 2015. From November 2011 until September 2013, he served as the senior vice president of finance for
the global sales and service organization of Cisco Systems, Inc., and, from July 2009 to November 2011, he
served as the vice president of finance for the global sales and service organization of Cisco. Mr. Dickson served
as the vice president of finance at Scientific Atlanta, a division of Cisco, from February 2006 until July 2009. Prior
to Cisco’s acquisition of Scientific Atlanta, Inc. in February 2006, Mr. Dickson had served as that company’s vice
president of worldwide financial operations since 2003.

Robert B. McIntosh has served as WestRock’s executive vice president, general counsel and secretary since
July 1, 2015. He served as RockTenn’s executive vice president, general counsel and secretary from January
2009 through June 30, 2015 and as RockTenn’s senior vice president, general counsel and secretary from
August 2000 until January 2009. Mr. McIntosh joined RockTenn in 1995 as vice president and general counsel.

Vicki L. Lostetter has served as WestRock’s chief human resources officer since February 2018. She
previously served as General Manager, Talent and Organization Capability and General Manager, Global Talent
Management with Microsoft, Incorporated. Prior to joining Microsoft, Ms. Lostetter served in various leadership
roles within the human resources function with Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc., The Coca-Cola Company and
Honeywell, Inc.

Kelly C. Janzen has served as WestRock’s chief accounting officer since November 2017. She previously had
served as the Company’s senior vice president – accounting since August 2017. Prior to joining the Company, she
served as vice president, controller and chief accounting officer for Baker Hughes Inc., vice president finance and
Inc. and served in various leadership roles within the
chief accounting officer for McDermott
Controllership function with General Electric.

International

All of our executive officers are elected annually by, and serve at the discretion of, the board of directors.

See Part I, Item 1 “Available Information” of this Form 10-K for information about our Code of Ethical Conduct
for our Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers, including that any amendments to, or waiver from,
any provision of such code required to be disclosed will be posted on our website. The remainder of the information
required by this item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement issued in connection with our 2019 annual
meeting of stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement issued in connection

with our 2019 annual meeting of stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement issued in connection

with our 2019 annual meeting of stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement issued in connection

with our 2019 annual meeting of stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement issued in connection

with our 2019 annual meeting of stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

141

Item 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) 1. Financial Statements.

PART IV

The following consolidated financial statements of our company and our consolidated subsidiaries and the

Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included in Part II, Item 8 of this report:

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September 2018, 2017 and 2016
y
,
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended September 2018,

p

p

p

p

y

(

)

,

2017 and 2016

p

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2018 and 2017
Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016
q y
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016
y
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
p
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
p
g
g
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial
Report of
g
Reporting

g

p

p

g

p

p

y

,

,

,

,

,

g
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

p

p

p
g

Page
Reference
59

60
61
62
64
66
134

135
137

2. Financial Statement Schedule of WestRock Company.

All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or not required because this information is provided

in the financial statements.

3. Exhibits.

See separate Exhibit Index attached hereto and incorporated herein.

(b) See Item 15(a)(3) and separate Exhibit Index attached hereto and incorporated herein.

(c) Not applicable.

Item 16.

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

142

Exhibit
Number

2.1

2.2(a)

2.2(b)

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

2.8

2.9

2.10

2.11

2.12

3.1

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Description of Exhibits

g

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 23, 2011, by and among, Rock-Tenn Company,
y,
Sam Acquisition, LLC and Smurfit-Stone Container Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
)
2.1 of RockTenn’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on January 24, 2011).

, y
(

g ,

,
p

g,

p

p

q

p

y

y

y

,

,

,

g

Second Amended and Restated Business Combination Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2015, by and
among WestRock Company, MeadWestvaco Corporation, Rock-Tenn Company, Milan Merger Sub,
,
p
y
LLC and Rome Merger Sub, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Annex A of WestRock’s Registration
y
Statement on Form S-4 initially filed with the SEC on March 10, 2015 and as amended on April 20,
,
) †
2015, May 6, 2015 and May 18, 2015, File No. 333-202643).†
,

, y
g
g

p
y,

g
,

y,
,

y ,

p

p

p

g

p

y

(

,

,

,

,

,

y

First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Business Combination Agreement, dated as
of May 5, 2015, by and among WestRock Company, MeadWestvaco Corporation, Rock-Tenn
Company, Milan Merger Sub, LLC and Rome Merger Sub, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
g
) †
2.2 of WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015).†

p
y
,

,
y,

,
q

y
g

y,

p

g

g

p

p

p

y

(

,

,

,

,

p
g

Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated May 14, 2016, between WestRock Company and
Ingevity Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form
p
p
)
8-K filed on May 19, 2016).

p

g

p

y

y

y

y

y

(

,

,

,

,

,

g

g
p

Purchase Agreement, dated January 23, 2017, by and among Silgan Holdings LLC, Silgan White Cap
p
Holdings Spain, S.L., Silgan Holdings B.V., Silgan Holdings Inc., WestRock MWV, LLC and WestRock
Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
y (
) †
January 24, 2017).†

, y
g

g
y

y
g

p

p

g

g

g

g

p

g

y

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

g

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 23, 2017, among WestRock Company, WRK Merger
,
Sub Limited and Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
)
2.5 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 24, 2017).

g ,
g g
p

g
(

y,

p

p

g

y

y

y

,

,

g g
g

Voting Agreement, dated January 23, 2017, between WestRock Company and Mustang Investment
Holdings L.P (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.6 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed
on January 24, 2017).
y
)

p y

g

p

p

y

y

(

,

,

,

,

g g
p

Voting Agreement, dated January 23, 2017, between WestRock Company and CEP III Chase S.à r.l.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.7 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January
y
(
)
24, 2017).

p

p

y

y

y

,

,

,

,

g

g g
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 28, 2018, among KapStone Paper and Packaging
Corporation, WestRock Company, Whiskey Holdco, Inc., Whiskey Merger Sub, Inc. and Kola Merger
g
,
Sub, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
(
)
January 29, 2018).

g ,
p

g
y

p
g

p
,

y,

p

p

p

y

y

y

y

,

,

,

,

,

,

g

g
p

Voting Agreement, dated January 28, 2018, between WestRock Company and Roger Stone
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January
y
(
)
29, 2018).

p

p

g

y

y

y

,

,

,

,

g

g
p

Voting Agreement, dated January 28, 2018, between WestRock Company and Matthew Kaplan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January
y
(
)
29, 2018).

p

p

p

y

y

y

,

,

,

,

g

g

Voting Agreement, dated January 28, 2018, between WestRock Company and the R. W Stone
Revocable Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K
)
filed on January 29, 2018).

p

p

p

y

y

y

y

(

,

,

,

,

g g

Voting Agreement, dated January 28, 2018, between WestRock Company and the Roger and Susan
Stone Family Foundation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.5 of WestRock’s Current Report on
)
Form 8-K filed on January 29, 2018).

y
p

g

p

p

y

y

y

y

(

,

,

,

,

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of WestRock Company, effective as of November
2, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
)
November 5, 2018).

y,

p

p

p

p

y

(

,

,

143

3.2

3.3

4.1(a)

4.1(b)

4.1(c)

4.1(d)

4.1(e)

4.1(f)

4.1(g)

4.1(h)

Certificate of Correction to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of WestRock
Company dated November 13, 2018.

p

p

y

,

Amended and Restated Bylaws of WestRock Company, effective as of November 2, 2018
p
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November
(
)
5, 2018).

y,

p

p

y

y

,

,

,

Form of Indenture, dated as of July 15, 1982, between The Mead Corporation and Deutsche Bank
Trust Company Americas (formerly Bankers Trust Company), as Trustee (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.viv of MWV’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Transition Period ended December 31,
,
2001).)

p y),

p y

y
p

p
(

p

y

y

(

,

,

pp

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 1, 1987, to the Indenture dated as of July 15, 1982,
,
,
between The Mead Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (formerly Bankers Trust
Company), as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.viv of MWV’s Annual Report on Form 10-
)
K for the Transition Period ended December 31, 2001).

y
p

p
(

y),

p

p

p

y

y

y

(

,

,

,

,

,

pp

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 15, 1989, to the Indenture dated as of July 15,
,
1982, between The Mead Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (formerly
y
Bankers Trust Company), as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.viv of MWV’s Annual
)
Report on Form 10-K for the Transition Period ended December 31, 2001).

,
p

y),

p

p

p

p

y

y

y

(

(

,

,

,

,

pp

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 15, 1991, to the Indenture dated as of July 15,
,
1982, between The Mead Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (formerly
y
Bankers Trust Company), as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.viv of MWV’s Annual
)
Report on Form 10-K for the Transition Period ended December 31, 2001).

y),

p

p

p

p

p

y

y

y

(

(

,

,

,

,

,

pp

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 31, 2002, to the Indenture dated as of July 15,
,
1982, between The Mead Corporation, WestRock MWV, LLC (formerly MeadWestvaco Corporation),
),
Westvaco Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (formerly Bankers Trust
Company), as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of MWV’s Current Report on Form 8-K
)
filed on February 1, 2002).

,
(
y

y
p

y ,

,
p

y),

,
,

p

p

p

p

p

y

y

y

y

(

(

,

pp

Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 31, 2002, to the Indenture dated as of July 15,
,
,
1982, between MW Custom Papers, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of MWV’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 7,
y ,
p
(
2003).)

p

p

p

y

y

y

,

,

,

,

,

pp

Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 31, 2002, to the Indenture dated as of July 15,
,
1982, between WestRock MWV, LLC (formerly MeadWestvaco Corporation) and Deutsche Bank Trust
Company Americas, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of MWV’s Current Report on
)
Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2003).

y ,

(
p

,
p

p

p

y

y

y

y

(

)

,

,

,

,

,

pp

,
Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 1, 2015, to the Indenture dated as of July 15, 1982,
y ,
between WestRock MWV, LLC (formerly MeadWestvaco Corporation) and Deutsche Bank Trust
p
Company Americas, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of WestRock’s Current
y
,
)
Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2015).

(
(
y ,

p

p

p

y

y

y

)

,

,

,

,

P 4.2(a)

Form of Indenture, dated as of March 1, 1983, between Westvaco Corporation and The Bank of New
York (formerly Irving Trust Company), as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 of Westvaco
Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on January 24, 1984).

4.2(b)

4.2(c)

,

pp
y

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 31, 2002, to the Indenture dated as of March 1,
,
y
1983, by and among Westvaco Corporation, WestRock MWV, LLC (formerly MeadWestvaco
Corporation), The Mead Corporation and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by
y
)
reference to Exhibit 4.1 of MWV’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 1, 2002).

y ,

),

p

g

p

p

p

p

y

(

(

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

pp

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 31, 2002, to the Indenture dated as of March
1, 1983, between WestRock MWV, LLC (formerly MeadWestvaco Corporation) and The Bank of New
York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of MWV’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed
)
on January 7, 2003).

y ,

p

p

p

y

y

(

)

(

,

,

,

,

,

144

4.2(d)

4.3(a)

4.3(b)

4.3(c)

4.3(d)

4.3(e)

4.4(a)

4.4(b)

4.5(a)

4.5(b)

4.5(c)

4.5(d)

4.5(e)

pp

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 1, 2015, to the Indenture dated as of March 1, 1983,
,
between WestRock MWV, LLC (formerly MeadWestvaco Corporation) and The Bank of New York
Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-
)
K filed on July 2, 2015).

y ,

y ,

p

p

p

y

y

(

(

)

,

,

,

,

,

Indenture, dated as of February 1, 1993, between The Mead Corporation and The First National Bank
of Chicago, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.vv of MWV’s Annual Report on Form 10-
)
K for the Transition Period ended December 31, 2001).

,
g ,

y ,

p

p

p

y

(

,

,

,

pp

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 31, 2002, to the Indenture dated as of February 1,
y ,
y
1993, between The Mead Corporation, WestRock MWV, LLC (formerly MeadWestvaco Corporation),
),
p
Westvaco Corporation and Bank One Trust Company, NA, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to
)
Exhibit 4.3 of MWV’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 1, 2002).

y ,

y,

p

p

p

p

p

y

y

(

(

,

,

,

,

,

,

pp

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 31, 2002, to the Indenture dated as of
February 1, 1993, between MW Custom Papers, Inc. and Bank One Trust Company, NA, as Trustee
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of MWV’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 7,
y ,
p
(
2003).)

y ,

y,

p

p

p

y

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

pp

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 31, 2002, to the Indenture dated as of February
y
y
1, 1993, between WestRock MWV, LLC (formerly MeadWestvaco Corporation) and Bank One Trust
Company, NA, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of MWV’s Current Report on Form
,
)
8-K filed on January 7, 2003).

y ,

(
y

y,

p

p

p

p

(

)

,

,

,

,

,

pp

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 1, 2015, to the Indenture dated as of February 1,
y ,
y ,
1993, between WestRock MWV, LLC (formerly MeadWestvaco Corporation) and The Bank of New
York Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of WestRock’s Current Report on
p
)
Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2015).

y ,

p

p

y

y

(

)

(

,

,

,

,

,

Indenture, dated as of April 2, 2002, by and among WestRock MWV, LLC (formerly MeadWestvaco
,
Corporation), Westvaco Corporation, The Mead Corporation and The Bank of New York, as Trustee,
)
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) of MWV’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 2, 2002).
(

, y
,

g
p

,
p

( )

),

p

p

p

p

p

y

y

(

,

,

,

pp

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 1, 2015, to the Indenture dated as of April 2, 2002,
,
between WestRock MWV, LLC (formerly MeadWestvaco Corporation) and The Bank of New York
Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-
)
K filed on July 2, 2015).

y ,

y ,

p

p

p

p

y

y

(

(

)

,

,

,

,

,

,

Indenture, dated as of February 22, 2012, by and among Rock-Tenn Company, the Guarantors (as
defined therein) and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.18 of RockTenn’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on February 8, 2013, File No.
333-186552).)

y ,

, y

y,

p

p

g

g

y

y

(

)

(

,

,

,

,

,

g

g

g
(

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2012, by and among Rock-Tenn Company,
y,
g
the Guarantors (as defined therein), and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner &
Smith Incorporated and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as representatives of
,
Initial
Purchasers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.20 of RockTenn’s Registration Statement on Form
)
S-4 filed on February 8, 2013, File No. 333-186552).

,
the several

g
y

, y

y ,

p
(

),

p

g

p

g

p

y

y

,

,

,

,

,

pp

, y

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 7, 2013, to the Indenture dated as of February 22,
,
2012, by and among Rock-Tenn Company, the Guarantors (as defined therein) and HSBC Bank USA,
,
National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6(c) of WestRock’s Annual
y
)
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2015).

)
( )

,
(

y,

p

p

g

p

p

y

y

(

,

,

,

,

,

pp
, y

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 21, 2014, to the Indenture dated as of February
y
22, 2012, by and among Rock-Tenn Company, the Guarantors (as defined therein) and HSBC Bank
USA, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6(d) of WestRock’s
)
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2015).
p

)
( )

y,
p

p

g

p

y

y

y

(

(

,

,

,

,

,

,

pp

, y

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 1, 2015, to the Indenture dated as of February 22,
,
2012, by and among Rock-Tenn Company, the Guarantors (as defined therein) and HSBC Bank USA,
y,
,
p
National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of WestRock’s Current
y
,
)
Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2015).

(
y ,

y ,

p

g

p

y

(

)

,

,

145

4.6(a)

4.6(b)

4.6(c)

4.6(d)

4.6(e)

4.7(a)

4.7(b)

4.7(c)

4.7(d)

4.7(e)

*10.1(a)

*10.1(b)

,

Indenture, dated as of September 11, 2012, by and among Rock-Tenn Company, the Guarantors (as
y
p
defined therein) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated by
)
reference to Exhibit 4.1 of RockTenn’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).
p

, y

(
,

y,

y,

p

g

p

p

(

)

,

,

,

g

g

g
(

g
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 11, 2012, by and among Rock-Tenn Company,
y,
the Guarantors (as defined therein), and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner &
y
g
y,
Smith Incorporated, SunTrust Robinson Humphrey,
,
Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as
representatives of
(
Initial Purchasers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of
the several
)
RockTenn’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).

, y

p
,

,
,

),

p

p

p

p

g

p

p

y

,

,

,

,

,

pp
, y

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 7, 2013, to the Indenture dated as of September
11, 2012, by and among Rock-Tenn Company, the Guarantors (as defined therein) and The Bank of
New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7(c) of
,
)
WestRock’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2015).

( )

y,

y,

p

p

p

p

g

p

p

y

y

(

(

)

,

,

,

,

p

pp

to the Indenture dated as of
Second Supplemental
September 11, 2012, by and among Rock-Tenn Company, the Guarantors (as defined therein) and
The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
y,
)
4.7(d) of WestRock’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2015).

,
Indenture, dated as of February 21, 2014,

, y

( )

y,

p

p

p

g

p

p

y

y

y

)

(

(

,

,

,

,

,

pp

, y

,
Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 1, 2015, to the Indenture dated as of September 11,
2012, by and among Rock-Tenn Company, the Guarantors (as defined therein) and The Bank of New
York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of WestRock’s
)
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2015).

y ,

y ,

y,

y,

p

p

g

p

p

p

y

)

(

(

,

,

,

,

,
Indenture, dated August 24, 2017, by and among WestRock Company, WestRock MWV LLC,
WestRock RKT Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August
(
)
24, 2017).

g
p

y,

y,

g

p

p

p

p

g

y

y

y

,

,

,

,

pp

First Supplemental Indenture, dated August 24, 2017, by and among WestRock Company, WestRock
MWV LLC, WestRock RKT Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as
trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
(
)
August 24, 2017).

, y

y,

y,

p

g

p

g

g

p

p

p

y

y

,

,

,

,

,

,

g

g

p

Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 24, 2017, by and among WestRock Company,
y,
WestRock MWV LLC, WestRock RKT Company, and Merrill Lynch, Piece, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc., TD Securities (USA)
)
LLC, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., MUFG Securities Americas Inc. and Rabo Securities USA, Inc., as
representatives of the initial purchasers named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of
)
WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 24, 2017).

g
,
g
(

,
y,

p

g

p

p

p

g

g

p

p

y

y

y

(

)

(

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

pp

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 6, 2018, by and among WestRock Company,
y,
y,
WestRock MWV LLC, WestRock RKT Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company,
p
N.A., as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K
)
filed on March 6, 2018).

(
,

p
p

g

p

p

y

y

y

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

g

g

g
,

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2018, by and among WestRock Company,
y,
,
y,
WestRock MWV LLC, WestRock RKT Company, and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Mizuho Securities USA LLC, MUFG Securities Americas Inc.,
,
Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey,
y,
p
Inc., as representatives of the initial purchasers named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
)
4.2 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 6, 2018).

p
p

g
,

p
y

p

p

g

p

p

p

y

y

(

)

(

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

p

The Mead Corporation 1996 Stock Option Plan, as amended through June 24, 1999 (incorporated by
y
reference to Exhibit 10.3 of The Mead Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
)
ended July 4, 1999).

y ,

g
p

p

p

p

q

y

(

,

,

The Mead Corporation 1996 Stock Option Plan, as amended February 22, 2001 (incorporated by
y
reference to Appendix 2 of The Mead Corporation’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2001 Annual
)
Meeting of Shareholders filed with the SEC on March 9, 2001).

p
pp

p

g

p

p

y

y

(

,

,

,

146

*10.1(c)

*10.1(d)

*10.2(a)

*10.2(b)

*10.2(c)

*10.3

*10.4(a)

*10.4(b)

*10.4(c)

*10.4(d)

*10.4(e)

*10.4(f)

*10.5

*10.6(a)

*10.6(b)

*10.6(c)

*10.7(a)

*10.7(b)

Amendment to The Mead Corporation 1996 Stock Option Plan, effective April 23, 2002 (incorporated
,
by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of MWV’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
2002).)

p

p

p

q

p

p

y

y

(

,

,

Amendment
to The Mead Corporation 1996 Stock Option Plan, effective January 23, 2007
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of MWV’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
p
(
)
December 31, 2007).

p

p

p

y

y

y

,

,

,

Rock-Tenn Company Annual Executive Bonus Program (incorporated by reference to Appendix A of
g
y
RockTenn’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2002 Annual Meeting of Shareholders filed with the
)
SEC on December 19, 2001).

pp

p

g

p

y

y

(

,

Amendment Number 1 to Rock-Tenn Company Annual Executive Bonus Program (incorporated by
y
reference to Exhibit 10.1 of RockTenn’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
)
December 31, 2008).

p

g

p

p

q

y

y

(

,

y
WestRock Company Second Amended and Restated Annual Executive Bonus Plan (incorporated by
reference to pages A-1 to A-3 of WestRock’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting
g
)
of Shareholders filed with the SEC on December 19, 2017).
,

p
p g

p

y

y

(

Rock-Tenn Company Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan, effective as of May 15, 2003
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of RockTenn’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on
(
)
April 30, 2003, File No. 333-104870).

pp

g

p

p

p

g

y

y

y

,

,

,

,

Rock-Tenn Company 2004 Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of
)
RockTenn’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2005).

p
y ,

p

p

y

y

(

Amendment Number 1 to Rock-Tenn Company 2004 Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference
)
to Exhibit 10.1 of RockTenn’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007).

p
p

p

q

y

y

y

(

,

Amendment Number 2 to Rock-Tenn Company 2004 Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference
)
to Exhibit 10.5 of RockTenn’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008).

p
p

p

q

y

y

y

(

,

Amendment Number 3 to Rock-Tenn Company 2004 Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference
)
to Exhibit 10.2 of RockTenn’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009).

p
p

q

p

y

y

y

(

,

Amendment Number 4 to Rock-Tenn Company 2004 Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference
)
to Exhibit 10.1 of RockTenn’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011).

p
p

p

q

y

y

y

(

,

Amendment Number 5 to Rock-Tenn Company 2004 Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.2 of RockTenn’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011).
)

p
p

p

q

y

y

y

(

,

p

MeadWestvaco Corporation 2005 Performance Incentive Plan effective April 22, 2005 and as
amended February 26, 2007, January 1, 2009, February 28, 2011 and February 25, 2013
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of MWV’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 25,
,
p
(
2013).)

,
p

p

p

y

y

y

y

y

,

,

,

,

,

,

Amended and Restated Rock-Tenn Company Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan, effective as of
pp
January 1, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of RockTenn’s Quarterly Report on Form
p
)
10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2005).

y ,

g

p

q

p

y

y

y

(

,

,

Second Amendment to the Rock-Tenn Company Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan, effective as
of November 16, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of RockTenn’s Quarterly Report on
)
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2007).

pp

p

g

q

p

p

y

y

y

(

,

,

,

pp
First Amendment to the Rock-Tenn Company Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan, effective as of
October 1, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of RockTenn’s Quarterly Report on Form
)
10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012).

p

p

p

g

q

y

y

y

(

,

,

,

MeadWestvaco Corporation Deferred Income Plan Restatement, effective January 1, 2007
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of MWV’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
(
)
December 31, 2008).

y
y

p

p

p

y

,

,

,

First Amendment
)
to the MeadWestvaco Corporation Deferred Income Plan (2007 Restatement)
effective September 1, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7(b) of WestRock’s Annual

p
y

( )

p

p

(

(

,

147

*10.7(c)

*10.7(d)

*10.8

*10.9

*10.10

*10.11

*10.12

*10.13

*10.14

*10.15

10.16

*10.17

*10.18

10.19

*10.20

)
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2015).

p

p

y

,

)
Second Amendment to the MeadWestvaco Corporation Deferred Income Plan (2007 Restatement)
effective January 1, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7(c) of WestRock’s Annual Report
(
)
on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2015).

y ,

( )

p

p

p

p

y

y

(

,

)
to the MeadWestvaco Corporation Deferred Income Plan (2007 Restatement)
Third Amendment
effective July 1, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7(d) of WestRock’s Annual Report on
)
Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2015).

y ,

( )

p

p

p

p

y

y

(

(

,

MeadWestvaco Corporation Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1,
y ,
2009 except as otherwise provided (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of MWV’s Annual
)
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).

p
y

y
,

p

p

p

p

(

,

MeadWestvaco Corporation Retirement Restoration Plan, effective January 1, 2009, except as
otherwise provided (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 of MWV’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
(
)
for the year ended December 31, 2008).

p

p

p

p

p

y

y

y

,

,

,

,

Stock Option Awards in 2009 - Terms and Conditions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of
)
MWV’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009).

p

p

q

p

y

y

(

,

y
Service Based Restricted Stock Unit Awards in 2009 - Terms and Conditions (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.4 of MWV’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
,
p
2009).)

q

p

y

(

Rock-Tenn Company Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Amended and Restated effective as of
October 27, 2011(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of RockTenn’s Quarterly Report on Form
)
10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012).

pp

p

p

q

p

y

y

y

(

,

,

Amended and Restated Rock-Tenn Company 2004 Incentive Stock Plan effective as of January 27,
,
2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the RockTenn’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
)
the quarter ended June 30, 2012).

q

p

p

p

y

y

y

y

(

,

Stock Option Awards (for 2012) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 of MWV’s Quarterly Report
)
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012).

(
q

) (

p

p

p

y

y

,

g
Summary of MeadWestvaco Corporation 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to
)
Exhibit 10.46 of MWV’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013).

p
y

p

p

q

y

y

(

,

,

p

p

g
y

Master Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated October 28, 2013, by and among MeadWestvaco
y
Corporation, MWV Community Development and Land Management, LLC and MWV Community
Development, Inc., as sellers, and Plum Creek Timberlands, L.P., Plum Creek Marketing, Inc., Plum
Creek Land Company and Highland Mineral Resources, LLC, as purchasers, and Plum Creek Timber
Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of MWV’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
)
October 29, 2013).

,
g
y

p y,

,
p

,
p

y
,

,
p

y
p

,
p

,
,

g,

g

g

(

,

,

,

,

,

,

Summary of MeadWestvaco Corporation 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to
g
)
Exhibit 10.51 of MWV’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014).

p
y

p

p

q

y

y

(

,

Amendments to Grants under the MeadWestvaco Corporation 2005 Performance Incentive Plan
Amended and Restated Effective February 25, 2013 (2005 Performance Incentive Plan), effective
January 27, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 of MWV’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
)
for the year ended December 31, 2013).

y
y

),

p

p

p

y

y

(

(

,

,

,

,

y

p

,
,

Sixth Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement, dated July 22, 2016, among WestRock
g
p
Company of Texas, WestRock Converting Company, WestRock Mill Company, LLC, WestRock -
Southern Container, LLC, WestRock California, Inc., WestRock Minnesota Corporation, WestRock CP,
,
,
,
LLC, WestRock - Solvay, LLC, WestRock - REX, LLC, WestRock - Graphics,
,
Inc., WestRock
Inc., WestRock Slatersville LLC, WestRock Consumer
g g,
Commercial, LLC, WestRock Packaging,
,
g y
p
Packaging Group, LLC, WestRock Dispensing Systems, Inc., and WestRock Packaging Systems, LLC
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of WestRock’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
(
)
ended September 30, 2016).

g g
p

p
p
p

g g y

p,
y

,
y,

y,

y,

g

g

p

p

y

y

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

p y

Employment Agreement by and among RockTenn-Southern Container, LLC (successor-in-interest to
Southern Container Corp.), Rock-Tenn Services Inc., and James B. Porter III, dated as of December

y
p ),

(
,

g

g

,

,

148

*10.21

*10.22

10.23(a)

10.23(b)

*10.24

10.25(a)

10.25(b)

10.25(c)

10.26

10.27

*10.28

10.29(a)

,

p
y ,
22, 2014, and effective as of January 1, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of RockTenn’s
)
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending December 31, 2014).
g
q

,
y

p

y

(

,

Summary of MeadWestvaco Corporation 2015 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to
g
)
Exhibit 10.51 of MWV’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2015).

p
y

p

p

q

p

y

y

(

,

Summary of MeadWestvaco Corporation 2015 Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to
)
Exhibit 10.50 to MWV’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2015).

p

q

p

p

p

y

y

y

(

,

,

Seventh Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2015 among
g
Rock-Tenn Financial, Inc., as Borrower, Rock-Tenn Converting Company, as Servicer, the Lenders
and Co-Agents from time to time party thereto, and Coöperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank
B.A., “Rabobank Nederland”, New York Branch, as Administrative Agent and as Funding Agent
,
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
y
(
)
quarter ended June 30, 2015).
q

y g

,
,

y,

g

p

p

p

p

p

g

g

g

g

y

y

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

g

y g
Eighth Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement, dated July 22, 2016, among WestRock
y,
Financial Inc., WestRock Converting Company, the lenders and co-agents from time to time party
y
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24(b) of
thereto and Cooperatieve Rabobank, U.A.
(
)
WestRock’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2016).
,
p

p
( )

y
g

y
p

p

g

p

p

g

y

,

,

,

,

,

g

,
Letter Agreement between MeadWestvaco Corporation, Rock-Tenn Company and John A. Luke, Jr.,
dated June 30, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of WestRock’s Annual Report on Form
)
10-K for the year ended September 30, 2015).

p
p

p

p

p

y

y

y

(

,

,

,

,

,

p

p

g

g

p g

y ,

Credit Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2015, among the Company, Rock-Tenn Company of Canada
Holdings Corp./Compagnie de Holdings RockTenn du Canada Corp., certain subsidiaries of the
Company from time to time party thereto as subsidiary borrowers, certain subsidiaries of the Company
y
from time to time party thereto as guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as administrative agent and multicurrency agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1
g
)
of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2015).

y g
y ,

y
(

p ,

y,

g

g

p

p

p

g

p

g

p

p

p

p

y

y

y

y

y

y

,

,

,

,

,

,

g

p

y ,

Amendment No. 1, dated July 1, 2016, among WestRock Company, WestRock Company of Canada
Holdings Corp./Compagnie de Holdings WestRock du Canada Corp., the other Credit Parties, the
Lenders thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and
g
y
multicurrency agent for the Lenders to the Credit Agreement, dated July 1, 2015 (incorporated by
p
)
reference to Exhibit 10.27.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 7, 2016).

(
y ,

y g

g
p

p g

,
g

p ,

y,

g

p

p

g

y

y

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

p

g

p g

Amendment No. 2, dated June 30, 2017, among WestRock Company, WestRock Company of Canada
Holdings Corp./Compagnie de Holdings WestRock du Canada Corp., the other Credit Parties, the
Lenders thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and
multicurrency agent for the Lenders to the Credit Agreement, dated July 1, 2015 (incorporated by
y
reference to Exhibit 10.2 of WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
,
2017).)

p y,

g
p

p y

y g

g
p

p ,

q

g

g

g

y

y

(

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

g
y

p
y

Credit Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2015, among RockTenn CP, LLC, Rock-Tenn Converting
g
Company and MeadWestvaco Virginia Corporation, as borrowers, as the guarantors from time to time
,
party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and CoBank, ACB, as administrative agent
g
p
y ,
p
(
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2,
2015).)

p

p

p

g

g

g

y

y

y

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

Fifth Amended and Restated Performance Undertaking, dated as of September 1, 2015, executed by
y
Westrock RKT Company, as successor-in-interest to Rock-Tenn Company, and Westrock Company
y
(
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 of WestRock’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
)
ended September 30, 2015).

p
p
p

p
y

g,

y,

y,

p

p

p

y

,

,

,

WestRock Company 2016 Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by
y
reference to Exhibit 10.30 of WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June
y
)
30, 2016).

p y

p

p

p

p

q

y

(

,

Uncommitted and Revolving Credit Line Agreement, dated November 2, 2015, between Sumitomo
Mitsui Banking Corporation and WestRock Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of
p
)
WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2015).

,
y (

p
y

g

g

q

p

g

p

y

,

,

,

149

10.29(b)

*10.30

*10.31(a)

*10.31(b)

10.32

10.33

10.34

10.35

10.36

10.37

10.38

10.39

10.40

10.41

@10.42

*10.43(a)

*10.43(b)

,

Second Amendment, dated February 7, 2018, among WestRock Company, the guarantors named
therein and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation to the Uncommitted and Revolving Credit Line
Agreement, dated December 1, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of WestRock's
)
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,2018).

y
g

y,

q

g

p

p

g

p

g

g

p

y

y

(

,

,

,

,

,

p y

Employee Stock Purchase Plan, dated February 2, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of
)
WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2016).

y ,

p

q

p

y

y

(

,

,

WestRock Company 2016 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of
)
WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2016).

y
y

p

p

q

p

y

(

,

WestRock Company Amended and Restated 2016 Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to
pages B-1 to B-14 of WestRock’s Definitive Proxy Statement
p g
for the 2018 Annual Meeting of
)
Shareholders filed with the SEC on December 19, 2017).

p

p

g

y

y

y

(

,

Uncommitted and Revolving Credit Line Agreement, dated February 11, 2016, between The Bank of
p
Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd. and WestRock Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of
)
WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2016).

y (

q

p

p

g

g

y

y

y

y

,

,

,

,

,

Uncommitted Line of Credit, dated March 4, 2016, between Cooperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York
,
p
Branch and WestRock Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of WestRock’s Quarterly
y
y
)
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2016).
q

y (

p

p

p

,

,

,

,

g

Trust Agreement, dated May 6, 2016, among Ingevity Corporation, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust
Company, N.A. and WestRock Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of WestRock’s
)
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2016).

g g

y ,

y (

y,

p

p

p

p

p

y

y

y

,

,

,

,

g

Covington Plant Services Agreement, dated May 11, 2016, between Ingevity Virginia Corporation and
p
WestRock Virginia, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of WestRock’s Current Report on
)
Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2016).

(
,

g

g

g

g

p

p

y

y

y

y

,

,

,

,

g

Covington Plant Ground Lease Agreement, dated May 11, 2016, between Ingevity Virginia Corporation
p
and WestRock Virginia, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of WestRock’s Current Report
g
)
on Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2016).

g

g

g

p

p

y

y

y

y

(

,

,

,

,

,

Tax Matters Agreement, dated May 14, 2016, between WestRock Company and Ingevity Corporation
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 19,
,
p
(
2016).)

g
y

g

p

p

p

y

y

y

y

,

,

,

Transition Services Agreement, dated May 14, 2016, between WestRock Company and Ingevity
y
p
Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed
)
on May 19, 2016).

g

p

p

p

g

y

y

y

y

(

,

,

,

,

p y
p

Employee Matters Agreement, dated May 14, 2016, between WestRock Company and Ingevity
y
Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed
p
)
on May 19, 2016).

p

g

p

g

y

y

y

y

(

,

,

,

,

Crude Tall Oil and Black Liquor Soap Skimmings Agreement, dated January 2, 2016, between
g
WestRock Shared Services, LLC and WestRock MWV, LLC, on the one hand, and Ingevity
y
Corporation, on the other hand (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of WestRock’s Current
y
)
Report on Form 8-K filed on May 19, 2016).

p
p

q
,

,
,

g

p

p

g

y

y

(

,

,

,

,

,

,

p

Intellectual Property Agreement, dated May 14, 2016, between WestRock Company and Ingevity
y
Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed
p
)
on May 19, 2016).

p

p

g

p

g

y

y

y

y

y

(

,

,

,

,

g

Commitment Agreement, dated September 8, 2016, among WestRock Company, Prudential Insurance
,
Company of America and State Street Bank and Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
)
10.44 of WestRock’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016).

y,
y

y (
y

p

p

p

p

p

p

g

p

y

,

,

,

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2008, between MeadWestvaco
,
Corporation and Robert A. Feeser (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of WestRock’s Current
y
)
Report on Form 8-K filed on December 16, 2016).

g
p
,

p
p

p y

y

(

,

,

Letter Agreement, dated December 12, 2016, between WestRock Company and Robert A. Feeser

p

g

y

,

,

,

150

*10.44

10.45

10.46

10.47

10.48

10.49

10.50(a)

10.50(b)

10.50(c)

10.50(d)

10.51

p

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
(
)
December 16, 2016).

p

y

,

g

p y

Employment Agreement, dated July 31, 2007, between Southern Container Corp. and Jeffrey W.
Chalovich (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed
)
on December 16, 2016).

p
,

p

p

y

y

y

(

,

,

,

,

,

,

y

g

g

p

Credit Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2017, by and among WestRock Company, as Parent, MWV
Luxembourg S.À R.L. and WestRock Packaging Systems UK LTD., as Borrowers, the lenders party
y
thereto, Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, as Administrative Agent, Coöperatieve
Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, as Joint Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, and Sumitomo Mitsui
Banking Corporation, TD Bank, N.A., and HSBC Bank USA, National Association as Joint Lead
Arrangers and Co-Syndication Agents (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of WestRock’s
g
)
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2017).

, y
g g y

y,
,
g

,
y

p

p

g

p

g

g

q

g

p

p

p

y

y

(

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

Form of Dealer Agreement between WestRock Company, WestRock RKT Company, WestRock MWV,
,
LLC and the Dealer thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on
)
Form 8-K filed on November 2, 2017).

y,

y,

p

p

p

g

p

y

(

,

,

p
p

g
y
y

Credit Agreement, dated October 31, 2017, among WestRock Company, the subsidiaries of the
Company from time to time party thereto, as borrowers, the subsidiaries of the Company from time to
time party thereto, as guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank,
,
National Association, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of WestRock’s
p
)
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 2, 2017).

y,

g

p

g

p

p

p

p

g

g

y

y

y

y

(

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

Form of Dealer Agreement between WestRock Company, WestRock RKT Company, WestRock MWV,
,
LLC and the Dealer thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on
)
Form 8-K filed on November 2, 2017).

y,

y,

p

g

p

p

p

y

(

,

,

p
p

g
y
y

Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2017, among WestRock Company, the subsidiaries of the
Company from time to time party thereto, as borrowers, the subsidiaries of the Company from time to
time party thereto, as guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank,
,
p
National Association, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of WestRock’s
)
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 2, 2017).

g
,

y,

p

p

p

p

g

g

p

g

y

y

y

y

(

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

Credit Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2018, among Whiskey Holdco, Inc., as borrower, WestRock
Company and its subsidiaries from time to time party thereto, as guarantors, the lenders from time to
p
time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent (incorporated
)
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 9, 2018).

g
y
y

g
y

p
p

,
,

g

p

g

p

g

y

y

(

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2018, among WestRock Company,
y,
WestRock RKT Company, WestRock MWV, LLC, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, and the
,
y
lenders party thereto Amendment (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of WestRock’s Current
)
Report on Form 8-K filed on March 9, 2018).

y,

p

p

p

p

g

g

g

p

y

(

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2018, among WestRock Company,
y,
WestRock CP, LLC, WestRock Converting Company, WestRock Virginia Corporation, WestRock RKT
p
Company, WestRock MWV, LLC, CoBank ACB and the voting participants party thereto (incorporated
)
by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 9, 2018).

g
p

g p

y,

y,

p

p

g

p

p

g

p

g

p

y

y

(

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2018, among WestRock Company,
y,
p ,
WestRock Company of Canada Holdings Corp./Compagnie de Holdings WestRock du Canada Corp.,
WestRock RKT Company, WestRock MWV, LLC, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, and the
,
p
lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form
)
8-K filed on March 9, 2018).

p g

p
(

g
,

y,

p

g

p

p

g

g

p

g

p

y

y

y

,

,

,

,

,

,

,

g

g

,
Credit Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2018, among WestRock Company, as parent, WRK
Luxembourg S.à r.l., WRK International Holdings S.à r.l., Multi Packaging Solutions Limited and
WestRock Packaging Systems Germany GmbH, as borrowers,
,
,
the lenders party thereto and
Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to
p
)
Exhibit 10.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 30, 2018).
p

p
g g

,
g g

y,

p

p

g

g

p

p

p

g

y

y

y

y

(

,

,

,

,

,

,

151

21

23

31.1

31.2

^32.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

g

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

p

g

g

g

,

Certification Accompanying Periodic Report Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
y
2002, executed by Steven C. Voorhees, Chief Executive Officer and President of WestRock Company.

y g

p

p

p

y

y

,

,

Certification Accompanying Periodic Report Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
,
2002, executed by Ward H. Dickson, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of WestRock
y
Company.
p

y g

p

p

y

y

,

y

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
,
Oxley Act of 2002, executed by Steven C. Voorhees, Chief Executive Officer and President of
y,
WestRock Company, and by Ward H. Dickson, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of
y
WestRock Company.

p
,

p
p

y

y

,

,

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document.

101.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.

101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Definition Label Linkbase.

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

† Schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. WestRock hereby undertakes

to furnish supplementally copies of any of the omitted schedules upon request by the SEC.

@ Confidential treatment has been requested for certain portions omitted from this exhibit pursuant to Rule

24b-2 under the Exchange Act. Confidential portions of this exhibit have been separately filed with the SEC.

P Paper filing.

^

In accordance with SEC Release No. 33-8238, Exhibit 32.1 is to be treated as “accompanying” this report

rather than “filed” as part of the report.

152

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Registrant has duly caused this

report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated: November 16, 2018

By:

/s/ STEVEN C. VOORHEES
Steven C. Voorhees

Chief Executive Officer and President

WESTROCK COMPANY

153

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by

the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature

g

Title

/s/ STEVEN C. VOORHEES Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer), Director

Steven C. Voorhees

Date

November 16, 2018

/s/ WARD H. DICKSON
Ward H. Dickson

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

November 16, 2018

/s/ KELLY C. JANZEN
Kelly C. Janzen

Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

November 16, 2018

/s/ JOHN A. LUKE, JR.
John A. Luke, Jr.

Director, Non-Executive Chairman of the Board

November 16, 2018

November 16, 2018

November 16, 2018

November 16, 2018

November 16, 2018

November 16, 2018

November 16, 2018

November 16, 2018

November 16, 2018

November 16, 2018

November 16, 2018

November 16, 2018

/s/ COLLEEN F. ARNOLD Director

Colleen F. Arnold

/s/ TIMOTHY J. BERNLOHR Director

Timothy J. Bernlohr

/s/ J. POWELL BROWN
J. Powell Brown

Director

/s/ MICHAEL E. CAMPBELL Director

Michael E. Campbell

/s/ TERRELL K. CREWS
Terrell K. Crews

Director

/s/ RUSSELL M. CURREY Director

Russell M. Currey

/s/ GRACIA C. MARTORE Director

Gracia C. Martore

/s/ JAMES E. NEVELS
James E. Nevels

Director

/s/ TIMOTHY H. POWERS Director

Timothy H. Powers

/s/ BETTINA M. WHYTE
Bettina M. Whyte

Director

/s/ ALAN D. WILSON
Alan D. Wilson

Director

154

CERTIFICATION ACCOMPANYING PERIODIC REPORT
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.1

I, Steven C. Voorhees, Chief Executive Officer and President, certify that:

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of WestRock Company;

1.
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under
which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial

information included in this
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for
the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over
financial reporting to be designed under our supervision,
to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented
in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as
of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in
the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the
registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a

significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: November 16, 2018

/s/ Steven C. Voorhees

Steven C. Voorhees
Chief Executive Officer and President

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 302, or other document authenticating,
acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic
version of this written statement required by Section 302, has been provided to WestRock Company and
will be retained by WestRock Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its
staff upon request.

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION ACCOMPANYING PERIODIC REPORT
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Ward H. Dickson, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, certify that:

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of WestRock Company;

1.
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under
which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining

disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for
the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and

procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over

financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented

in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as
of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in
the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the
registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a

significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: November 16, 2018

/s/ Ward H. Dickson

Ward H. Dickson
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 302, or other document authenticating,
acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic
version of this written statement required by Section 302, has been provided to WestRock Company and
will be retained by WestRock Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its
staff upon request.

Appendix A

Non-GAAP Measures and Reconciliations

We have included in the 2018 Annual Report financial measures that were not prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). Non-GAAP financial measures should
be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative for, our GAAP results. The non-GAAP financial measures we
present may differ from similarly captioned measures presented by other companies.

Below, we define the non-GAAP financial measures we use, discuss the reasons that we believe this
information is useful to management and may be useful to investors and provide reconciliations of the non-GAAP
financial measures to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Adjusted Segment EBITDATT

and Adjusted Segment EBITDA Margins

WestRock uses “Adjusted Segment EBITDA” and “Adjusted Segment EBITDA Margins”, along with other
factors, to evaluate our segment performance against our peers. Management believes these measures are also
useful to investors to evaluate WestRock’s performance relative to its peers. The consolidated financial results
and segment tables include a reconciliation of “Adjusted Segment EBITDA” to “Segment EBITDA”. “Segment
EBITDA Margin” is calculated for each segment by dividing that segment’s Segment EBITDA by Segment sales.
“Adjusted Segment EBITDA Margin” is calculated for each segment by dividing that segment’s Adjusted Segment
EBITDA by Adjusted Segment Sales.

Set forth below are reconciliations of Adjusted Segment Sales, Adjusted Segment EBITDA and Adjusted
Segment EBITDA Margins to the most directly comparable GAAP measures, Segment Sales and Segment
Income (in millions, except percentages):

Reconciliation for the Year Ended September 30, 2018

p

,

Corrugated
Packaging

Consumer
Packaging

Land and
Development

Corporate
/ Elim.

Consolidated

Segment sales / Net sales
Less: Tradrr e sales
Adjusted Segment Sales

Segment income
Non-allocated expenses
Depreciation & amortirr zation

$

$

$

Segment EBITDA
rr

Plus: Inventory st

ep-up

Adjusted Segment EBITDA

$

9,103.4
(385.8)
8,717.6

1,207.9
-
676.8
1,884.7
1.0
1,885.7

$ 7,

$ 7,

,291.4
-
,291.4

$

454.6
-
569.3
1,023.9
-
,023.9

$ 1,

$

$

$

$

142.4
-
142.4

22.5
-
0.7
23.2
-
23.2

$ (2

$ (2

52.1)
-
52.1)

$

$

-
(47.5)
5.4
(42.1)
-
(4
2.1)

$

$

$

$

16,285.1
(385.8)
15,899.3

1,685.0
(47.5)
1,252.2
2,889.7
1.0
2,890.7

Segment EBITDA Margins
Adj. Segment EBITDA Margins

20.7%
21.6%

14.0%
14.0%

A- 1

Corrugated Reconciliation for the Year Ended September 30, 2018

g

p

,

North
American
Corrugated

il

Brazr
Corrugated

Other

Segment sales
Less: Trader
Adjusted Segment Sales

sales

Segment income
Depreciation & amortirr zation

Segment EBITDA
Plus: Inventory step-up

$

$

$

Adjusted Segment EBITDA

$

Segment EBITDA Margins
Adj. Segment EBITDA Margins

$

$

$

$

8,125.3
(385.8)
7,739.5

1,147.4
601.9
1,749.3
1.0
1,750.3

21.5%
22.6%

439.5
-
439.5

54.2
63.5
117.7
-
117.7

26.8%
26.8%

$

$

$

$

538.6
-
538.6

6.3
11.4
17.7
-
17.7

Total
Corrugated
Packaging

$

$

$

$

9,103.4
(385.8)
8,717.6

1,207.9
676.8
1,884.7
1.0
1,885.7

Reconciliation for the Year Ended September 30, 2017

p

,

Corrugated
Packaging

Consumer
Packaging

Land and
Development

Corporate
/ Elim.

Consolidated

Segment sales / Net sales
Less: Traderr
Adjusted Segment Sales

sales

Segment income
Non-allocated expenses
Depreciation & amortirr zation

$

$

$

Segment EBITDA
rr

Plus: Inventory st

ep-up

Adjusted Segment EBITDA

$

Segment EBITDA Margins
Adj. Segment EBITDA Margins

$

$

$

$

243.8
-
243.8

13.8
-
0.7
14.5
-
14.5

$

$

$

$

(244.9)
-
(244.9)

-
(43.5)
5.3
(38.2)
-
(38.2)

$

$

$

$

14,859.7
(318.2)
14,541.5

1,193.5
(43.5)
1,112.1
2,262.1
26.5
2,288.6

8,408.3
(318.2)
8,090.1

753.9
-
597.9
1,351.8
1.4
1,353.2

16.1%
16.7%

$

$

$

$

6,452.5
-
6,452.5

425.8
-
508.2
934.0
25.1
959.1

14.5%
14.9%

The comparable measures for fiscal 2012 were derived from the 2012 Annual Report. In fiscal 2012, our
recycling business was broken out as a separate segment and our Corrugated Packaging segment held only North
American operations, and therefore, it is comparable to our North American Corrugated results in fiscal 2018. Set
forth below are reconciliations of Adjusted Segment EBITDA and Adjusted Segment EBITDA Margins to the most
directly comparable GAAP measures, Segment Sales and Segment Income (in millions, except percentages):

A- 2

Reconciliation for the Year Ended September 30, 2012

p

,

Corrugated
Packaging

Consumer
Packaging

Recycling

Corporate
/ Elim.

Consolidated

$

$

Segment sales / Net sales

Segment income
Non-allocated expenses
Deprecrr

iation & amortirr zation

Segment EBITDA

Plus: Matane Mill EBITDA (1)
rr
Plus: Inventory st

ep-up

Adjusted Segment EBITDA

$

Segment EBITDA Margins
Adj. Segment EBITDA Margins

6,171.2

$

2,557.5

$

1,228.8

$

(749.9)

$

$

7.2
34
-
96.4
443.6
-
-
443.6

$

$

7.1
-
13.4
20.5
-
-
20.5

$

$

-
(109.7)
13.5
(96.2)
-
-
(96.2)

364.0
-
411.0
775.0
6.5
0.8
82.3

7

12.6%
12.7%

$

$

$

9,207.6

718.3
(109.7)
534.3
1,142.9
6.5
0.8
1,150.2

(1) For second quarter fiscal 2012 post closure losses

Forwarr

rd-looking Guidance

See “Forward-Looking Information” in our annual report on Form 10-K for a discussion of our use of forward-

looking statements.

In addition to forward looking statements related to fiscal 2019 that were included in our annual report on
Form 10-K (e.g., that we expect fiscal 2019 capital expenditures to be approximately $1.5 billion), this 2018 Annual
Report includes additional forward-looking statements that were not included in our annual report on Form 10-K
(e.g., that we believe the paper and packaging industry’s use of renewable and recyclable resources to provide
sustainable solutions provides an attractive value proposition that has and will support industry growth over the
long term, that we expect fiscal 2019 net sales to exceed $19 billion, Adjusted Segment EBITDA to be
approximately $3.6 billion and Adjusted Operating Cash Flow to be approximately $2.55 billion).

This 2018 Annual Report includes forward looking guidance related to non-GAAP financial measures, such
as Adjusted Operating Cash Flow and Adjusted Segment EBITDA. We are not providing forward-looking guidance
related to U.S. GAAP financial measures or reconciliations of forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures to
the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure because of the inherent difficulty in predicting the occurrence,
the financial
impact and the periods in which potential non-GAAP adjustments may be recognized (e.g.,
acquisition and integration-related expenses, restructuring expenses, asset impairments, litigation settlements,
changes to contingent consideration and certain other gains or losses). For the same reason, we are unable to
address the probable significance of the unavailable information. These items are uncertain, depend on various
factors, and could have a material impact on U.S. GAAP reported results for the guidance period.

A- 3

THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION

COMPANY ADDRESS
1000 Abernathy Road N.E.
Atlanta, GA 30328
770-448-2193

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
First Class/Registered/Certified Mail:
Computershare Investor Services 
PO BOX 505000 
Louisville, KY 40233-5000                                     

Courier Services:
Computershare Investor Services
462 South 4th Street Suite 1600 
Louisville, KY 40202

INVESTOR RELATIONS
Investor Relations Department
WestRock Company
1000 Abernathy Road N.E. 
Atlanta, GA 30328
678-291-7900
Fax: 678-291-7903

AUDITORS
Ernst & Young LLP
55 Ivan Allen Jr. Boulevard
Suite 1000
Atlanta, GA 30308

DIRECT DEPOSIT OF DIVIDENDS
WestRock stockholders may have their 
quarterly cash dividends automatically 
deposited to checking, savings or 
money market accounts through the 
automatic clearing house system. If 
you wish to participate in the program, 
please contact: 

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
800-568-3476
www.computershare.com

ANNUAL MEETING
Westin Atlanta Perimeter North, 
7 Concourse Parkway, 
Atlanta, Georgia 30328
Friday, February 1, 2019, at 9:00 a.m.

COMMON STOCK
Our Common Stock trades on the New 
York Stock Exchange under the symbol 
“WRK”.

As of December 13, 2018, there were 
approximately 6,769 stockholders 
of record of our Common Stock. The 
number of stockholders of record 
includes one single stockholder,  
Cede & Co., for all of the shares of  
our Common Stock held by our 
stockholders in individual brokerage 
accounts maintained at banks, brokers 
and institutions.

STOCK PERFORMANCE

The graph below reflects the cumulative stockholder return  on the investment of $100 on September 30, 2013, in Rock-Tenn Company’s Class A Common Stock 
(assuming the reinvestment of dividends) through September 30, 2018, for WestRock Company’s Common Stock compared to the return on the same investment 
in the S&P 500 Index and our Industry Peer Group and the reinvestment of dividends. This graph assumes that the Rock-Tenn Common Stock originally purchased 
was converted into WestRock Company Common Stock as of July 1, 2015 in connection with the business combination between MeadWestvaco Corporation and 
Rock-Tenn Company. Our Industry Peer Group consists of public companies that either compete directly in one or more of our product lines or are diversified, 
international manufacturing companies1. ©2018 Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. All rights reserved.

Comparison of 5-Year Cumulative Total Return2

$300

$250

$200

$150

$100

$50

WestRock Co. 

S&P 500 

New Peer Group 

Old Peer Group 

09/13/

$100 

$100 

$100 

$100 

09/14/

$95.31 

$119.73 

$123.34 

$121.86 

09/15/

$105.06 

$119.00 

$115.36 

$115.70 

09/16/

$113.65 

$137.36 

$141.06 

$143.15 

09/17/

$137.03 

$162.92 

$163.51 

$168.83 

09/18/

$132.87

$192.10

$165.73

$168.21

1 Old Peer Group includes: 3M Company, Alcoa Inc., Ball Corporation, Crown Holdings, Inc., The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, International Paper Company, Kimberly-Clark 
Corporation, Nucor Corporation, Owens-Illinois Inc., Packaging Corporation of America, Sealed Air Corporation, United States Steel Corporation and Weyerhaeuser Company.  
New Peer Group reflects the addition of PPG Industries, Inc., Avery Dennison Corp. and LyondellBasell Industries NV to expand the peer group sample size and bring its median  
revenue into better alignment with our revenue and the removal of Sealed Air and Alcoa due to a lack of alignment from a revenue perspective and a lack of fit following a spin-off 
transaction, respectively. 

2 $100 invested on September 30, 2013, in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal year ending September 30.

 
PLEASE RECYCLE

Cover printed on WWestRock Tango® 12pt C2S.
westrock.com

©2018 WestRock Company. WESTROCK, WestRock andd Design, and the WestRock 
Logo are trademarks owned by WestRock Coompany. All rights reserved.